CANCELLI AUTOMATICI S.P.A.

Transcription

1 General catalogue

2 General catalogue 2009

3 Made in Italy Quality En Tested: the Came safety culture. The Came culture of all-round safety means that besides the traditional tests and controls during production, the exclusive automation concept or EN Tested system is applied: two words, a single definition to certify that Came products are all made and tested in compliance with the strictest European standards relative to impact force and they are ready for certification by the installer on site. Safety and environment This product is made in compliance with maximum impact force standards established by EN 2445 and EN 2453 Technical Regulations. Every time that Came designs and produces a new operator, safety is the prime consideration, through a meticulous analysis of the risks, with internal controls and tests that all the products systematically go through. Alongside the traditional tests that are carried out during production, Came has introduced the exclusive automation concept or EN Tested: a definition which means that the products are made and tested in compliance with the strictest European standards relative to impact force, guaranteeing product reliability ready for certification by the installer on site. For its environmental management Came Cancelli Automatici is ISO 400.

4 Continuously advancing design and planning Safety is not an optional A series of crossed controls between the operators and gates made by numerous different European manufacturers, to certify that the motors and systems designed and made by Came give protection against any risk and guarantee the highest standards. New electronics, new motors, new protection systems, new patents and devices to guarantee total safety. An excellent sales ploy, an added value for the installer s work who can always guarantee an exclusive service and maximum credibility and reliability. EN Tested This product is made in compliance with maximum impact force standards established by EN 2445 and EN 2453 Technical Regulations. The safety culture has brought about a design revolution that has led to a completely renewed and improved product range: the control logics, the motors, the detection systems. A complex and articulated design path which, besides guaranteeing total safety, has simplified all the installation, programming and maintenance phases, which means easy, user-friendly wiring systems and control panels. For its environmental management Came Cancelli Automatici is ISO 400.

5 With Came: just one click is enough! The Came world at your fingertips One click is enough to discover the Came news, models and exclusive patents. is much more than just a website it is a real multilanguage portal that is constantly updated to give you a simple interactive access to the Came world and illustrative material: leaflets, brochures and technical documents that can be downloaded in pdf format. There is also a wiring guide for all the products and the guide to European Standards to guarantee a perfect installation. Visit the portal now and register in the exclusive reserved area for trade professionals. An indispensable tool Came always bears the installer s work in mind and does everything to give more value to their profession through their unique proposals, reliability and service. The company website has been designed considering this important aspect so that the web becomes a tool that can be used to give a fast and personalised answer to the end user s needs. Fast, user-friendly, easy to consult with lively impacting graphics, is a fast tool to enter the world of Came safety and automation world.

6 Find the ideal solution right away Legend Use Product specifically designed to be used in residential settings. Product designed to be used in apartment blocks or other hightraffic settings. Product specifically designed to be used in industrial settings. Product specifically designed for intensive use. Installation Battery-powered, CORDLESS product with wireless connection. PRATICO SYSTEM the remote control radio release system. Product 24V D.C. Gearmotor powered directly from the control panel. Gearmotor and control panel powered by 3-phase, V A.C. line voltage. Exclusive Came patent. New for 2009 Reference A world of automation Made in compliance Compliant with UL 325 with maximum impact safety standards for both force standards established the US and Canada. by EN2445 and EN2453 See our price lists to Technical Regulations. check availability. To make it easier to consult the catalogue, we have created a series of precise symbols to give an immediate understanding of the main features of the products and applications. Below is a summary of the symbols with their description and meaning, to help you understand the construction differences and the best way to use the applications.

7 Contents Sliding gate operators p. The range p.2 European standards p.3 European standards p.4 European standards p.5 Feature summary table p.6 serie Bx-243 p.8 serie Bx p.0 serie Bk p.2 serie By-3500T p.4 Swing gate operators p.7 The range p.8 European standards p.9 European standards p.20 European standards p.2 serie Frog-J p.22 serie Flex p.24 serie Amico p.26 serie Axo p.28 serie Ati p.30 serie Krono p.32 serie Frog p.34 serie Fast p.38 serie Ferni p.40 serie Super Frog p.42 serie Control panels Z230 p.44 serie Control panels Z24 p.46 Feature summary table p.48 Sectional and overhead garage door operators p.5 The range p.52 European standards p.53 European standards p.54 European standards p.55 Feature summary table p.56 serie Ver p.58 serie Emega p.62 Road barriers The range p.68 European standards p.69 European standards p.70 European standards p.7 Feature summary table p.72 serie Gard p.74 serie Gard4 p.78 serie Gard8 p.82 serie Gard2 p.86 Industrial door operators The range p.90 European standards p.9 European standards p.92 European standards p.93 Feature summary table p.94 serie F4000 p.96 serie Cbx p.98 Rolling shutter operators The range p.04 European standards p.05 Feature summary table p.06 serie H p.08 Parking-space savers The range p.2 European standards p.3 European standards p.4 European standards p.5 Feature summary table p.6 serie Unipark p.8 serie Cat p.20 p.67 p.89 p.03 p. Accessories The range p.24 Home automation Wave p.28 Control accessories Set p.30 Digital p.32 Safety accessories Kiaro p.34 Df p.36 Doc - Dir p.38 Db p.40 Db + Df p.42 Remote control radio command Atomo 433,92 MHz p.44 Tam 433,92 MHz p.46 Tfm 30,900 MHz p.48 Top 433,92 MHz p.50 Top 868,35 MHz p.52 Top 30,900 MHz p.54 Touch 40,685 MHz p.56 Twin 433,92 MHz p.58 Automatic swing and sliding doors The range p.62 European standards p.63 European standards p.64 European standards p.65 Automatic swing doors Fly p.66 Automatic sliding doors Corsa and Rodeo p.68 Accessories for automatic doors Accessories p.74 Panic-proof breakaway systems Mi p.78 Profiles for doors S20 p.80 S40 p.82 Parking systems and access control The range p.86 European standards p.87 European standards p.88 European standards p.89 Automatic parking PS Barcode p.90 PS Token p.96 PS Easy p.202 Access control RBM2 p.204 RBM84 p.208 Turnstiles Bridge p.24 Twister p.26 Guardian p.28 Wing p.220 Saloon p.222 Compass p.226 Flag p.228 Accessories p.230 Complete system kits The range p.236 Sliding gate operators Bx-243 U965 p.238 Bx-243 U965 p.239 Bx-74 U294 p.240 Bx-74 U295 p.24 Swing gate operators Ati U724 p.242 Ati U725 p.243 Krono U48 p.244 Krono U482 p.245 Flex U8600 p.246 Flex U8722 p.247 Fast U895 p.248 Fast U888 p.249 Ferni U263 p.250 Ferni U264 p.25 Frog-J U35 p.252 Frog-J U332 p.253 Sectional and overhead garage doors Emega U5074 p.254 Emega U5075 p.255 Ver U4483 p.256 Ver U4484 p.257 Ver U450 p.258 Ver U45 p.259 Remote control radio command RE432 - RBE42 - RBM4MT TRA p.260 Complete command for rolling shutters ZR24 TRA 04 p.26 p.23 p.6 p.85 p.235

8 2009 news Swing gates New Amico p.26 p.34 Swing gates FROG-AE & ZM3E Now available at 230V as well. Amico, the electromechanical operator for swing gates up Optimised functions. Frog is available in the 230V Frog-AE version which, when to 2.2 m / 7,2 ft wide is now available in the new 230V combined with the ZM3E multifunction control panel, with version. signal display, safety device self-diagnosis system and The 230V technology improves the installation with top- built-in radio decoder, gives improved slowing down con- most performance given by the available functions; it is trol and opening and closing sensitivity adapted to the size very easy to connect to the control panel. of the gate; smooth, safe and guaranteed movements in even the most intense working conditions. The installation conforms to current standards. Swing gates New Axo p.28 Overhead and sectional doors NEW V700E p.58 Reliable, by nature. Axo is the new Came operator that has been designed for maximum life and strength, even with very large gates (up to 3 and 7 m / 0-7 ft). The revolutionary 2-end wormscrew drastically reduces wear on the axle box. Powerful, strong but with an attractive design: Axo is ideal in any residential, public or industrial installation. Simple to use and safe movements. V700E is the electromechanical operator for overhead and sectional doors, which is now also available in the new 24V version with encoder. Encoder technology makes it easier to set the endstops, and guarantees conformity with current European standards relative to the maximum impact force generated by the door movements. Even with very large overhead and sectional doors are guaranteed smooth, safe movements in any working conditions. Swing gates FROG-BN p.34 Automatic parking systems Ps Parking Systems p. 22 Even stronger. The underground operator for swing gates up to 3.5 m / Safe parking. A complete range of products for any car park needs.,5 ft wide is now available with a special steel under- From easy-to-use simple installations through to comple- ground case (Frog-BN) with cataphoresis anticorrosion te complex ones, for multi-storey car parks and any sort treatment, which guarantees long-lasting strength. of user.

9 Technical Reference Standards EN EN 2453 The system s position and type of command are the most important characteristics to keep in mind, according to the EN 2445 and EN 2453 European Standards, when determining the exact setup and proper protection devices to install when it comes to safety. The Standards, in fact, define the minimum technical solutions that need to be present to make the primary edge safe (the passage zone), for every type of system and usage. The letters A B C D describe the mandatory devices for each type of system. The safety devices Users and position + Command = Minimal solutions Command definitions No self-holding command The system works only with automatically reloading buttons or selector switches, which, if released, block movement of the automation. Definitions of the solutions A Button operated, no self-holding command. When conditions allow visibility on the system, safety is guaranteed by the operator. TRAINED users position in PRIVATE and DEMARCATED area A limited group of people is trained to activate the automation and said automation is not located in public areas. Example: automation is placed in private area and commanded by company employees. No self-holding command Visible impulses from fixed station command Out-of-sight or Radio remote command Automatic command C + A C C D Choosing a No self-holding command depends on the type of use (i.e. whether it is private or public). Visible impulses from fixed station command The system only works with buttons or selector switches that are placed in plain view of the door or gate. Any type of command may be used, as long as it is of the impulse type and from a fixed station (Self-holding is not required). B Selector-switch, key or similarly operated, no self-holding command. Placed right next to the installed system. When conditions allow visibility on the system, safety is guaranteed by the operator. TRAINED users positioned on PUBLIC STREET A limited group of people is trained to activate the automation and said automation is located in a public area. No self-holding command Visible impulses from fixed station command Out-of-sight or Radio remote command C + B C D Out-of-sight or Radio remote command The system works with commands that are placed out-of-sight of the installation, such as transmitters, selector switches, buttons, cordless digital keypads, etc... Whoever controls such devices need not be in plain view of the installed system. Automatic command The system works with commands that are placed out-of-sight of the installed automation, and one, single impulse is enough for an entire work cycle (i.e. opening pause closing). Commands which are for public use, such as buttons, radar, transmitters or timed, automatic commands. C D Limiting the forces in compliance with annex A of EN Standard Achievable through specific mechanical machinery, such as sensitive safety edges, or electronic ones fitted on the gearmotor. Requires testing, in the points pre-determined by the Standards, for compliance with maximum allowed impact forces, using a suitable Came tool. A device placed on the floor to the side of a door or gate to detect the presence of any person or obstacle. A typical example is the application of infrared beam photocells. Example: automation placed on a public street and commanded by members of a family. FREE users FREE position Any person is free to activate the automation and said automation comes into contact with the general public. Example: automation placed in a public parking lot or in a shopping mall and is freely used. Automatic command No self-holding command Visible impulses from fixed station command Out-of-sight or Radio remote command Automatic command C C C C + NOT POSSIBLE D D D D

10 Sliding gate operators Sliding gate operators A world of safe automation

11 2 3 The range European standards Compliant with EN2453 and EN2445 safety norms, consult local codes for the norms in other markets. 3 The models Sliding gate automation is today a very common feature of modern residential or commercial construction. This is due to its user-friendliness and reduced use of space. Came offers several solutions suitable for small as well as large sliding gates, like those installed in apartment blocks, industrial facilities or high-traffic premises in general. The table below sums up the complete range of gearmotors for sliding gates depending on their performance levels, limits to use and suggested application. Standard RESIDENTIAL installation TRAINED users and positioned on PUBLIC STREET The type of normally required command is the remote control radio command which is designed to be fitted with the required safety devices; on the so-called primary edge (the passage zone) as well as on the secondary edge (the zone behind the gate leaf). Current legislation requires the C + D type minimal solutions: employing sensitive safety edges and infrared beam photocells. Sliding gate operators Use RESIDENTIAL APARTMENT BLOCKS INDUSTRIAL INTENSIVE USE Important If using EN2445 EN2453 tested gearmotors and control panels, then sensitive safety edges need not be installed, provided that the required impact-force measurements are compliant with the parameters dictated by the Standards. Series Model Max weight of gate leaf (Kg / lb) Bx-243 BX / 660 YES Bx-243C Bx-243C 300 / 660 YES Bx BX / / 880 Bx BX /, /, /,320 YES Bx BX-P 600 /, /,320 Bx BX /, /,320 Bx BX /, /,320 Bk BK /, /, /,760 YES Bk BK-200,200 / 2,640,200 / 2,640,200 / 2,640 Bk BK-200P,200 / 2,640,200 / 2,640,200 / 2,640 Bk BKE-200,200 / 2,640,200 / 2,640,200 / 2,640 Bk BK-800,800 / 3,970,800 / 3,970,800 / 3,970 Bk BKE-800,800 / 3,970,800 / 3,970,800 / 3,970 Bk BK ,200 / 4,850 2,200 / 4,850 Bk BKE ,200 / 4,850 2,200 / 4,850 Bk BK-2200T 2,200 / 4,850 2,200 / 4,850 By-3500T BY-3500T 3,500 / 7,720 3,500 / 7, V A.C. 24V D.C V A.C. 3-phase E C C B I E H F G B D A D L D C B Standard issue A Operator with control panel B TX Infrared photocells C RX Infrared photocells D Integrated protection system with safety sensitive edges E Safety sensitive edge F Flashing light G Antenna H Selector switch (key - code - card) I Gate plate L Rack Cable length (ft) (m) <0 < 32, ,8-65, ,6-98,42 Power supply 230V A.C. (20V A.C.) 750W Max 3Gx,5mm² 3GxAWG5 3Gx,5mm² 3GxAWG4 3Gx2,5mm² 3GxAWG3 Power supply V A.C. 3-phase 750W Max 4Gx,5mm² 4GxAWG5 4Gx,5mm² 4GxAWG5 4Gx2,5mm² 4GxAWG3 Motor power supply 230V A.C. (20V A.C.) 750W Max 3Gx,5mm² 3GxAWG5 3Gx,5mm² 3GxAWG5 3Gx2,5mm² 3GxAWG3 Motor power supply V A.C. 3-phase 750W Max 4Gx,5mm² 4GxAWG5 4Gx,5mm² 4GxAWG5 4Gx2,5mm² 4GxAWG3 Motor power supply 24V D.C 400W Max 2Gx,5mm² 2GxAWG5 2Gx2,5mm² 2GxAWG3 2Gx2,5mm² 2GxAWG3 Endstop microswitches *n x0,5mm² n xawg20 *nx0,5mm² n xawg20 *nx0,5mm² n xawg20 Flashing light 24V A.C.-D.C. 25W 2xmm² 2xAWG7 2xmm² 2xAWG7 2xmm² 2xAWG7 Flashing light 230V A.C. (20V A.C.) 25W 2x,5mm² 2xAWG5 2x,5mm² 2xAWG5 2x,5mm² 2xAWG5 TX Photocell 2x0,5mm² 2xAWG20 2x0,5mm² 2xAWG20 2x0,5mm² 2xAWG20 RX Photocell 4x0,5mm² 4xAWG20 4x0,5mm² 4xAWG20 4x0,5mm² 4xAWG20 Electric lock 2V D.C. 2xmm² 2xAWG7 2xmm² 2xAWG7 2x,5mm² 2xAWG5 Electric lock 24V D.C. 2xmm² 2xAWG7 2xmm² 2xAWG7 2xmm² 2xAWG7 Commands *n x0,5mm² n xawg20 *n x0,5mm² n xawg20 *n x0,5mm² n xawg20 Antenna RG58 Max 0m 32,8 ft *n = see istruction European standards US standards Integrate safety with Db + Df The CORDLESS coded keypad Came s integrated Db + Df system lets you monitor the passage zone and the area directly behind the sliding gates leaves. The infrared beam technology makes it possible to install sensitive safety edges without needing complicated cabling while eliminating any danger of crushing. The S9000 cordless model is designed to solve any installation issues when the setting lack prior set ups or where it is difficult to lay cables. The code is protected by millions of combinations, and from an electronic breach proof system which prevents the operator to be activated even when breached.

12 4 5 European standards Compliant with EN2453 and EN2445 safety norms, consult local codes for the norms in other markets. European standards Compliant with EN2453 and EN2445 safety norms, consult local codes for the norms in other markets. Standard APARTMENT BLOCK installation TRAINED users and positioned in a PUBLIC STREET Standard INDUSTRIAL installation TRAINED users and positioned in a PUBLIC STREET Sliding gate operators Here also, the normally preferred command is the remote control radio command which requires fitting safety devices, on both the so-called primary edge (the passage zone) and the secondary edge (the zone behind the gate leaf). Current legislation requires the C + D type minimal solutions: employing sensitive safety edges and infrared beam photocells. Whenever possible, we suggest using V 3-phase systems to ensure greater surge during working cycles. It is ideal for large gates such as those used in industrial applications. Remote radio commands require indispensable safety devices, on both the primary edge (the passage zone) and the secondary edge (the zone behind the gate leaf s movement area). Current legislation requires the C + D type minimal solutions: employing sensitive safety edges and infrared beam photocells. Important If using EN2445 EN2453 tested gearmotors and control panels, then sensitive safety edges need not be installed, provided that the required impact-force measurements are compliant with the parameters dictated by the Standards. Important Industrial passages normally see heavy vehicle transit. In such cases it is always advisable to install infrared beam photocells at two different heights to prevent possible closing of the gate if vehicles stop in the passage zone while loading or unloading. E C C B I E H F G E C B C B M I E H F G H B D H A D L D C B C B A L D B C C B Standard issue Standard issue A B C D E F G H I L Operator with control panel TX Infrared photocells RX Infrared photocells Integrated protection system with safety sensitive edges Safety sensitive edge Flashing light Antenna Selector switch (key - code - card) Gate plate Rack Cable length (ft) (m) <0 < 32, ,8-65, ,6-98,42 Power supply 230V A.C. (20V A.C.) 750W Max 3Gx,5mm² 3GxAWG5 3Gx,5mm² 3GxAWG4 3Gx2,5mm² 3GxAWG3 Power supply V A.C. 3-phase 750W Max 4Gx,5mm² 4GxAWG5 4Gx,5mm² 4GxAWG5 4Gx2,5mm² 4GxAWG3 Motor power supply 230V A.C. (20V A.C.) 750W Max 3Gx,5mm² 3GxAWG5 3Gx,5mm² 3GxAWG5 3Gx2,5mm² 3GxAWG3 Motor power supply V A.C. 3-phase 750W Max 4Gx,5mm² 4GxAWG5 4Gx,5mm² 4GxAWG5 4Gx2,5mm² 4GxAWG3 Motor power supply 24V D.C 400W Max 2Gx,5mm² 2GxAWG5 2Gx2,5mm² 2GxAWG3 2Gx2,5mm² 2GxAWG3 Endstop microswitches *n x0,5mm² n xawg20 *nx0,5mm² n xawg20 *nx0,5mm² n xawg20 Flashing light 24V A.C.-D.C. 25W 2xmm² 2xAWG7 2xmm² 2xAWG7 2xmm² 2xAWG7 Flashing light 230V A.C. (20V A.C.) 25W 2x,5mm² 2xAWG5 2x,5mm² 2xAWG5 2x,5mm² 2xAWG5 TX Photocell 2x0,5mm² 2xAWG20 2x0,5mm² 2xAWG20 2x0,5mm² 2xAWG20 RX Photocell 4x0,5mm² 4xAWG20 4x0,5mm² 4xAWG20 4x0,5mm² 4xAWG20 Electric lock 2V D.C. 2xmm² 2xAWG7 2xmm² 2xAWG7 2x,5mm² 2xAWG5 Electric lock 24V D.C. 2xmm² 2xAWG7 2xmm² 2xAWG7 2xmm² 2xAWG7 Commands *n x0,5mm² n xawg20 *n x0,5mm² n xawg20 *n x0,5mm² n xawg20 Antenna RG58 Max 0m 32,8 ft *n = see istruction European standards US standards A B C D E F G H I L Operator with control panel TX Infrared photocells RX Infrared photocells Integrated protection system with safety sensitive edges Safety sensitive edge Flashing light Antenna Selector switch (key - code - card) Gate plate Rack Cable length (ft) (m) <0 < 32, ,8-65, ,6-98,42 Power supply 230V A.C. (20V A.C.) 750W Max 3Gx,5mm² 3GxAWG5 3Gx,5mm² 3GxAWG4 3Gx2,5mm² 3GxAWG3 Power supply V A.C. 3-phase 750W Max 4Gx,5mm² 4GxAWG5 4Gx,5mm² 4GxAWG5 4Gx2,5mm² 4GxAWG3 Motor power supply 230V A.C. (20V A.C.) 750W Max 3Gx,5mm² 3GxAWG5 3Gx,5mm² 3GxAWG5 3Gx2,5mm² 3GxAWG3 Motor power supply V A.C. 3-phase 750W Max 4Gx,5mm² 4GxAWG5 4Gx,5mm² 4GxAWG5 4Gx2,5mm² 4GxAWG3 Motor power supply 24V D.C 400W Max 2Gx,5mm² 2GxAWG5 2Gx2,5mm² 2GxAWG3 2Gx2,5mm² 2GxAWG3 Endstop microswitches *n x0,5mm² n xawg20 *nx0,5mm² n xawg20 *nx0,5mm² n xawg20 Flashing light 24V A.C.-D.C. 25W 2xmm² 2xAWG7 2xmm² 2xAWG7 2xmm² 2xAWG7 Flashing light 230V A.C. (20V A.C.) 25W 2x,5mm² 2xAWG5 2x,5mm² 2xAWG5 2x,5mm² 2xAWG5 TX Photocell 2x0,5mm² 2xAWG20 2x0,5mm² 2xAWG20 2x0,5mm² 2xAWG20 RX Photocell 4x0,5mm² 4xAWG20 4x0,5mm² 4xAWG20 4x0,5mm² 4xAWG20 Electric lock 2V D.C. 2xmm² 2xAWG7 2xmm² 2xAWG7 2x,5mm² 2xAWG5 Electric lock 24V D.C. 2xmm² 2xAWG7 2xmm² 2xAWG7 2xmm² 2xAWG7 Commands *n x0,5mm² n xawg20 *n x0,5mm² n xawg20 *n x0,5mm² n xawg20 Antenna RG58 Max 0m 32,8 ft *n = see istruction European standards US standards M Metal mass detector ground plate-sensor 24V guaranteed opening Better when illuminated! The assistant flashing light Total entry control Came s range of sliding gates offers two 24V D.C. models. These gearmotors also run on emergency batteries, so that the gate may always open, even when the power is out. Through the control panels, you can control the auxiliary lighting of the operator s area of movement. This feature makes it safer and easier to use the vehicle entrance. The KIAROIN and KIARO24IN can be set to flash after the operator has performed 5,000, 0,000, 20,000 or 50,000 operations. It is an automatic solution for programming the system s ordinary maintenance schedule. Came operators for sliding gates can be connected to many access control systems that can identify, memorize and allow entry/exit to authorized personnel. The equipment can be integrated with an access control system for specific departments in a company or services offered by a high-traffic premises.

13 6 7 Feature summary table Sliding gates operators Sliding gate operators OPERATORS SERIES Bx-243 Bx-243C BX-74 BX-78 BX-P BX-246 BX-0 BK-800 BK-200 BK-800 BK-2200 BKE-200 BKE-800 BKE-2200 BK-200P BK-2200T BY-3500T CARD PANEL ZN2 ZBX ZBX8 ZD2 ZBX0 ZBK ZBKE ZBK8 ZT6 ZT6C FUNCTIONAL FEATURES SELF-DIAGNOSIS of active safety devices function Opening and closing PREFLASHING function REOPENING during closing function RECLOSING during opening function Obstacle STALL function TOTAL STOP function PARTIAL STOP of the gate-leaf function OBSTACLE DETECTION function on photocells ENCODER operation MOVEMENT CONTROL and obstacle detection device AMPEROMETRIC DETECTION function SAFETY leaf PEDESTRIAN OPENING function leaf PARTIAL OPENING function TRANSMITTER OPEN ONLY function Open only button connection function Close only button connection function OPEN-STOP-CLOSE-STOP button connection function OPEN-CLOSE-INVERT button connection function MAINTAINED ACTION command function st leaf DELAYED CLOSING function 2st leaf DELAYED CLOSING function IMMEDIATE CLOSING function EMERGENCY RELEASE function from the transmitter COMMAND FLASHING LIGHT connection CYCLE LAMP connection COURTESY LAMP connection Antenna connection 24V ACCESSORIES connections OPEN WARNING LIGHT connection CLOSED WARNING LIGHT connection Contact output for 2nd RADIO CHANNEL Adjusting RUNNING TIME EXTRACTABLE, NUMBERED connection terminals SELF-LEARNING function of the transmitter s RADIO code RAM BLOW function to aid the release of the electrolock Adjustable AUTOMATIC RE-CLOSING TIME function ELECTROLOCK/ELECTRORELEASE connection output OPENING AND/OR CLOSING deceleration EMERGENCY-BATTERY operation (optional) MASTER-SLAVE operation mode Adjustable RUNNING SPEED AND DECELERATION function Warning DISPLAY Electronic BRAKE CONTROL and warning led SELF-LEARNING function of the opening and closing endstops FUNCTIONALITY * A world of safe automation 230V A.C. 24V D.C V A.C. 3-phase NOTE: for BX-0 slow-down speed only

14 8 9 Bx-243 leaves Sliding gate operators Tested in compliance with European Legislation. BX-243 is a new complete automation system for sliding gates. An ideal solution for residential installations, this innovative operator has been brought up to EU and international standards for impact forces and meets even the most stringent safety requirements. of up to 300 Kg leaves of up to 660 lb Technical features Type Protection rating IP54 IP54 BX-243 BX-243C Power supply (V) (50/60Hz) 230 A.C. 230 A.C. Motor power supply (V) 24 D.C. 24 D.C. Current draw (A) 7 Max 7 Max Power (W) Manoeuvre speed (m/min - ft/s) 2 / 0,66 2 / 0,66 Duty cylce (%) Intensive use Intensive use Thrust (N) Operating temperature ( C/ F) / / V A.C.- 60 Hz PRODUCTS, PLEASE CHECK OUR PRICE LIST 24V D.C Sliding gate operators Complete automation system with 24V D.C. motor - Operators price list - 00BX-243 Automation system complete with control board, radio decoder, encoder-based movement control and obstacle detection devices. Plus, mechanical endstops for sliding gates of up to 300 Kg / 660 lb. and 8,5 m / 27,88 ft. 00BX-243C Automation system with chain transmission (included) complete with control board, radio decoder, encoder-based movement control and obstacle detection device. Plus, mechanical endstops for sliding gates of up to 300 Kg / 660 lb and 8,5 m / 27,88 ft. Emergency batteries. BX-243 s 24V electronics automatically detect any lack of power and activate the emergency mode, powered by back-up batteries (optional). Encoder technology. The encoder constantly and accurately controls the gate leaves movement allowing for total safety. Advantages of Bx-243 Thanks to the testing it has undergone to bring it up to European and standards in terms of the impact forces generated by the gate leaf movement, BX-243 is the product which offers the highest safety Standards for its intended use (EN EN 2453). A complete operator, equipped with encoder-based movement control, and the horizontally positioned card. BX-243 is the 24V solution for sliding residential gates. Accessories - Accessories price list - 002LB90 009BCAT 009CGZ 009CGZP Card for connecting up two 2V -.2Ah emergency batteries with rack. Galvanised chain Ø 5 mm / 0,9 in DIN 766 G 30 type A (Packages of 50 m / 64,04 ft). - Operators price list - Galvanized rack in rolled steel 22 x 22 mm 0,86 x 0,86 in module 4. Rack in PA6 nylon and fibreglass with steel core 20 x 20 mm 0,78 x 0,78 in module 4, with securing holes and distancers, for sliding gates of up to 300 Kg / 66 lb. Built-in endstops. BX-243 controls the gate run thanks to the built-in endstops protected within the gearmotor assembly. Limits to use Model Max weight of gate leaf (Kg / lb) 300 / 660 Max length of gate leaf (m / ft) 8,5 / 27,88 BX BX-243C 24V D.C. 009CGZS Galvanized rack in rolled steel 30 x 8 mm,8 x 0,3 in module 4 with securing holes and distancers. 24V only Dimensions BX-243 s 24V electronics can accept an additional LB90 card which detects any lack of power and activates the battery-powered emergency mode (optional). 2, , Dimensions in millimeters (25,4 mm = in)

15 0 Bx Technical features Type BX-74 BX-P BX-246 BX-0 BX-78 leaves of up to Kg Protection rating IP54 IP54 IP54 IP54 IP54 leaves of up to 880 -,320 -,760 lb Power supply (V) (50/60Hz) 230 A.C. 230 A.C. 230 A.C. 230 A.C. 230 A.C. Motor power supply (V) 230 A.C. (50/60 Hz) 230 A.C. (50/60 Hz) 24 D.C. 230 A.C. (50/60 Hz) 230 A.C. (50/60 Hz) Current draw (A) 2,6 2 0 Max 2,4 2,4 Sliding gate operators Power (W) Manoeuvre speed (m/min - ft/s) 0,5/0,57 7/0,92 6/0,33 2/0,65 0,5/0,57 0,5/0,57 A revamped range for sliding gates. Duty cylce (%) Intensive use The Bx series complies with current safety standards Thrust (N) with a range of operators suitable for all sliding gates Motor s thermo-protection ( C/ F) 50/302 50/302-50/302 50/302 Operating temperature ( C/ F) / with gate leaves of up to 800 Kg /,764 lb. 230V A.C. 24V D.C. A complete series to best meet different operational and safety needs of the market. It features 230V A.C. and 24V D.C. models, for all applications, including high-traffic settings. Complete automation system with 230V A.C. motor - Operators price list - Sliding gate operators 00BX-74 Automation system complete with control board, radio decoder, encoder-based movement control and obstacle detection devices. Plus, mechanical endstops for sliding gates of up to 400 Kg / 880 lb. Complete automation systems with 230V A.C. motor 00BX-78 00BX-0 00BX-P Automation system complete with control board, radio decoder, encoder-based movement control and obstacle detection devices. Plus, mechanical endstops for sliding gates of up to 800 Kg /.760 lb. Automation system complete with control board featuring function programming display, built-in radio decoder, encoder-based movement control device and obstacle detection for sliding gates of up to 800 Kg /.760 lb in weight and 4 m / 45,93 ft in length. Automation system complete with control board, built-in radio decoder and PRATICO SYSTEM radio release system with a 2V.2 Ah battery for sliding gates of up to 600 Kg /.320 lb. Exclusively practical. BX-P is the version featuring the PRATICO SYSTEM the user-friendly Came PATEN- TED device which, in the event of black-outs releases the gearmotor through the transmitter. No need to search for any keys. Innovative ZBX0 electronics. BX-0 comes with new electronics a display on which to program its functions plus an encoder to manage both decelerations and obstacle detection. The card can also store up to 250 different codes from the Touch, Top, Atomo, Tam, Tfm and Twin series transmitters. EN TESTED. The BX-246 model, besides having the advantages of 24V systems, is tested according to the parameters set forth by European Standards EN 2445 and EN 2453, as concerns compliance with maximum impact forces generated by the gate-leaf during movement. BX-74 is en tested The BX-74 model, is tested according to the parameters set forth by European Standards EN 2445 and EN 2453, as concerns compliance with maximum impact forces generated by the gate leaf during movement. Advantages of Bx The Bx is the solution for automating medium sized sliding gates. Thanks to high levels of efficiency and safety, it is suited for numerous applications, both in residential and apartment block settings. The series also offers four 230V A.C. versions and one 24V D.C. model to be used under intense work loads and is ideal where there are frequent power outages. The control boards are all latest-generation and fitted with all the indispensable commands for a complete system. Needless to say, they can be integrated at any time with any of Came s safety and command accessories. Limits to use Model BX-74 BX-P BX-246 BX-0 BX-78 Max weight of gate leaf (Kg / lb) 400 / /, /, /, /,760 Max length of gate leaf (m / ft) 4 / 45,93 4 / 45,93 8 / 59,05 20 / 65,6 4 / 45,93 230V A.C. 24V D.C. Dimensions NOTES: To activate the release device of item 00BX-P you will need a radiofrequency snap-in card of the same series as that required for the automation s radio command (except for AF30 AF40) max Complete automation system with 24V D.C. motor 00BX-246 Accessories 00R00 00B CCT 009CGIU 002LBD2 002RSE 009CGZ 009CGZP 009CGZS Automation system complete with control board, radio decoder, encoder-based movement control and obstacle detection devices. Plus, mechanical endstops for sliding gates of up to 600 Kg /.320 lb. Fitted to take two 2V.2 Ah batteries. Lock cylinder with DIN key. Chain transmission device. /2 in simple chain for B4337 Joint for /2 in chain. - Special operators price list - - Operators price list - Card for connecting two 2V.2Ah emergency batteries for 2 BX-246. Synchronised function management card for BX-0 - Accessories price list - Galvanized rack in rolled steel 22 x 22 mm / 0,86 x 0,86 in module 4. Rack in PA6 nylon and fibreglass with steel core 20 x 20 mm / 0,78 x 0,78 in module 4, with securing holes and distancers, for sliding gates of up to 300 Kg / 66 lb. Galvanized rack in rolled steel 30 x 8 mm /,8 x 0,3 in module 4 with securing holes and distancers. Dimensions in millimeters (25,4 mm = in)

16 2 3 Bk Sliding gate operators Maximum flexibility and safety. It is designed for automating apartment blocks, industrial and collective area sliding gates in general. A product range of a good 9 versions to meet all and any applicative requirements and to automate even gates of considerable weight. leaves of up to 800 -,200 -,800-2,200 Kg leaves of up to,760-2,640-3,970-4,850 lb Technical features Type Protection rating IP54 IP54 IP54 IP54 IP54 IP54 BK-800 BK-200/E BK-200P BK-800/E BK-2200/E BK-2200T Power supply (V) (50/60Hz) 230 A.C. 230 A.C. 230 A.C. 230 A.C. 230 A.C V A.C. 3-phase Motor power supply (V) (50/60Hz) 230 A.C. 230 A.C. 230 A.C. 230 A.C. 230 A.C V A.C. 3-phase Current draw (A) 4,5 3,3 3,3 4,2 5,,5 Power (W) Manoeuvre speed (m/min - ft/s) 0,5/0,57 0,5/0,57 4,5/0,79 0,5/0,57 0,5/0,57 0,5/0,57 Duty cylce (%) Intensive use Thrust (N) Motor s thermo-protection ( C/ F) 50/302 50/302 50/302 50/302 50/302 50/302 Operating temperature ( C/ F) / V A.C.- 60 Hz PRODUCTS, PLEASE CHECK OUR PRICE LIST 230V A.C V A.C. 3-phase Complete automation systems with 230V A.C. motor - Operators price list - Sliding gate operators 00BK BK-200 Automation system complete with control board, radio decoder and mechanical endstops for sliding gates of up to 800 Kg /,760 lb. Automation system complete with control board, radio decoder and mechanical endstops for sliding gates of up to,200 Kg / 2,640 lb. 00BK-200P Automation system complete with control board, built-in radio decoder, mechanical endstops and PRA- TICO SYSTEM radio release with a 2V.2 Ah battery for gates weighing up to,200 Kg / 2,640 lb. 00BK BK-2200 Automation system complete with control board, radio decoder and mechanical endstops for sliding gates of up to,800 Kg / 3,970 lb. Automation system complete with control board, radio decoder and mechanical endstops for sliding gates of up to 2,200 Kg / 4,850 lb with module 6 pinion. Encoder technology. The encoder constantly and safely controls the gate leaves movement allowing for total safety. Easier and safer operations. Bk can be connected to and control any auxiliary lighting, which turns on each time the gate opens, making it easier and safer to drive in and out. Exclusively practical. BK-200P features the PRA- TICO SYSTEM, an extremely user-friendly Came patented device which replaces the laborious, manual release procedures required during a power outage, and does away with the hassle of searching for the keys V 3-phase When you need maximum power and performance, such as in industrial applications, BK-2200T s tri-phase technology gives the system s potential a major boost and greater thrust as well as better control of the passive inertia during movement. Advantages of Bk The Bk is the top when it comes to service and safety. When total power, performance and reliability are needed, the Bk 3-phase technology enables the operator to reach its full potential. For example, the selfdiagnostics of the safety circuits which blocks the system from working if one of the photocells or sensitive edges malfunctions; and the auxiliary lighting of the driving area, which is directly controlled by the control board. Limits to use Model BK-800 BK-200 BK-200P BK-800 BK-2200 BK-2200T Max weight of gate leaf (Kg / lb) 800 /, / 2, / 2, / 3, / 4, / 4,850 Max length of gate leaf (m / ft) 20 / 65,6 20 / 65,6 4 / 45,93 20 / 65,6 20 / 65,6 23 / 75,45 Model BKE-200 BKE-800 BKE-2200 Max weight of gate leaf (Kg / lb) 200 / 2, / 3, / 4,850 Max length of gate leaf (m /ft) 3 / 42,65 3 / 42,65 3 / 42,65 230V A.C V A.C. 3-phase Dimensions NOTE: To activate the release device of item 00BK-200P, you will need a radiofrequency snap-in card of the same series as that required for the automation s radio command (except for AF30 AF40). Dimensions in millimeters (25,4 mm = in) ,5 42, max BKE BKE BKE-2200 Automation system with V A.C. 3-phase - Special operators price list - 00BK-2200T Control panels for V A.C. 3-phase operator 002ZT6 002ZT6C Accessories - Operators price list - 00R00 00B CCT 009CGIU 009CGZ 009CGZS 009CGZ6 Automation system complete with control board, radio decoder, encoder-based movement control for sliding gates of up to,200 Kg / 2,640 lb and 3 m / 42,65 ft. Automation system complete with control board, radio decoder, encoder-based movement control for sliding gates of up to,800 Kg / 3,970 lb and 3 m / 42,65 ft. Automation system complete with control board, radio decoder, encoder-based movement control for sliding gates of up to 2,200 Kg / 4,850 lb and 3 m / 42,65 ft with module 6 pinion. Operator with module 6 pinion. Control panel with built-in radio decoder and self-diagnosing safety devices. Control panel, complete with safety block and buttons, including a built-in radio decoder and self-diagnosing safety devices. Lock cylinder with DIN key. Chain transmission device. /2 in simple chain for B4353 Joint for /2 in chain. - Special operators price list- - Accessories price list - Galvanized rack in rolled steel 22 x 22 mm 0,86 x 0,86 in module 4. Galvanized rack in rolled steel 30 x 8 mm,8 x 0,3 in module 4 with securing holes and spacers. Galvanized rack in rolled steel 30 x 30 mm,8 x,8 in module 6.

17 4 5 By-3500T Sliding gate operators Complete power with total safety. The ideal solution for powering exceptionally heavy gate leaves. A state-of-the-art control board provides maximum resistance to wear and total safety By-3500T is the ideal solution for powering exceptionally heavy gate leaves of up to 3,500 Kg / 7,720 lb. leaves of up to 3,500 Kg leaves of up to 7,720 lb Technical features Type Protection rating Power supply (V) (50/60Hz) Motor power supply (V) BY-3500T IP A.C. 3-phase A.C. 3-phase Current draw (A) 2 Power (W) 750 Manoeuvre speed (m/min - ft/s) 0,5/0,57 Duty cylce (%) 50 Thrust (N) 3,500 Motor s thermo-protection ( C/ F) 50/302 Operating temperature ( C/ F) / V A.C.- 60 Hz PRODUCTS, PLEASE CHECK OUR PRICE LIST V A.C. 3-phase Complete automation system with V 3-phase motor - Special operators price list - Sliding gate operators 00BY-3500T Automation system complete with control board, radio decoder and mechanical endstops for sliding gates of up to 3,500 Kg / 7,720 lb with module 6 pinion. Accessories - Accessories price list - 009CGZ6 Galvanized rack in rolled steel 30 x 30 mm,8 x,8 in module 6. 00BRC5 Power cable collector device for sensitive safety-edges for sliding gates up to 5 m / 49,2 ft in length. Easier and safer operations. Came operators can control the auxiliary lighting of the operator s area of movement. This feature makes it safer and easier to use the vehicle entrance. Extremely sturdy. BY-3500T is the model which mostly extols the characteristics of resistance, reliability and power because it goes beyond mere industrial application. Advantages of By-3500T BY-3500T - Came reliability to the maximum power. It is the ideal solution for powering gate leaves of up to 3,500 Kg / 7,720 lb. Besides the normal command and safety functions, the new electronics supplied with the BY-3500T series provides certain special features such as: programming the command for partial opening of the gate leaf, ideal for all entrances lacking a pedestrian gate; safety even when the gate is not moving because each command is overridden if an obstacle is detected by the safety devices and gate. 00BRCP Aluminium profile for extension L = 5.0 m / 6,73 ft to couple with a BRC5. Application example: on 5 m / 49,2 ft sliding gate set up n. BRC5 + n. 3 BRCPs. Total auto-control. Before actually opening or closing the gate, the electronics checks the proper functioning of all of the system s safety devices. Limits to use Model BY-3500T Max weight of gate leaf (Kg / lb) 3,500 / 7, V A.C. 3-phase 42 Dimensions 3-phase only The 3-phase voltage power supply to the unit ensures intensive service even under the harshest of working conditions such as armoured gates or hangar doors Dimensions in millimeters (25,4 mm = in)

18 6 7 Swing gate operators Swing gate operators A world of safe automation

19 8 9 The range The models Swing gates are used in many contexts. With a modern look and refined design, made of light alloy, steel or cast iron, they can always be automated, thanks to the multitude of solutions offered by Came. A complete range that comprises no less than 35 models in either 230V A.C. or 24V D.C., as well as V 3-phase, to meet all and any applicative needs. The table sums up the complete range of gearmotors for swing gates depending on performance levels, limits to use and the suggested application, to help you quickly choose the product best for you. European standards Compliant with EN 2453 and EN 2445 safety norms, consult local codes for the norms in other markets. Standard RESIDENTIAL installation TRAINED users and positioned on a PUBLIC STREET The type of command that is usually requested is the remote control radio command which needs to be fitted with the required safety devices, on both the so-called primary edge (i.e. the passage zone) and the secondary edge (the zone behind the gate leaf). Current legislation requires the C + D type minimal solutions: employing sensitive safety edges and infrared beam photocells. Important If using EN 2445 EN 2453 tested, gearmotors and control panels, then sensitive safety edges need not be installed, provided that the required impact-force measurements are compliant with the parameters dictated by the Standards. Swing gate operators Use RESIDENTIAL APARTMENT BLOCKS INDUSTRIAL INTENSIVE USE M F G E I H Series Model Max width (m / ft) Frog Frog-AV,3 / 4,2 Flex F500,6 / 5,2 YES Flex F50,6 / 5,2 YES Amico A824,8 / 6 YES Frog-J FROG-J,8 / 6 YES Amico A8230 2,2 / 7,2 Fast F7024N 2,3 / 7,5 2,3 / 7,5 2,3 / 7,5 YES Fast F700 2,3 / 7,5 2,3 / 7,5 Ati A3024N 3 / 0 3 / 0 3 / 0 YES Ati A / 0 3 / 0 Ati A300 3 / 0 3 / 0 Ati A / 0 3 / 0 Ati A306 3 / 0 3 / 0 Axo AX / 0 3 / 0 3 / 0 YES Axo AX / 0 3 / 0 Krono KR300D-S 3 / 0 3 / 0 Krono KR30D-S 3 / 0 3 / 0 Frog Frog-A24 3,5 /,5 3,5 /,5 3,5 /,5 YES Frog FROG-A 3,5 /,5 Frog FROG-AE 3,5 /,5 Axo AX / 3 4 / 3 Axo AX / 3 4 / 3 Ferni F024 4 / 3 4 / 3 4 / 3 YES Ferni F000 4 / 3 4 / 3 Ferni F00 4 / 3 4 / 3 Ati A5024N 5 / 6 5 / 6 5 / 6 YES Ati A / 6 5 / 6 Ati A500 5 / 6 5 / 6 Ati A / 6 5 / 6 Ati A506 5 / 6 5 / 6 Axo AX / 6 5 / 6 5 / 6 YES Krono KR50D-S 5 / 6 5 / 6 Axo AX / 23 7 / 23 Super Frog Frog MD/MS 8 / 26 8 / V A.C. 24V D.C V A.C. 3-phase Standard issue N L A B D C N A O A B C D E F G H I L Operators TX Infrared photocells RX Infrared photocells Electric lock Safety sensitive edge Flashing light Antenna Selector switch (key - code - card) Gate plate Control panel M N O Cordless photocells M=TX - N=TX/RX - O=RX The given diagram is for all operators of Flex - Ferni - Fast series. Cable length (ft) (m) <0 < 32, ,8-65, ,6-98,42 Power supply 230V A.C. (20V A.C.) 750W Max 3Gx,5mm² 3GxAWG5 3Gx,5mm² 3GxAWG4 3Gx2,5mm² 3GxAWG3 Power supply V A.C. 3-phase 750W Max 4Gx,5mm² 4GxAWG5 4Gx,5mm² 4GxAWG5 4Gx2,5mm² 4GxAWG3 Motor power supply 230V A.C. (20V A.C.) 750W Max 3Gx,5mm² 3GxAWG5 3Gx,5mm² 3GxAWG5 3Gx2,5mm² 3GxAWG3 Motor power supply V A.C. 3-phase 750W Max 4Gx,5mm² 4GxAWG5 4Gx,5mm² 4GxAWG5 4Gx2,5mm² 4GxAWG3 Motor power supply 24V D.C 400W Max 2Gx,5mm² 2GxAWG5 2Gx2,5mm² 2GxAWG3 2Gx2,5mm² 2GxAWG3 Endstop microswitches *n x0,5mm² n xawg20 *nx0,5mm² n xawg20 *nx0,5mm² n xawg20 Flashing light 24V A.C.-D.C. 25W 2xmm² 2xAWG7 2xmm² 2xAWG7 2xmm² 2xAWG7 Flashing light 230V A.C. (20V A.C.) 25W 2x,5mm² 2xAWG5 2x,5mm² 2xAWG5 2x,5mm² 2xAWG5 TX Photocell 2x0,5mm² 2xAWG20 2x0,5mm² 2xAWG20 2x0,5mm² 2xAWG20 RX Photocell 4x0,5mm² 4xAWG20 4x0,5mm² 4xAWG20 4x0,5mm² 4xAWG20 Electric lock 2V D.C. 2xmm² 2xAWG7 2xmm² 2xAWG7 2x,5mm² 2xAWG5 Electric lock 24V D.C. 2xmm² 2xAWG7 2xmm² 2xAWG7 2xmm² 2xAWG7 Commands *n x0,5mm² n xawg20 *n x0,5mm² n xawg20 *n x0,5mm² n xawg20 Antenna RG58 Max 0m 32,8 ft *n = see istruction European standards US standards Safety for the entire premises Certified and patented sensitive edge The Df series sensitive edges are exclusively patented by Came. They are entirely deformable along their entire length and have no rigid parts. Df is a unique product, able to absorb every impact and block or invert the gate s movement. The new Db series CORDLESS photocells, are a revolutionary way to install protection, even when not initially planned for. This saves on masonry work. Thanks to repeater modules, Db lets you have full perimeter coverage on any automation devices. Db lets you save on components installed and increase the safety level.

20 20 2 European standards Compliant with EN 2453 and EN 2445 safety norms, consult local codes for the norms in other markets. Standard APARTMENT BLOCK installation TRAINED users and positioned on a PUBLIC STREET In this applicative context we suggest using 24V D.C. system, to guarantee the highest performance levels and intensive use. Also in this case, the normally preferred command is the remote radio command which requires fitting safety devices, on both the so-called primary edge (the passage zone) and the secondary edge (the zone behind the gate leaf). Current legislation requires the C + D type minimal solutions: employing sensitive safety edges and infrared beam photocells. Important If using EN 2445 EN 2453 tested gearmotors and control panels, then sensitive safety edges need not be installed, provided that the required impact-force measurements are compliant with the parameters dictated by the Standards. European standards Compliant with EN 2453 and EN 2445 safety norms, consult local codes for the norms in other markets. Standard INDUSTRIAL installation TRAINED users and positioned on a PUBLIC STREET In this applicative context we suggest using 24V D.C. system, to guarantee the highest performance levels and intensive use. Also in this case, the normally preferred command is the remote radio command which requires fitting safety devices, on both the so-called primary edge (the passage zone) and the secondary edge (the zone behind the gate leaf). Current legislation requires the C + D type minimal solutions: employing sensitive safety edges and infrared beam photocells. Important If using EN 2445 EN 2453 tested gearmotors and control panels, then sensitive safety edges need not be installed, provided that the required impact-force measurements are compliant with the parameters dictated by the Standards. Swing gate operators H M F G E E I H F G H M E E I H H N D L X A Q B C Q N A X O C B D L X A B C L B C A X C B Standard issue The given diagram is for all operators of Frog - Frog-J series. Standard issue The given diagram is for all operators of Frog - Frog-J series. A B C D E F G H I L Operators TX Infrared photocells RX Infrared photocells Emergency batteries and operation card Safety sensitive edge Flashing light Reception antenna Selector switch (key - code - card) Gate plate Control panel Q X Key release Shunt box Cable length (ft) (m) <0 < 32, ,8-65, ,6-98,42 Power supply 230V A.C. (20V A.C.) 750W Max 3Gx,5mm² 3GxAWG5 3Gx,5mm² 3GxAWG4 3Gx2,5mm² 3GxAWG3 Power supply V A.C. 3-phase 750W Max 4Gx,5mm² 4GxAWG5 4Gx,5mm² 4GxAWG5 4Gx2,5mm² 4GxAWG3 Motor power supply 230V A.C. (20V A.C.) 750W Max 3Gx,5mm² 3GxAWG5 3Gx,5mm² 3GxAWG5 3Gx2,5mm² 3GxAWG3 Motor power supply V A.C. 3-phase 750W Max 4Gx,5mm² 4GxAWG5 4Gx,5mm² 4GxAWG5 4Gx2,5mm² 4GxAWG3 Motor power supply 24V D.C 400W Max 2Gx,5mm² 2GxAWG5 2Gx2,5mm² 2GxAWG3 2Gx2,5mm² 2GxAWG3 Endstop microswitches *n x0,5mm² n xawg20 *nx0,5mm² n xawg20 *nx0,5mm² n xawg20 Flashing light 24V A.C.-D.C. 25W 2xmm² 2xAWG7 2xmm² 2xAWG7 2xmm² 2xAWG7 Flashing light 230V A.C. (20V A.C.) 25W 2x,5mm² 2xAWG5 2x,5mm² 2xAWG5 2x,5mm² 2xAWG5 TX Photocell 2x0,5mm² 2xAWG20 2x0,5mm² 2xAWG20 2x0,5mm² 2xAWG20 RX Photocell 4x0,5mm² 4xAWG20 4x0,5mm² 4xAWG20 4x0,5mm² 4xAWG20 Electric lock 2V D.C. 2xmm² 2xAWG7 2xmm² 2xAWG7 2x,5mm² 2xAWG5 Electric lock 24V D.C. 2xmm² 2xAWG7 2xmm² 2xAWG7 2xmm² 2xAWG7 Commands *n x0,5mm² n xawg20 *n x0,5mm² n xawg20 *n x0,5mm² n xawg20 Antenna RG58 Max 0m 32,8 ft *n = see istruction European standards US standards A B C D E F G H I L Operators TX Infrared photocells RX Infrared photocells Emergency batteries and operation card Safety sensitive edge Flashing light Reception antenna Selector switch (key - code - card) Gate plate Control panel Cable length (ft) (m) <0 < 32, ,8-65, ,6-98,42 Power supply 230V A.C. (20V A.C.) 750W Max 3Gx,5mm² 3GxAWG5 3Gx,5mm² 3GxAWG4 3Gx2,5mm² 3GxAWG3 Power supply V A.C. 3-phase 750W Max 4Gx,5mm² 4GxAWG5 4Gx,5mm² 4GxAWG5 4Gx2,5mm² 4GxAWG3 Motor power supply 230V A.C. (20V A.C.) 750W Max 3Gx,5mm² 3GxAWG5 3Gx,5mm² 3GxAWG5 3Gx2,5mm² 3GxAWG3 Motor power supply V A.C. 3-phase 750W Max 4Gx,5mm² 4GxAWG5 4Gx,5mm² 4GxAWG5 4Gx2,5mm² 4GxAWG3 Motor power supply 24V D.C 400W Max 2Gx,5mm² 2GxAWG5 2Gx2,5mm² 2GxAWG3 2Gx2,5mm² 2GxAWG3 Endstop microswitches *n x0,5mm² n xawg20 *nx0,5mm² n xawg20 *nx0,5mm² n xawg20 Flashing light 24V A.C.-D.C. 25W 2xmm² 2xAWG7 2xmm² 2xAWG7 2xmm² 2xAWG7 Flashing light 230V A.C. (20V A.C.) 25W 2x,5mm² 2xAWG5 2x,5mm² 2xAWG5 2x,5mm² 2xAWG5 TX Photocell 2x0,5mm² 2xAWG20 2x0,5mm² 2xAWG20 2x0,5mm² 2xAWG20 RX Photocell 4x0,5mm² 4xAWG20 4x0,5mm² 4xAWG20 4x0,5mm² 4xAWG20 Electric lock 2V D.C. 2xmm² 2xAWG7 2xmm² 2xAWG7 2x,5mm² 2xAWG5 Electric lock 24V D.C. 2xmm² 2xAWG7 2xmm² 2xAWG7 2xmm² 2xAWG7 Commands *n x0,5mm² n xawg20 *n x0,5mm² n xawg20 *n x0,5mm² n xawg20 Antenna RG58 Max 0m 32,8 ft *n = see istruction European standards US standards M N O Cordless photocells M=TX - N=TX/RX - O=RX X Shunt box 24 Volts to adjust speed Open with the keyfob The assistant flashing light Safety, quick, everywhere 24V D.C. swing-gate gearmotors, let you manage the movement speed of the gate leaves, obstacle sensitivity and decelerations during the final closing phase, all to provide maximum safety even in collective settings where a high volume of transit requires greater performance levels. The PCT transponder keyfobs, coupled with the TSP0 proximity sensors, lets you open condominium gates simply by approaching them to the sensor, which can store up to 250 different keyfobs (or cards). These can also be used to open the door to stairwells or private overhead garage doors. The KIAROIN and KIARO24IN can be set to falsh after the operator has performed 5,000, 0,000, 20,000 or 50,000 operations. It is an automatic solution for programming the system s ordinary maintenance schedule. The Db series CORDLESS photocells, are a revolutionary way to install protection. Even, when not initially planned for. This saves on expensive digging and masonry work. Db lets you save on the number of components installed while increasing the level of safety.

21 Frog-J Technical features Type FROG-J leaves of up to,8 m Protection rating IP67 leaves of up to 5,9 ft Power supply (V) (50/60Hz) 230 A.C. Motor power supply (V) 24 D.C. Current draw (A) 0 Max Swing gate operators Just *85 mm of underground automation! Frog-J is a 24V underground operator for swing gates of up to.8 m / 5,9 ft per gate leaf. It is tested in compliance with European Standards on the subject of impact force. This feature makes Frog-J a safe and reliable electro-mechanical system, which may be used even in critical applications such as when kids, physically challenged or nontrainable persons are likely to be found. *(3,34 in) Power (W) opening time (s) Adjustable Duty cylce (%) Intensive use Torque (Nm) 260 Operating temperature ( C/ F) / V A.C.- 60 Hz PRODUCTS, PLEASE CHECK OUR PRICE LIST 24V D.C. underground operator and control panel - Operators price list - 00FROG-J Operator with encoder. 24V D.C. Swing gate operators 002ZL90 Control panel for two-leaf swing gates with built-in radio decoder. Accessories 002LB90 Card for connecting up two 2V -.2Ah emergency batteries with rack. Innovative double release. It is comfortable, safe, waterproof, and protected by its water sealed door with customised key. This makes it easy to reach whether you are outside or inside the gate. Encoder technology. The encoder constantly and safely controls the gate leaves movement allowing for total safety. Advantages of Frog-J Came s latest solution in underground operators even when gates are not originally designed for underground automation. In fact, Frog-J needs very little space. Requiring little, if any masonry work, it adds the advantages of an underground system with no extra cost. The ZL90 latest-generation control panel is fitted with a led-monitored, self-diagnosing function and is designed to be connected to gearmotors by way of a three-conductor cable. 00FROG-JC 00A467 Foundation case. Release group with customized key. Easy connections. With Frog-J you need just one tri-polar cable to connect the gearmotors and to manage endstops. Limits to use Model Max width of gate leaf (m / ft),8 / 5,9 Max weight of gate leaf (Kg / lb) 200 / 44 Max opening of gate leaf ( ) 05 FROG-J 24V D.C. Dimensions 24V only Frog-J is a below ground, 24V D.C. automation system which offers all of the advantages that come with working with continuous current. These include, managing the gate run, obstacle detection and emergency batteries that can be connected to the system to allow opening even when the power is out. 85 FLOOR FINISHING CONCRETE Dimensions in millimeters (25,4 mm = in)

22 24 25 Flex leaves of up to,6 m leaves of up to 5,2 ft Swing gate operators You only need a small pillar, starting from *8 cm in width to operate your gate. Flex, the operator designed for small-leaved swing gates, needs very little space to be installed and fits even when the pillars are right-up against a wall or fence. It is the ideal solution to manage pedestrian passages in residential or condominium settings. *(3,5 in) Technical features Type F500 Protection rating IP54 IP54 Power supply (V) (50/60Hz) 230 A.C. 230 A.C. Motor power supply (V) 24 D.C. 24 D.C. Current draw (A) 2 Max 2 Max Power (W) opening time (s) 3 9 Duty cylce (%) Intensive use Intensive use Torque (Nm) Operating temperature ( C/ F) / V A.C.- 60 Hz PRODUCTS, PLEASE CHECK OUR PRICE LIST 24V D.C. 24V D.C. external operators and control panel - Operators price list - F50 Swing gate operators 00F500 Reversible operator with articulated transmission arm. 00F50 Reversible operator with straight transmission arm and slide guide. 002ZL60N Control panel for one-leaf swing gates with built-in radio decoder and amperometric obstacle detection device. The practical straight arm. The standard F50 model comes with a straight transmission arm and slide-guide for applications where lateral space is truly minimum such as when the gate is right up against a fence. Advantages of the 24V D.C. electronics. The control panels of the Flex series connect up with 230V A.C. line current. The gearmotors, however, run on 24V of continuous current to give maximum guarantee of safety to the user. Ready-to-use and sensitive. Even the slightest obstacle will trigger the gate stopping function thanks to the amperometric detection device. Advantages of Flex Functionality and aesthetics in just 8 cm (3,5 in). Extreme compactness in a simple, versatile product. Flex is also available in the slide arm version, when reduced space or lateral wall require such a solution. The electronics in the Flex system accept an add-on emergency battery back-up device for power outages. Batteries are recharged automatically. Limits to use Model F500 - F50 Max width of gate leaf (m / ft),6 / 5,2,2 / 3,9 0,8 / 2,6 Max weight of gate leaf (Kg / lb) 00 / / / V D.C. 24V D.C. control panel 002ZL50N Control panel for two-leaf swing gates with built-in radio decoder. Accessories 002LB54 Card for connecting two 2V.2Ah emergency batteries. 00LOCK8 Electric lock with single cylinder. 00LOCK82 Electric lock with double cylinder. Dimensions 80 Flex is EN TESTED The Flex series together with the ZL60N control panel constantly controls the gate leaves movement allowing for safe thrust, and is EU standard EN 2453 and EN 2445 compliant F500 F50 Dimensions in millimeters (25,4 mm = in)

23 26 27 Amico Technical features Type A824 A8230 leaves of up to 2.2 m Protection rating IP44 IP44 leaves of up to 7,2 ft Power supply (V) (50/60Hz) 230 A.C. 230 A.C. Motor power supply (V) 24 D.C. 230 A.C. Current draw (A) 4 max,2 Power (W) opening time (s) Adjustable 9 Duty cylce (%) Intensive use 50 Thrust (N) Operating temperature ( C/ F) / / Motor s thermo-protection ( C/ F) - 50/302 20V A.C.- 60 Hz PRODUCTS, PLEASE CHECK OUR PRICE LIST 230V A.C. 24V D.C. Swing gate operators Satisfying safety. The guarantee of the highest safety standards with a very attractive and exclusive design. Elegant and harmonious lines, Amico is the electromechanical operator for swing gates up to 2.2 m per leaf. Amico means total reliability in any installation and is the ideal choice when top level security is needed (in residential buildings, for example). External 24V D.C. operators and control panel - Operators price list - Swing gate operators 00A824 Self-locking operator with encoder. 002ZL90 Control panel for two-leaf swing gates with built-in radio decoder. External 230V A.C. operators and control panel 00A8230 Self-locking operator. Personalised release. The lock cylinder on the release device has a three-sided key which can be personalised on request, with a reserved key cylinder for the client to guarantee even higher security. Simplified run adjustment. In the 24V version, once the mechanical endstops are in place, the opening and closing endstops are adjusted automatically when the first test movements are made. This setting is final and needs no further adjustment. Simple connections. A single three- or four-wire cable is sufficient to connect the gearmotors. Advantages of Amico Amico has an electromechanical gearmotor that is the synthesis of all of Came s design experience and technology, available in the traditional 24V version and now in the new 230V version. The Amico 24V can be matched to the ZL90 control panel - with led signal self-diagnosis and connection to the gearmotor with a single, 3-wire cable for installations that conform to current European technical specifications relative to impact force that the moving gate develops. The 230V can be matched to the multifunction ZA3N control panel. Limits to use Model Max width of gate leaf (m / ft) A824,5,8 Max weight of gate leaf (Kg / lb) Model A8230 Max width of gate leaf (m / ft),7 2,2 Max weight of gate leaf (Kg / lb) Dimensions 230V A.C. 24V D.C. 002ZA3N Multifunction control panel. Accessories for 24V D.C. operator 002LB90 Card for connecting n. 2 2V.2Ah emergency batteries. 5 Now available at 230V The 230V electronic system guarantees hi-tech installations with the best possible performance from all the functions. B C max A Leaf opening A B (mm/in) (mm/in) /5, 30/5, 30/5, 0/4,33 87 C max (mm/in) 60/2,36 50/,96 Dimensions in millimeters (25,4 mm = in)

24 28 29 Axo Technical features leaves of up to and 7 m Type AX AX AX42306 AX7230 AX3024 AX5024 Protection rating IP44 IP44 IP44 IP44 IP44 leaves of up to and 23 ft Power supply (V) (50/60Hz) 230 A.C. 230 A.C. 230 A.C. 230 A.C. 230 A.C. Motor power supply (V) 24 D.C. 230 A.C. 230 A.C. 24 D.C. 24 D.C. Current draw (A),5,5,5 0 MAX 0 MAX Swing gate operators Power (W) opening time (s) Adjustable Adjustable When reliability is a matter of principle Duty cylce (%) Intensive use Intensive use Axo is the new electromechanical operator designed Thrust (N) for long life and utmost safety even with very large Operating temperature ( C/ F) / Motor s thermo-protection ( C/ F) 50/302 50/302 50/ gates. The revolutionary 2-end worm-screw drastically reduces wear on the axle box. The impact force 20V A.C.- 60 Hz PRODUCTS, PLEASE CHECK OUR PRICE LIST 230V A.C. 24V D.C. developed by the gate movement conforms to current European standards. External 230V A.C. operators and control panel - Operators price list - 00AX Self-locking operator for gate leaves up to 3 m / 0 ft. (Opening time 90 : 20s) Swing gate operators 00AX Self-locking operator for gate leaves up to 4 m / 3 ft. (Opening time 90 : 28s) 00AX42306 Reversible operator for gate leaves up to 4 m / 6 ft. (Opening time 90 : 28s) 00AX7230 Reversible operator for gate leaves up to 7 m / 23 ft. (Opening time 90 : 40s) 002ZM3E Multifunction control panel with signalling display, self-diagnosis of safety devices and built-in radio decoding A design to serve technology. Came innovation has designed an excellent versatile bearing structure. The two stems in the versions up to 3 and 7 m per leaf, engage smoothly into a single semishell structure. Encoder management. The slow-down speed of the 230V A.C. gearmotor is also controlled by encoder technology which keeps the generated force under control as well. En Tested safety. Axo technology conforms to the current European standards relative to impact force. Total control The 24V version is matched to the ZLJ24 control panel with encoder technology to guarantee maximum user safety. The 230V is matched to the ZM3E control panel with function signal display and self-diagnosis of the safety devices connected to the installation. Advantages of Axo The gearmotor has bearing semi-shells in die-cast aluminium of excellent quality and silent running. Axo is equipped with adjustable mechanical stop to memorize the gate run. Available also in the 24V version with the simplified connection system with only one single three-wired cable and with the innovative 230V technology, which gives very efficient and simple control of slowing down movements. Limits to use Model AX AX3024 Max width of gate leaf (m / ft) 2 2,5 3 Max weight of gate leaf (Kg / lb) Model AX AX42306 Max width of gate leaf (m / ft) 2 2,5 3 4* Max weight of gate leaf (Kg / lb) Model Max width of gate leaf (m / ft) AX ,5 3 4* 5* Max weight of gate leaf (Kg / lb) Model AX7230 Max width of gate leaf (m / ft) 2 2,5 3 4* 5* 6* º 7* º Max weight of gate leaf (Kg / lb) V A.C. 24V D.C. N.B.: * If it is larger than 3 meters, the blocking electric lock must be installed on the leaf. º If it is larger than 5 meters, panels must not be fitted. Attention must be paid when there is strong wind with the reversible versions if the gate is open as it could slam shut. Dimensions B C max 24V D.C. external operators and control panel 00AX AX ZLJ24 Accessories 002LB80 00LOCK8 00LOCK * * * *AX AX5024 A Dimensions in millimeters (25,4 mm = in) LM Self-locking operator for gate leaves up to 3 m / 0 ft. (Opening time 90 : adjustable) Self-locking operator for gate leaves up to 5 m / 6 ft. (Opening time 90 : adjustable) Control panel for two-leaf swing gates with built-in radio decoder. Card for connecting n. 2 2V -,2Ah emergency batteries and battery-support bracket Electric lock with single cylinder. Electric lock with double cylinder Type Opening A B C max LM (mm/in) (mm/in) (mm/in) (mm/in) AXO /5, 30/5, 70/2,75 800/3, /5,90 00/3,93 50/,96 800/3,49 AXO /5, 30/5, 70/2,75 800/3, /5,90 00/3,93 50/,96 800/3,49 AXO /7,87 220/8,66 50/5,90 00/43, /8,66 220/8,66 00/3,93 00/43,3 AXO /7,87 220/8,66 50/5,90 00/43, /8,66 220/8,66 00/3,93 00/43,3

25 30 3 Ati leaves of up to 3-5 m leaves of up to 0-6 ft Swing gate operators Sturdy, powerful and electromechanical. Ati is the perfect operator for swing gates of medium to large size. It is powerful and versatile, and does not require a lot of periodic maintenance while expressing Came dependability to the fullest. It can also be used under intense duty conditions such as in apartment blocks, company facilities and collective environments in general. Technical features Type Protection rating IP44 IP44 IP44 Power supply (V) (50/60Hz) 230 A.C. 230 A.C. 230 A.C. Motor power supply (V) 230 A.C. 50/60 Hz 230 A.C. 50/60 Hz 24 D.C. Current draw (A),2,2 0 Max Power (W) opening time (s) 9 / / 45 Adjustable Duty cylce (%) Intensive Use Thrust (N) Operating temperature ( C/ F) / Motor s thermo-protection ( C/ F) 50/302 50/302 - A A300 / A A500 A A306 / A A506 A3024N - A5024N 20V A.C.- 60 Hz PRODUCTS, PLEASE CHECK OUR PRICE LIST 230V A.C. 24V D.C. 230V A.C. external operators - Operators price list - Swing gate operators 00A3000 Self-locking operator for gate leaves of up to 3 m / 0 ft (opening time 90 9s). 00A300 Reversible operator for gate leaves of up to 3 m / 0 ft (opening time 90 9s). 00A3006 Self-locking operator for gate leaves of up to 3 m / 0 ft (opening time 90 28s). 00A306 Reversible operator for gate leaves of up to 3 m / 0 ft (opening time 90 28s). 00A5000 Self-locking operator for gate leaves of up to 5 m / 6 ft (opening time 90 32s). 00A500 Reversible operator for gate leaves of up to 5 m / 6 ft (opening time 90 32s). Practical and safe. The gearmotor release, which is protected by a door and lock and key, gives easy access to the emergency manual opening of the gate. The 24V D.C. electronics. The ZL80 control panel can be integrated with LB80 card enabling emergency functioning through batteries in case of blackouts. The amperometric detection function if needed stops or inverts the direction of motion. Next-generation control panels. The new ZM3E control panel is fitted with self-diagnosis of their protective devices connected up to the system. Advantages of Ati Sturdy, compact and dependable, it is the perfect operator for swing gates of considerable size. All the component parts have a precise function and we have paid maximum attention to detail in order to combine functional and the aesthetic values of this product. It can be used under intense duty conditions such as in apartment blocks, company facilities and high-traffic environments in general. A totally reliable automation system, that requires no changes to the gate nor any costly periodic maintenance. Limits to use Model A A300 - A306 - A A3024N Max width of gate leaf (m / ft) 3 / 0 2,5 / 8,2 2 / 6,6 Max weight of gate leaf (Kg / lb) 400 / /, /,770 Model A A500 - A506 - A A5024N Max width of gate leaf (m / ft) 5 / 6 4 / 3 3 / 0 2,5 / 8,2 2 / 6,6 Max weight of gate leaf (Kg / lb) 400 / /, /, /,770,000 / 2, V A.C. 24V D.C. Dimensions * 00A A V A.C. control panels 002ZA3N 002ZM3E 24V D.C. external operators and control panel (min gate leaf width =.5 m / 4,92 ft) 00A3024N 00A5024N 002ZL80 Accessories 002LB80 00LOCK8 Self-locking operator for gate leaves of up to 5 m / 6 ft (opening time 90 45s). Reversible operator for gate leaves of up to 5 m / 6 ft (opening time 90 45s). Multifunction control panel with built-in radior decoder. Multifunction control panel with signalling display, auto-diagnosis of safety devices and built-in radio decoder. Self-locking operator for gate leaves of up to 3 m / 0 ft (adjustable 90 opening time). Self-locking operator for gate leaves of up to 5 m / 6 ft (adjustable 90 opening time). Control panel for two-leaf swing gates with built-in radio decoder. Card for connecting two 2V.2Ah emergency batteries with rack for ZL80 control panel. Electric lock with single cylinder. Ati is EN TESTED The 24V D.C. models together with the dedicated ZL80 panel constantly controls the gate leaves movement allowing for safe thrust, and is EU standard compliant. Type Opening A B C max (mm/in) (mm/in) (mm/in) A A300 - A306 - A A3024N 90 30/5, 30/5, 60/2, /5, 0/4,33 50/,96 A A500 - A506 - A A5024N /7,87 200/7,87 20/4, /7,87 40/5,5 70/2,75 B * * *A A500 - A506 - A A5024N * A C max 00LOCK82 00D00 00H3000 Electric lock with double cylinder. Lock cylinder with DIN key. Safety casing complete with release handle and command button for pull-cord release L = 5 m / 6,40 ft. Dimensions in millimeters (25,4 mm = in)

26 32 33 Krono leaves of up to 3-5 m leaves of up to 0-6 ft Swing gate operators Came great reliability and efficiency. A complete range of swing gate operators in the best of Came tradition: tough and silent. The ideal solution for prestigious gates integrating harmony, aesthetics and functionality. The extremely sturdy, simple and flexible solution. Technical features Type KR300D - KR300S - KR30D- KR30S KR50D - KR50S Protection rating IP54 IP54 Power supply (V) (50/60Hz) 230 A.C. 230 A.C. Motor power supply (V) (50/60 Hz) 230 A.C. 230 A.C. Current draw (A),, Power (W) opening time (s) Duty cylce (%) Thrust (N) Operating temperature ( C/ F) / Motor s thermo-protection ( C/ F) 50/302 50/302 20V A.C.- 60 Hz PRODUCTS, PLEASE CHECK OUR PRICE LIST 230V A.C. external operators - Operators price list - 230V A.C. Swing gate operators 00KR300D Right-hand self-locking operator for gate leaves of up to 3 m / 0 ft. 00KR300S Left-hand self-locking operator for gate leaves of up to 3 m / 0 ft. 00KR30D 00KR30S 00KR50D 00KR50S Right-hand self-locking operator with built-in gate-leaf stop microswitches, for leaves of up to 3 m / 0 ft. Left-hand self-locking operator with built-in gate-leaf stop microswitches, for leaves of up to 3 m / 0 ft. Right-hand self-locking operator with built-in gate-leaf stop microswitches, for leaves of up to 5 m / 6 ft. Left-hand self-locking operator with built-in gate-leaf stop microswitches, for leaves of up to 5 m / 6 ft. Easy adjustments! The endstop micro-switches allow for quick, precise adjustment of the gate leaves position while opening or closing. New generation control panels. The new ZM3E control panel comes with a display which shows the self-diagnosing functions of any safety devices connected to the system. Perfect integration. Its stem shape and the special coating make Krono suited to many architectural contexts, even the most demanding. Advantages of Krono Its special aluminium structure makes Krono the optimal solution, due to its extreme sturdiness and flexibility of application. It comes in two versions, and can be installed on gate leaves of up to 3 and 5 m / 0 and 6 ft. Krono, thanks to its self-locking mechanism maintains blocking during the gate s closing cycle. It features micro-switches for adjusting the endstops both in opening and closing. Limits to use Model KR300D - KR300S - KR30D - KR30S Max width of gate leaf (m / ft) 3 / 0 2,5 / 8,2 2 / 6,6 Max weight of gate leaf (Kg / lb) 400 / /, /,770 Model KR50D - KR50S Max width of gate leaf (m / ft) 5 / 6 4 / 3 3 / 0 2,5 / 8,2 2 / 6,6 Max weight of gate leaf (Kg / lb) 400 / /, /, /,770,000 / 2, V A.C. 230V A.C. control panels 002ZA3N 002ZM3E Accessories 00KR00 Multifunction control panel with built-in radio decoder. Multifunction control panel with signalling display, auto-diagnosis of safety devices and built-in radio decoder. Lock cylinder with DIN key. Dimensions * *KR50D - KR50S * V technology Krono is 230V A.C. gearmotor, which, along with the dedicated, Came control panels, yields state-of-the-art installations thanks to the standard issue technology. It always provides maximum functionality, even for systems installed in residential settings. Type Opening A B C max (mm/in) (mm/in) (mm/in) KR300D - KR300S - KR30D - KR30S 90 30/5, 30/5, 60/2, /5, 0/4,33 50/,96 KR50D - KR50S /7,87 200/7,87 20/4, /7,87 40/5,5 70/2,75 B C max 3 A 90 Dimensions in millimeters (25,4 mm = in)

27 34 35 Frog Technical features Type FROG-A FROG-AV FROG-AE FROG-A24 leaves of up to 3,5 m Protection rating IP67 IP67 IP67 IP67 leaves of up to,5 ft Power supply (V) (50/60Hz) 230 A.C. 230 A.C. 230 A.C. 230 A.C. Motor power supply (V) 230 A.C. 50/60 Hz 230 A.C. 50/60 Hz 230 A.C. 50/60 Hz 24 D.C. Current draw (A),9 2,5,9 5 Max Power (W) opening time (s) Duty cylce (%) Intensive use Thrust (N) Operating temperature ( C/ F) / Motor s thermo-protection ( C/ F) 50/302 50/302 50/302-20V A.C.- 60 Hz PRODUCTS, PLEASE CHECK OUR PRICE LIST 230V A.C. 24V D.C. Swing gate operators The fully hidden operator! This is the most advanced synthesis of Came design and research for swing gates. Extremely strong and virtually invisible, Frog has no impact on the appearance of the gate and is perfect for any sort of installation, even on public buildings. 230V A.C. underground operators - Operators price list - Swing gate operators 00FROG-A Self-locking operator of up to 3.5 m /,5 ft per gate leaf. 00FROG-AV Self-locking operator of up to.3 m / 4,2 ft per gate leaf. 230V A.C. control panels 002ZA3N Multifunction control panel with built-in radio decoder. 002ZM3E Multifunction control panel with signalling display, auto-diagnosis of safety devices and built-in radio decoder. Total seal. The high quality standard and IP67 protection level against external attack make it resistant in any weather conditions. First is best. Installation is simple and the underground case is prepared for automating the gate in different moments. Advantages of Frog Frog is an extremely efficient time challenging operator. The electromechanical system which is now available in the new Frog-AE 230V version with encoder gives very smooth, safe and guaranteed movements in even the most intense uses. Hardwearing and strong, with no need for expensive servicing, Frog is now also available with the special steel underground case (Frog-BN) with anticorrosion treatment. 230V A.C. underground operators and control panel 00FROG-AE 002ZM3E 24V D.C. underground operator and control panels 00FROG-A24 Self-locking operator with encoder for gates of up to 3.5 m /,5 ft per gate leaf. Multifunction control panel with signalling display, auto-diagnosis of safety devices and built-in radio decoder. Self-locking operator of up to 3.5 m /,5 ft per gate leaf. Easy, patented release. In the case of blackout, the operator is immediately released. Available in three different versions for any specific need, from a practical lever through to a personalised key. Limits to use Model FROG-AV FROG-A - FROG-AE - FROG-A24 Max width of gate leaf (m / ft),3 / 4,2 *3,5 /,5 *2,5 / 8,2 2 / 6,6 Max weight of gate leaf (Kg / lb) 300 / / /, /,770 *Applying an electro-mechanical lock on the gate leaf is advisable 230V A.C. 24V D.C. NOTES: * We suggest to provide an electric lock to be mounted on the gate leaf 002ZL70N 002ZL9N Control panel for one-leaf swing gates with built-in radio decoder. Control panel for two-leaf swing gates with built-in radio decoder. Dimensions Frog EN TESTED 67 Frog 24V and 230V technology gives utmost movement control. The FROG-A24 and FROG-AE models are tested together with the ZL9N, ZL70N and ZM3E control panels in compliance with EN 2445 and EN 2453 standards. floor Dimensions in millimeters (25,4 mm = in)

28 36 37 Frog leaves of up to 3,5 m leaves of up to,5 ft Accessories - Operators price list - 002LB8 Casing with emergency card, fitted to house three 2V - 7 Ah batteries (for ZL70N and ZL9N control panels). 00FROG-BN Steel foundation case with corrosion-resistant cataphoresis surface treatment. Swing gate operators 00FROG-BI Inox AISI 304 steel foundation case. 00A4364 Lever key release. 00A4365 Three-sided key relelase. 00A4366 Customized key release and EURO-DIN cylinder. 00A4370 Transmission lever for opening arcs of up to 40 for gate leaves no wider than 2 m / 6,56 ft. 00A4472 Transmission lever with adjustable gate-leaf opening stop. 00FL-80 Chain driven transmission lever for opening arcs of up to 80 for gate leaves no wider than 2 m / 6,56 ft (excluding FROG-A24). 00LOCK8 Electric lock with single-cylinder. 00LOCK82 Electric lock with double-cylinder. The new underground casing Technical features Type FROG-BN Thickness (μm) 5 30 Saline fog resistance to ASTM R7-94 norm (hours) Alkaline resistance Hydro-carbide resistance UV resistance Impact strength Good Good Good Direct 70 kg Indirect 70 kg Cataphoresis is a surface painting treatment that gives excellent corrosion resistance. It is formed of an even layer of black acrylic resin and gives long-lasting protection against chemical attack. A world of safe automation

29 38 39 Fast Technical features Type F700 F7024N leaves of up to 2,3 m Protection rating IP54 IP54 leaves of up to 7,5 ft Power supply (V) (50/60Hz) 230 A.C. 230 A.C. Motor power supply (V) 230 A.C. 50/60 Hz 24 D.C. Current draw (A),4 Max Power (W) opening time (s) Duty cylce (%) 30 Intensive use Torque (Nm) Operating temperature ( C/ F) / Motor s thermo-protection ( C/ F) 50/302-20V A.C.- 60 Hz PRODUCTS, PLEASE CHECK OUR PRICE LIST 230V A.C. 24V D.C. Swing gate operators The compact, versatile solution by Came. Fast is part of an innovative series of automation systems for swing gates. Powerful and versatile, their design is specific for application on medium and large sized gate-pillars. With Fast, installation is simple installation, even on medium and large pillars. 230V A.C. external operator - Operators price list - Swing gate operators 00F700 Self-locking operator complete with articulated transmission arm. 230V A.C. control panels 002ZA3N Multifunction control panel with built-in radio decoder. 002ZM3E Multifunction control panel with signalling display, auto-diagnosis of safety devices and built-in radio decoder. 24V D.C. external operator and control panel Safe and practical. The convenient release lever enables manual opening of the gate in case of a power outage. Advantages of the 24V D.C. electronics. The 24V-powered Fast electronics automatically recognises the interruption of electric power and then activates the emergency batteries, so that the gate can always be opened and closed (optional). Fast. Modern design thanks to the extreme attention to detail and choice of materials. Advantages of Fast With its articulated transmission arms Fast is the new automation system for swing gates up to 2.3 m / 7,5 ft long. This new product has a precise applicative purpose: to be installed on medium and large sized pillars, yet with relatively little mounting requirements. Fast is also available in the 24V version, to ensure a safe movement of the gate. Limits to use Model F700 - F7024N Max width of gate leaf (m / ft) 2,3 / 7,5 2 / 6,50,5 / 5 / 3,3 Max weight of gate leaf (Kg / lb) 200 / / / / V A.C. 24V D.C. 00F7024N 002ZL80 Accessories 002LB80 00LOCK8 00LOCK82 00F7002 Self-locking operator complete with articulated transmission arm. Control panel for two-leaf swing gates with built-in radio decoder. Card for connecting two 2V.2Ah emergency batteries with rack (for ZL80 control panel). Electric lock with single-cylinder. Electric lock with double-cylinder. Straight transmission arm with slide guide. Dimensions 00H3000 Safety casing complete with release handle and command button for pull-cord release L = 5 m / 6,40 ft. Fast is EN TESTED 90 min Fast 24V technology allows for total control of the gate movement. The new F7024N, in fact, complies with European Standards as concerns the impact forces generated during operation max Dimensions in millimeters (25,4 mm = in)

30 40 4 Ferni Technical features Type F000 F00 F024 leaves of up to 4 m Protection rating IP54 IP54 IP54 leaves of up to 3 ft Power supply (V) (50/60Hz) 230 A.C. 230 A.C. 230 A.C. Motor power supply (V) 230 A.C. 50/60 Hz 230 A.C. 50/60 Hz 24 D.C. Current draw (A),3 5 max Power (W) opening time (s) Duty cylce (%) SERVIZIO INTENSIVO Torque (Nm) Operating temperature ( C/ F) Motor s thermo-protection ( C/ F) Swing gate operators Large sized pillars. Ferni is the optimal solution for gates mounted on pillars where the motor-hinge centre distance can be quite large. Its unique transmission lever, provides a simple and effective solution to the movement issues related to such gates. 20V A.C.- 60 Hz PRODUCTS, PLEASE CHECK OUR PRICE LIST 230V A.C. external operators - Operators price list - 230V A.C. 24V D.C. Swing gate operators 00F000 Self-locking operator with articulated transmission arm. 00F00 Reversible operator with articulated transmission arm. 230V A.C. control panels 002ZA3N Multifunction control panel with built-in radio decoder. 002ZM3E Multifunction control panel with signalling display, auto-diagnosis of safety devices and built-in radio decoder. Advantages of the 24V D.C. electronics The 24V technology adds increased safety to the installation, because it allows for adjustments of run speed, opening and closing deceleration, and especially electronic obstacle detection. Precise, sturdy and dependable. Ferni features micro-switches for adjusting the opening of the gate leaves and is made of long-wearing materials. Advantages of Ferni The sturdy and powerful operator featuring an articulated arm for gates leaves of up to 4 m / 3 ft in length. A system which enables gate automation when the dimensions of a pillar prevent any other automated device from being installed. Ferni is also available with the special slide arm version, to install where little lateral space is available. Only for gate leaves up to 2 m / 7 ft of width. 24V D.C. external operator and control panels 00F024 Self-locking operator complete with articulated transmission arm. 002ZL70N Control panel for one-leaf swing gates with built-in radio decoder. 002ZL9N Control panel for two-leaf swing gates with built-in radio decoder. Large sized pillars. Ferni is the optimal solution for gates with leaves of up to 4 m / 3,2 ft long, mounted on pillars where the motorhinge centre distance can be quite large. (up to 38 cm / 4,96 in) Limits to use Model F000 - F00 - F024 Max width of gate leaf (m / ft) 4 / 3 3 / 0 2,5 / 8,2 2 / 6,6 Max weight of gate leaf (Kg / lb) 400 / /, /, /, V A.C. 24V D.C. NOTES: If the gate leaf is wider than 2.5 m / 8,2 ft, the F000 and F024 models require an electro-lock to be installed. While an electro-lock is always required for the F00 model. Accessories 002LB8 00LOCK8 00LOCK82 Casing with emergency card, fitted to house three 2V - 7 Ah batteries (for ZL70n and ZL9N control panels). Electric lock with single-cylinder. Electric lock with double-cylinder. Dimensions Ferni is EN TESTED 00F00 Straight telescopic transmission arm for up to 2 m / 6,56 ft long gate leaves. Ferni 24V technology allows for total control of the gate movement. The F024N model, in fact, complies with European Standards as concerns the impact forces generated during operation max 00H3000 Safety casing complete with release handle and command button for pull-cord release L = 5 m / 6,40 ft. Dimensions in millimeters (25,4 mm = in)

31 42 43 Super Frog Technical features Type FROG-MD/MS leaves of up to 8 m Protection rating IP67 leaves of up to 26 ft Power supply (V) (50/60Hz) A.C. 3-phase Motor power supply (V) (50/60Hz) A.C. 3-phase Current draw (A) 2,5 Max Swing gate operators Invisibile power! Super Frog is an underground electromechanical operator, engineered and manufactured by Came to operate uncommonly large and heavy swing gates. Super Frog, for super-sized gates! Power (W) Max opening time (s) 45 Duty cylce (%) 50 Torque (Nm) 000 Operating temperature ( C/ F) / V A.C.- 60 Hz PRODUCTS, PLEASE CHECK OUR PRICE LIST V A.C. 3-phase V A.C. 3-phase underground operators - Special operators catalogue - Swing gate operators 00FROG-MD Right-hand self-locking operator. 00FROG-MS Left-hand self-locking operator V A.C. trhee-phase control panel 002ZM3ES Multifunction control panel with signalling display, auto-diagnosis of safety devices and built-in radio decoder. Accessories It withstands anything! The carefully chosen materials and the high protection from environmental agents ensure that Super Frog will last and last with little period maintenance. (US protection rating NEMA 6P - Waterproof) Advantages of Super Frog This is the underground operator for very large swing gates. Made entirely of top grade materials, Super Frog is unmatched when it comes to power and it can also operate very large swing doors, such as those found on hangars, or even special doors installed in large industrial facilities or freight depots. 00FROG-CD 00FROG-CS Foundation case for right-hand operator. Foundation case for left-hand operator. Safe settings. With built-in opening and closing endstops, it gives fast and precise adjustments of the gate leaf stopping positions Even in airports. Among the different application options, Super Frog can be installed on the large doors of airplane hangars. Limits to use Model FROG-MD/MS Max width of gate leaf (m / ft) <4 / <3 4 / 3 5 / 6,5 6 / 20 7 / 23 8 / 26 Max weight of gate leaf (Kg / lb),500 / 3,300,200 / 2,640,000 / 2, /, /, /, V A.C. 3-phase Dimensions 000 Only 3-phase Super Frog is powered by a V A.C. 3-phase which provides maximum thrust and minimal energy consumption. The 3-phase power supply also provides optimal inrush current when operating thus solving any inertia-related problems. 447, Dimensions in millimeters (25,4 mm = in)

32 44 45 Z V A.C. Control panels New generation technology. The new generation of Came s control panels for swing gates, includes a range of custom solutions. All employ the technology and functionality to meet the customers needs. In all of the versions the logic is handled by a MICROPROCESSOR-operated command and control system. The control units are already fitted with built-in radio decoders ; all you need to do is insert one of Came s cards for the required frequency. Technical features Type Protection rating Material Operating temperature ( C/ F) / V A.C.- 60 Hz PRODUCTS, PLEASE CHECK OUR PRICE LIST 230V A.C. 230V A.C. control panels for 230V A.C. operators 002ZA3N Z230 IP54 ABS Multifunction control panel with built-in radio decoder. Swing gate operators Maximum useful space for electrical connections. Came s casings are, in fact, designed to make it easy to perform all system wiring operations, as well as any subsequent maintenance. 002ZM3E Multifunction control panel with signalling display, auto-diagnosis of safety devices and built-in radio decoder V A.C. three-phase control panel Right or left door. The bilaterally-hinged door and technical sheet rack are just some of the features that make Came containers extremely practical and easy to use. Autotest. Some models are fitted with self-diagnosis of their protective devices. In fact, the circuit prevents the operator from working in case any anomaly is detected in one of the safety devices which is connected up to the system. Better when illuminated! Through the control panels, you can control the auxiliary lighting of the operator s area of movement. This feature makes it safer and easier to use the vehicle entrance. Advantages of control panels (230V A.C.) Following are some technical characteristics: 002ZM3ES ALL STANDARD ISSUE VERSIONS, where each technological solution is standard issue, so as to deliver top-performing systems, in terms of ease-of-use and safety. EASE-OF-USE AND RELIABILITY, are the main characteristics of Came s control panels. BUILT-IN RADIO DECODING, directly on the control board. A feature that blends savings and ease-of-installation. All you need to do is choose and install one of Came s radio frequency cards that has the characteristics you require. BUILT-IN SURGE ARRESTERS ON THE CONTROL BOARDS, as a further, effective protection against those damaging power surges that go to and from the electric circuit. TOP ZM3E VERSION, with its advanced technology, makes it possible to automate any 230V system, even on outdated systems or ones assembled with a variety of materials. Multifunction control panel with signalling display, auto-diagnosis of safety devices and built-in radio decoder. Dimensions Top level technology Came s 230V control panels are fitted with surge arresters and integrate the standard bi-channel radio decoder on all models ZA3N Dimensions in millimeters (25,4 mm = in) ZM3E

33 46 47 Z24 24V D.C. Control panels Standard issue safety. Came s 24V control panels are the ideal solution when you need to install systems that can be perfectly customised to user s needs, especially when it comes to safety. In fact, the technology we use lets you control movement and adjust the system s gearmotor force to actual requirements. This optimises the behaviour of the gate leaves in case any obstacles are detected. Technical features Type Protection rating Material Operating temperature ( C/ F) / V A.C.- 60 Hz PRODUCTS, PLEASE CHECK OUR PRICE LIST 24V D.C. control panels for 24V D.C. operators 002ZL50N Z24 IP54 ABS Control panel for two-leaf swing gates with built-in radio decoder for Flex series. 24V D.C. Swing gate operators 002ZL60N Control panel for one-leaf swing gates with built-in radio decoder for Flex series. Maximum sensitivity. Setting the amperometric sensor, by using the apposite trimmers, makes the 24V systems safe and reliable, if the gate leaves come into contact with an obstacle when moving. 002ZL70N 002ZL80 Control panel for one-leaf swing gates with built-in radio decoder for Flex - Frog - Emega series. Control panel for two-leaf swing gates with built-in radio decoder for Fast - Ati series. Simplified connections. With the ZL70N, ZL80 and ZL90 and ZLJ24 control panels, only one cable needs to be connected to three conductors to power the motor, and to manage the decelerations and endstops. Autotest. Some models are fitted with self-diagnosis of their protective devices. In fact, the circuit prevents the operator from working in case any anomaly is detected in one of the safety devices which is connected up to the system. Rechargable batteries. All of the 24V control panels can be integrated with the apposite emergency operation cards that run on regular rechargeable batteries. The change-over from network to batteries and viceversa is always automatic. Advantages of control panels (24V D.C. ) Following are some technical characteristics: AMPEROMETRIC DEVICE featuring an anti-crushing function that electronically detects any obstacles and blocks or inverts the movement of the gate leaves. EMERGENCY BATTERIES connected to the control panel through the recharging and operation card. Change over, during power outages, takes place automatically. ADJUSTING DECELERATION SPEED OF THE GATE LEAVES, when opening or closing, to calibrate movement to the gate s requirements and make it safer and softer in the final phase of its opening or closing swing. INTENSIVE USE, thanks to the technology employed, the 24V systems can work frequent opening/closing cycles without any overheating issues. They are, thus, the most suitable solution for apartment blocks, industrial, and high-traffic settings in general. MAXIMUM SAFETY, thanks to the low-voltage operation of all accessory devices, such as, photocells, flashing lights, sensitive safety edges. Dimensions 002ZL9N 002ZL90 002ZLJ24 Control panel for two-leaf swing gates with built-in radio decoder for Frog Ferni series Control panel for two-leaf swing gates with built-in radio decoder for Frog-J Amico series. Multifunction control panel for two-leaf swing gates with built-in radio decoding. Z24 is EN TESTED Thanks to the 24V panels, today our tested systems yield thrust-forces which are always perfectly compliant with current EU standards (see techical specifications for each model) ZL50N - ZL60N - ZL70N ZL80 - ZL9N - ZL9NA - ZL90 - ZLJ24 Dimensions in millimeters (25,4 mm = in)

34 48 49 Feature summary table Feature summary table Z230 Control panels Z24 Control panels OPERATORS SERIES CARD PANEL ATI KRONO FROG FAST FERNI ZA3N ATI KRONO FROG FAST FERNI AXO ZM3E SUPER FROG ZM3ES OPERATORS SERIES CARD PANEL A824 FROG-J ZL90 AX3024 AX5024 ZLJ24 F500 F50 ZL50N F500 F50 ZL60N FROG-A24 F024 ZL70N A3024N A5024N F7024N ZL80 FROG-A24 F024 ZL9N Swing gate operators FUNCTIONAL FEATURES SELF-DIAGNOSIS of active safety devices function Opening and closing PREFLASHING function REOPENING during closing function RECLOSING during opening function Obstacle STALL function TOTAL STOP function PARTIAL STOP of the gate-leaf function OBSTACLE DETECTION function on photocells ENCODER operation MOVEMENT CONTROL and obstacle detection device AMPEROMETRIC DETECTION function SAFETY FUNCTIONAL FEATURES SELF-DIAGNOSIS of active safety devices function Opening and closing PREFLASHING function REOPENING during closing function RECLOSING during opening function Obstacle STALL function TOTAL STOP function PARTIAL STOP of the gate-leaf function OBSTACLE DETECTION function on photocells ENCODER operation MOVEMENT CONTROL and obstacle detection device AMPEROMETRIC DETECTION function SAFETY leaf PEDESTRIAN OPENING function leaf PARTIAL OPENING function TRANSMITTER OPEN ONLY function Open only button connection function Close only button connection function OPEN-STOP-CLOSE-STOP button connection function OPEN-CLOSE-INVERT button connection function MAINTAINED ACTION command function st leaf DELAYED CLOSING function 2st leaf DELAYED CLOSING function IMMEDIATE CLOSING function EMERGENCY RELEASE function from the trasmitter COMMAND leaf PEDESTRIAN OPENING function leaf PARTIAL OPENING function TRANSMITTER OPEN ONLY function Open only button connection function Close only button connection function OPEN-STOP-CLOSE-STOP button connection function OPEN-CLOSE-INVERT button connection function MAINTAINED ACTION command function st leaf DELAYED CLOSING function 2st leaf DELAYED CLOSING function IMMEDIATE CLOSING function EMERGENCY RELEASE function from the transmitter COMMAND FLASHING LIGHT connection CYCLE LAMP connection COURTESY LAMP connection Antenna connection 24V ACCESSORIES connections OPEN WARNING LIGHT connection CLOSED WARNING LIGHT connection Contact output for 2nd RADIO CHANNEL Adjusting RUNNING TIME EXTRACTABLE, NUMBERED connection terminals SELF-LEARNING function of the transmitter s RADIO code RAM BLOW function to aid the release of the electrolock Adjustable AUTOMATIC RE-CLOSING TIME function ELECTROLOCK/ELECTRORELEASE connection output OPENING AND/OR CLOSING deceleration EMERGENCY-BATTERY operation (optional) MASTER-SLAVE operation mode Adjustable RUNNING SPEED AND DECELERATION function Warning DISPLAY Electronic BRAKE CONTROL and warning led SELF-LEARNING function of the opening and closing endstops FUNCTIONALITY FLASHING LIGHT connection CYCLE LAMP connection COURTESY LAMP connection Antenna connection 24V ACCESSORIES connections OPEN WARNING LIGHT connection CLOSED WARNING LIGHT connection Contact output for 2nd RADIO CHANNEL Adjusting RUNNING TIME EXTRACTABLE, NUMBERED connection terminals SELF-LEARNING function of the transmitter s RADIO code RAM BLOW function to aid the release of the electrolock Adjustable AUTOMATIC RE-CLOSING TIME function ELECTROLOCK/ELECTRORELEASE connection output OPENING AND/OR CLOSING deceleration EMERGENCY-BATTERY operation (optional) MASTER-SLAVE operation mode Adjustable RUNNING SPEED AND DECELERATION function Warning DISPLAY Electronic BRAKE CONTROL and warning led SELF-LEARNING function of the opening and closing endstops FUNCTIONALITY V A.C. trifase 230V A.C. 24V D.C.

35 50 5 Garage door operators Garage door operators A world of safe automation

36 52 53 The range The models Overhead and sectional door operators are normally used to open large garages and European standards Compliant with EN 2453 and EN 2445 safety norms, consult local codes for the norms in other markets. Standard RESIDENTIAL installation TRAINED users and positioned on PUBLIC STREET 53 vehicle access ways. Came offers specific solutions for every type of door, without needing any adaptations nor modifications of the existing door. Choosing among the many automation models, some of which are 24V powered, depends on the intended use and on the mechanics of the door. The table sums up the complete range of gearmotors for overhead and sectional doors depending on the performance features of each one, the limitations of use and suggested application. The type of normally required command is the remote control radio command which is designed to be fitted with the required safety devices; on the so-called primary edge (the passage zone) as well as on the secondary edge (the zone behind the gate leaf). Current legislation requires the C + D type minimal solutions: employing sensitive safety edges and infrared beam photocells. Important If using EN 2445 EN 2453 tested gearmotors and control panels, then sensitive safety edges need not be installed, provided that the required impact-force measurements are compliant with the parameters dictated by the Standards. Garage door operators Use RESIDENTIAL APARTMENT BLOCKS INDUSTRIAL INTENSIVE USE F G E I H Series Model Max door surface (m² / ft²) Emega E306 9 / 00 Emega E456 4 / 50 4 / 50 Emega E024 4 / 50 4 / 50 4 / 50 YES Series Model Traction force (N) Ver V900E YES Ver V700E YES 230V A.C. 24V D.C. X B A D C E X Standard issue The scheme shown applies to all gearmotors of the Emega series. *In case of double motor, the X junction box should be placed on either side of the door. A B C D E F G H I X Control panel TX Infrared photocells RX Infrared photocells Control panel Safety sensitive edge Flashing light Antenna Selector switch (key - code - card) Cord-operated release device Shunt box Cable length (ft) (m) <0 < 32, ,8-65, ,6-98,42 Power supply 230V A.C. (20V A.C.) 750W Max 3Gx,5mm² 3GxAWG5 3Gx,5mm² 3GxAWG4 3Gx2,5mm² 3GxAWG3 Power supply V A.C. 3-phase 750W Max 4Gx,5mm² 4GxAWG5 4Gx,5mm² 4GxAWG5 4Gx2,5mm² 4GxAWG3 Motor power supply 230V A.C. (20V A.C.) 750W Max 3Gx,5mm² 3GxAWG5 3Gx,5mm² 3GxAWG5 3Gx2,5mm² 3GxAWG3 Motor power supply V A.C. 3-phase 750W Max 4Gx,5mm² 4GxAWG5 4Gx,5mm² 4GxAWG5 4Gx2,5mm² 4GxAWG3 Motor power supply 24V D.C 400W Max 2Gx,5mm² 2GxAWG5 2Gx2,5mm² 2GxAWG3 2Gx2,5mm² 2GxAWG3 Endstop microswitches *n x0,5mm² n xawg20 *nx0,5mm² n xawg20 *nx0,5mm² n xawg20 Flashing light 24V A.C.-D.C. 25W 2xmm² 2xAWG7 2xmm² 2xAWG7 2xmm² 2xAWG7 Flashing light 230V A.C. (20V A.C.) 25W 2x,5mm² 2xAWG5 2x,5mm² 2xAWG5 2x,5mm² 2xAWG5 TX Photocell 2x0,5mm² 2xAWG20 2x0,5mm² 2xAWG20 2x0,5mm² 2xAWG20 RX Photocell 4x0,5mm² 4xAWG20 4x0,5mm² 4xAWG20 4x0,5mm² 4xAWG20 Electric lock 2V D.C. 2xmm² 2xAWG7 2xmm² 2xAWG7 2x,5mm² 2xAWG5 Electric lock 24V D.C. 2xmm² 2xAWG7 2xmm² 2xAWG7 2xmm² 2xAWG7 Commands *n x0,5mm² n xawg20 *n x0,5mm² n xawg20 *n x0,5mm² n xawg20 Antenna RG58 Max 0m 32,8 ft *n = see istruction European standards US standards 24V guaranteed opening A perfect integration The 24V Came operators for sectional and overhead doors automatically detect any lack of power and activate the battery-powered emergency mode to open and close the gate even during power outages. The new Db, bi-directional CORDLESS photocells let you, even without prior set ups, monitor the entire area of movement of the overhead door as required by current legislation. With Db, you get easy installation with increased safety!

37 54 55 European standards Compliant with EN 2453 and EN 2445 safety norms, consult local codes for the norms in other markets. Standard APARTMENT BLOCK installation TRAINED users and positioned on PUBLIC STREET The type of normally required command is the remote control radio command which is designed to be fitted with the required safety devices; on the so-called primary edge (the passage zone) as well as on the secondary edge (the zone behind the gate leaf). Current legislation requires the C + D type minimal solutions: employing sensitive safety edges and infrared beam photocells. European standards Compliant with EN 2453 and EN 2445 safety norms, consult local codes for the norms in other markets. Standard INDUSTRIAL installation TRAINED users and positioned on PUBLIC STREET The type of normally required command is the remote control radio command which is designed to be fitted with the required safety devices; on the so-called primary edge (the passage zone) as well as on the secondary edge (the zone behind the gate leaf). Current legislation requires the C + D type minimal solutions: employing sensitive safety edges and infrared beam photocells. Important If using EN 2445 EN 2453 tested gearmotors and control panels, then sensitive safety edges need not be installed, provided that the required impact-force measurements are compliant with the parameters dictated by the Standards. Important If using EN 2445 EN 2453 tested gearmotors and control panels, then sensitive safety edges need not be installed, provided that the required impact-force measurements are compliant with the parameters dictated by the Standards. Garage door operators H I G F F G X I A B E L E X E C A H B E C Standard issue The scheme shown applies to all gearmotors of the Ver series applied on overhead, counterweighted doors or those having vertical runner guides. Standard issue The scheme shown applies to all Ver series gearmotors used on sectional doors. A B C E F G H I L X Operator with control panel TX Infrared photocells RX Infrared photocells Safety sensitive edge Flashing light Antenna Selector switch (key - code - card) Cord-operated release device Adapter arm Shunt box Cable length (ft) (m) <0 < 32, ,8-65, ,6-98,42 Power supply 230V A.C. (20V A.C.) 750W Max 3Gx,5mm² 3GxAWG5 3Gx,5mm² 3GxAWG4 3Gx2,5mm² 3GxAWG3 Power supply V A.C. 3-phase 750W Max 4Gx,5mm² 4GxAWG5 4Gx,5mm² 4GxAWG5 4Gx2,5mm² 4GxAWG3 Motor power supply 230V A.C. (20V A.C.) 750W Max 3Gx,5mm² 3GxAWG5 3Gx,5mm² 3GxAWG5 3Gx2,5mm² 3GxAWG3 Motor power supply V A.C. 3-phase 750W Max 4Gx,5mm² 4GxAWG5 4Gx,5mm² 4GxAWG5 4Gx2,5mm² 4GxAWG3 Motor power supply 24V D.C 400W Max 2Gx,5mm² 2GxAWG5 2Gx2,5mm² 2GxAWG3 2Gx2,5mm² 2GxAWG3 Endstop microswitches *n x0,5mm² n xawg20 *nx0,5mm² n xawg20 *nx0,5mm² n xawg20 Flashing light 24V A.C.-D.C. 25W 2xmm² 2xAWG7 2xmm² 2xAWG7 2xmm² 2xAWG7 Flashing light 230V A.C. (20V A.C.) 25W 2x,5mm² 2xAWG5 2x,5mm² 2xAWG5 2x,5mm² 2xAWG5 TX Photocell 2x0,5mm² 2xAWG20 2x0,5mm² 2xAWG20 2x0,5mm² 2xAWG20 RX Photocell 4x0,5mm² 4xAWG20 4x0,5mm² 4xAWG20 4x0,5mm² 4xAWG20 Electric lock 2V D.C. 2xmm² 2xAWG7 2xmm² 2xAWG7 2x,5mm² 2xAWG5 Electric lock 24V D.C. 2xmm² 2xAWG7 2xmm² 2xAWG7 2xmm² 2xAWG7 Commands *n x0,5mm² n xawg20 *n x0,5mm² n xawg20 *n x0,5mm² n xawg20 Antenna RG58 Max 0m 32,8 ft *n = see istruction European standards US standards A B C E F G H I X Operator TX Infrared photocells RX Infrared photocells Safety sensitive edge Flashing light Antenna Selector switch (key - code - card) Cord-operated release device Shunt box Cable length (ft) (m) <0 < 32, ,8-65, ,6-98,42 Power supply 230V A.C. (20V A.C.) 750W Max 3Gx,5mm² 3GxAWG5 3Gx,5mm² 3GxAWG4 3Gx2,5mm² 3GxAWG3 Power supply V A.C. 3-phase 750W Max 4Gx,5mm² 4GxAWG5 4Gx,5mm² 4GxAWG5 4Gx2,5mm² 4GxAWG3 Motor power supply 230V A.C. (20V A.C.) 750W Max 3Gx,5mm² 3GxAWG5 3Gx,5mm² 3GxAWG5 3Gx2,5mm² 3GxAWG3 Motor power supply V A.C. 3-phase 750W Max 4Gx,5mm² 4GxAWG5 4Gx,5mm² 4GxAWG5 4Gx2,5mm² 4GxAWG3 Motor power supply 24V D.C 400W Max 2Gx,5mm² 2GxAWG5 2Gx2,5mm² 2GxAWG3 2Gx2,5mm² 2GxAWG3 Endstop microswitches *n x0,5mm² n xawg20 *nx0,5mm² n xawg20 *nx0,5mm² n xawg20 Flashing light 24V A.C.-D.C. 25W 2xmm² 2xAWG7 2xmm² 2xAWG7 2xmm² 2xAWG7 Flashing light 230V A.C. (20V A.C.) 25W 2x,5mm² 2xAWG5 2x,5mm² 2xAWG5 2x,5mm² 2xAWG5 TX Photocell 2x0,5mm² 2xAWG20 2x0,5mm² 2xAWG20 2x0,5mm² 2xAWG20 RX Photocell 4x0,5mm² 4xAWG20 4x0,5mm² 4xAWG20 4x0,5mm² 4xAWG20 Electric lock 2V D.C. 2xmm² 2xAWG7 2xmm² 2xAWG7 2x,5mm² 2xAWG5 Electric lock 24V D.C. 2xmm² 2xAWG7 2xmm² 2xAWG7 2xmm² 2xAWG7 Commands *n x0,5mm² n xawg20 *n x0,5mm² n xawg20 *n x0,5mm² n xawg20 Antenna RG58 Max 0m 32,8 ft *n = see istruction European standards US standards The adapter arm for counterweighted doors 24 Volt and built-in batteries Chain and belt driver transmission guides Pull-cord release directly applied to the door s handle The V20 adaptor arm is indispensable when using the Ver series on counterweighted overhead doors and in all doors fitted with vertical runner guides. The installation requires riveting or bolting directly on the overhead door s reinforcing crosspieces. The 24 Volt models of the Ver series are designed to be integrated with batteries in case of emergency operation during power outages. This solution is extremely practical and cuts down on cabling operations. The two solutions are the same in terms of reliability and durability. The transmission belt-guides are more silent during operation, while the chain-guides are more suitable for medium-to-large doors. Both the Ver and Emega series let you mechanically block the gearmotor directly from the door handle. This function is fundamental in applications where there is no secondary garage entrance.

38 56 57 Feature summary table Garage door operators OPERATORS SERIES V700E V900E E306 E456 E024 E024 CARD PANEL ZL56A ZL56 ZE5 ZL70N ZL9NA FUNCTIONAL FEATURES SELF-DIAGNOSIS of active safety devices function Opening and closing PREFLASHING function REOPENING during closing function RECLOSING during opening function Obstacle STALL function TOTAL STOP function PARTIAL STOP of the gate-leaf function OBSTACLE DETECTION function on photocells ENCODER operation MOVEMENT CONTROL and obstacle detection device AMPEROMETRIC DETECTION function SAFETY Garage door operators leaf PEDESTRIAN OPENING function * PARTIAL OPENING function TRANSMITTER OPEN ONLY function Open only button connection function Close only button connection function OPEN-STOP-CLOSE-STOP button connection function OPEN-CLOSE-INVERT button connection function MAINTAINED ACTION command function st leaf DELAYED CLOSING function 2st leaf DELAYED CLOSING function IMMEDIATE CLOSING function EMERGENCY RELEASE function from the transmitter COMMAND FLASHING LIGHT connection CYCLE LAMP connection COURTESY LAMP connection Antenna connection 24V ACCESSORIES connections OPEN WARNING LIGHT connection CLOSED WARNING LIGHT connection Contact output for 2nd RADIO CHANNEL Adjusting RUNNING TIME EXTRACTABLE, NUMBERED connection terminals SELF-LEARNING function of the transmitter s RADIO code RAM BLOW function to aid the release of the electrolock Adjustable AUTOMATIC RE-CLOSING TIME function ELECTROLOCK/ELECTRORELEASE connection output OPENING AND/OR CLOSING deceleration EMERGENCY-BATTERY operation (optional) MASTER-SLAVE operation mode Adjustable RUNNING SPEED AND DECELERATION function Warning DISPLAY Electronic BRAKE CONTROL and warning led SELF-LEARNING function of the opening and closing endstops 230V A.C. NOTES: * OPTION : Activation of the partial opening command function with command device (selector, N.O. button and transmitter). * OPTION 2: Activation of Partial opening function with command device. FUNCTIONALITY 24V D.C. A world of safe automation

39 58 59 Ver Technical features Type V700E V900E Protection rating IP40 IP40 Power supply (V) (50/60Hz) 230 A.C. 230 A.C. Motor power supply (V) 24 D.C. 24 D.C. Current draw (A) 6 Max 8 Max Sectional and overhead Power (W) Manoeuvre speed 90 (s) 6 6 garage door operators Duty cylce (%) The operator for garage doors. Traction force (N) Operating temperature ( C/ F) / As of today, automating a garage door is ever simpler 20V A.C.- 60 Hz PRODUCTS, PLEASE CHECK OUR PRICE LIST 24V D.C. with the latest Ver automation systems. Just connect the control-panel gearmotor-unit to the transmission system and the automation is ready to be secured to the door. All the Ver series gearmotors are 24V powered, which guarantees safety and reliability. Complete automation system with 24V D.C. motor - Operators price list - 00V900E Complete automation system with encoder-based control panel, for overhead counterweighted and spring-loaded doors and sectional doors (Traction force: 500N). Garage door operators Complete automation system with 24V D.C. motor 00V700E Complete automation system with encoder-based control panel, for overhead counterweighted and spring-loaded doors and sectional doors (Traction force: 850N). Accessories 00V0670 Card for connecting two 2V.2Ah emergency batteries with rack. 00V005 Chain guide extension L =.42 m / 4,66 ft for guide types: V V V V0684. EN TESTED. Thanks to laboratory testing carried out on a door sample, V900E is European Standard EN 2445 and EN 2453 compliant, in terms of impact forces. A guide for every door! The chain and belt driver transmission, guides, are the heart of the system. Being extremely tough and completely silent, they provide a customisable solution for every type of door. Comfort at its best. Ver is a 24V operator that will always open your garage, even during its power outages, thanks to batteries inside (optional). 24V only Ver 24V technology allows for total control of the gate movement. V900E is European standard EN 2445 and EN 2453 compliant, in terms of impact forces. Advantages of Ver It comes complete with courtesy light. The Ver will integrate perfectly, as electrical appliances go, it is simple to use, yet powerful in line with the Came tradition. The silent, reliable slide rails and the outer pull-cord release that can be directly applied to the door s standard handle. There is a wide range of accessories to complete the system s command and safety features: the dependable, silent runner guides and the outer, pull-cord release which fits directly on the door handle. Limits to use Type of door Overhead counterweighted or Overhead Sectional spring-loaded extended or partially Spring-loaded Doors extended doors (with V20) Extended doors V900E V700E Dimensions 40 8 Traction force (N) Traction force (N) Traction force (N) V D.C V2 00V22 00V20 00V V V V V V V V0687 Cord release device L = 3 m / 9,84 ft to apply to the door handle. Transmission arm for sectional doors having distances of cm /,8-23,62 in the top edge of the door and the spring rod. Adapter arm for partially extended counterweighted overhead doors. Max door height: 2.4 m / 7,87 ft. Chain guide L = 3.02 m / 9,90 ft *Max door height: BC = 2.4 m / 7,87 ft BM = 2.25 m / 7,38 ft STA = 2. m / 6,88 ft STB = 2.2 m / 7,2 ft. Chain guide L = 3.52 m /,54 ft *Max door height: BC = 2.75 m / 9,02 ft BM = 2.6 m / 8,53 ft STA = 2.7 m / 8,85 ft STB = 2.2 m / 7,2 ft. Chain guide L = 4.02 / 3,8 ft *Max door height: BC = 3.25 m / 0,66 ft BM = 3. m / 0,7 ft STA = 3.2 m / 0,49 ft STB = 2.2 m / 7,2 ft. Chain guide L = 3.02 m / 9,90 ft *Max door height: BC = 2.4 m / 7,87 ft BM = 2.25 m / 7,38 ft STA = 2. m / 6,88 ft STB = 2.2 m / 7,2 ft. Belt guide L = 3.02 m / 9,90 ft *Max door height: BC = 2.4 m / 7,87 ft BM = 2.25 m / 7,38 ft STA = 2. m / 6,88 ft. Belt guide L = 3.52 m /,54 ft *Max door height: BC = 2.75 m / 9,02 ft BM = 2.6 m / 8,53 ft STA = 2.7 m / 8,85 ft. Belt guide L = 4.02 / 3,8 ft *Max door height: BC = 3.25 m / 0,66 ft BM = 3. m / 0,7 ft STA = 3.2 m / 0,49 ft. Belt guide L = 3.02 m / 9,90 ft *Max door height: BC = 2.4 m / 7,87 ft BM = 2.25 m / 7,38 ft STA = 2. m / 6,88 ft STB = 2.2 m / 7,2 ft. NOTES: BC = Counter-weighted-Overhead - BM = Spring-loaded Overhead - STA = Type A Sectional A - STB = Type B Sectional Dimensions in millimeters (25,4 mm = in)

40 60 6 Ver Pre-installation checks (A) Min. 60 mm Garage door operators Maximum jutting out height of the door A Opening Transmission guide indication of use H SECTIONAL DOOR TYPE A (SINGLE guide) H = Max door height H SECTIONAL DOOR TYPE B (DOUBLE guide) H = Max door height NOTES: BC = Counter-weighted-Overhead - BM = Spring-loaded Overhead - STA = Type A Sectional A - STB = Type B Sectional A world of safe automation

41 62 63 Emega Technical features Type E306 E456 E024 up to 4 m² Protection rating IP50 IP50 IP50 up to 50 ft² Power supply (V) (50/60Hz) 230 A.C. 230 A.C. 230 A.C. Motor power supply (V) 230 A.C. 50/60Hz 230 A.C. 50/60Hz 24 D.C. Current draw (A) Max Power (W) Manoeuvre speed 90 (s) Duty cylce (%) Intensive use Torque (Nm) Operating temperature ( C/ F) Overhead garage door operators Power and control for all of the overhead garage doors. Emega is an electro-mechanical operator which has been specifically engineered to operate medium-to-large sized overhead, wooden or insulated garage doors. Emega guarantees functioning even under the most severe working conditions such as apartment blocks or intensive use. Motor s thermo-protection ( C/ F) 50/302 50/302-20V A.C.- 60 Hz PRODUCTS, PLEASE CHECK OUR PRICE LIST 230V A.C. 230V A.C. operators and control panel - Operators price list - 00E306 00E456 Self-locking operator for doors of up to 9 m² / 00 ft². Self-locking operator for doors of up to 4 m² / 50 ft². 24V D.C. Garage door operators 002ZE5 Control panel with built-in radio decoder to be fixed on E00 guide-base. 24V D.C. operator and control panels 00E024 Self-locking operator for doors of up to 4 m² / 50 ft². ENCODER control. All of the 230V Emega versions are fitted with a standard ENCODER to provide obstacle detection and slowing down functions of the door. Advantages of Emega The garage door automation operator - EN EN 2453 compliant - that makes entering easy, lights up the surrounding area and guarantees that the door locks shut when closed. A compact, resilient automation which is easy to install and requires no modifications or adaptions of sorts to the door. 002ZL70N 002ZL9NA Control panel for overhead garage doors with one operator and with built-in radio decoder. Control panel for overhead garage doors with two operators and with built-in radio decoder. Comfortable and practical to use. The built-in release lever provides manual opening of the overhead garage door during a power outage. It can be engaged even from outside by way of a cord on the door handle. EN TESTED All Emega models are compliant with European standards on the subject of impact forces. This feature allows you to choose the model most suitable for the job without comprising safety in the least. Limits to use Type of door Overhead counterweighted or Overhead Overhead spring-loaded extended or partially Spring-loaded Conterweighted extended doors Spring-loaded Doors Door s surface m² / ft² Door s surface m² / ft² Door s surface m² / ft² E306 9 / 00 9 / 00 9 / 00 E456 4 / 50 4 / 50 4 / 50 E024 4 / 50 4 / 50 4 / V A.C. 24V D.C. Dimensions V only The 24V technology boosts the safety level of the system, since it allows you to adjust the run-speed, the end-of-door opening and closing, and above all, due to the electronic obstacle detection function. E306 - E456 Dimensions in millimeters (25,4 mm = in) ZE5 ZL70N ZL9NA - LB8

42 64 65 Emega up to 4 m² up to 50 ft² Accessories - Operators price list - 002LB8 Casing with emergency card, fitted to house three 2V - 7 Ah batteries (for ZL70N and ZL9NA control panels). 00E00 Fastening guide-base L = 2 m / 6,56 ft. 00V2 00E78A Cord release device and release reset L = 3 m / 9,84 ft. Accessories to assemble the lateral transmission. Garage door operators 00E782A Square drive shaft 25 x 25 mm L = 3 m / 0,98 x 0,98 in L = 9,84 ft. (Necessary when installing n. 2 E024 operators). 00E783 Pair of articulated arms. 00E784 Extra-long lever for articulated arm. For doors higher than 2.4 m / 7,87 ft. 00E785A Pair of straight telescopic arms with 40 x 0 mm /,57 x 0,39 in rectangular shaft. 00E786A Pair of curved telescopic arms with 40 x 0 mm /,57 x 0,39 in rectangular shaft. 00E787A Extra-long shaft for E785A and E786A telescopic arms, for doors higher than 2.4 m / 7,87 ft. 00E88 Closing electric lock. A world of safe automation

43 66 67 Road barriers Road barriers A world of safe automation

44 68 69 The range The models Road barriers are today one of the most sought after types of automation for controlling the vehicle traffic in parking lots, private entrances, and reserved apartment blocks areas. Came s range is complete with 230V A.C. and 24V D.C. models, and the special stainless steel version when corrosion is an issue. Any type of throughway can be controlled, from small, narrow passages with quick barriers, to very wide passages of up to 2 m / 39,37 ft of net span. A vast range of dedicated accessories is also available, all designed to complement the system even when special requests are involved, such as with jointed arms or antipanic systems. The table sums up the complete range of road barriers according to the width of the passage way, the limitations of use and the suggested application setting. European standards Compliant with EN 2453 and EN 2445 safety norms, consult local codes for the norms in other markets. Standard RESIDENTIAL installation TRAINED users and positioned on PUBLIC STREET Barriers that only allow vehicle passage are excluded from the European Standards field of application. However, we suggest identifying and demarcating any adjacent pedestrian passages, and setting up devices to detect vehicle traffic. Important The Db CORDLESS photocells are designed to be applied when road barriers also have adjacent sidewalks. M O N N H F G H Road barriers Use RESIDENTIAL APARTMENT BLOCKS INDUSTRIAL INTENSIVE USE Series Model Max width of passage clearance (m / ft) Gard G2500 2,5 / 8,2 2,5 / 8,2 Gard G / 3 4 / 3 4 / 3 YES Gard G400 4 / 3 4 / 3 4 / 3 YES Gard4 G4040Z 3,75 / 2 3,75 / 2 3,75 / 2 YES Gard4 G4040IZ 3,75 / 2 3,75 / 2 3,75 / 2 YES Gard4 G404Z 3,75 / 2 3,75 / 2 3,75 / 2 Gard G6000 6,5 / 22 6,5 / 22 6,5 / 22 YES Gard G600 6,5 / 22 6,5 / 22 6,5 / 22 YES Gard8 G2080Z 7,6 / 25 7,6 / 25 7,6 / 25 YES Gard8 G2080IZ 7,6 / 25 7,6 / 25 7,6 / 25 YES Gard8 G208Z 7,6 / 25 7,6 / 25 7,6 / 25 Gard2 G / 40 2 / 40 2 / 40 YES 230V A.C. 24V D.C. A I Standard issue A Road barrier M TX cordless photocells N TX/RX cordless photocells O RX cordless photocells F Flashing light G Antenna H Selector switch (key - code - card) I Bar with red adhesive refracting strips Cable length (ft) (m) <0 < 32, ,8-65, ,6-98,42 Power supply 230V A.C. (20V A.C.) 750W Max 3Gx,5mm² 3GxAWG5 3Gx,5mm² 3GxAWG4 3Gx2,5mm² 3GxAWG3 Power supply V A.C. 3-phase 750W Max 4Gx,5mm² 4GxAWG5 4Gx,5mm² 4GxAWG5 4Gx2,5mm² 4GxAWG3 Motor power supply 230V A.C. (20V A.C.) 750W Max 3Gx,5mm² 3GxAWG5 3Gx,5mm² 3GxAWG5 3Gx2,5mm² 3GxAWG3 Motor power supply V A.C. 3-phase 750W Max 4Gx,5mm² 4GxAWG5 4Gx,5mm² 4GxAWG5 4Gx2,5mm² 4GxAWG3 Motor power supply 24V D.C 400W Max 2Gx,5mm² 2GxAWG5 2Gx2,5mm² 2GxAWG3 2Gx2,5mm² 2GxAWG3 Endstop microswitches *n x0,5mm² n xawg20 *nx0,5mm² n xawg20 *nx0,5mm² n xawg20 Flashing light 24V A.C.-D.C. 25W 2xmm² 2xAWG7 2xmm² 2xAWG7 2xmm² 2xAWG7 Flashing light 230V A.C. (20V A.C.) 25W 2x,5mm² 2xAWG5 2x,5mm² 2xAWG5 2x,5mm² 2xAWG5 TX Photocell 2x0,5mm² 2xAWG20 2x0,5mm² 2xAWG20 2x0,5mm² 2xAWG20 RX Photocell 4x0,5mm² 4xAWG20 4x0,5mm² 4xAWG20 4x0,5mm² 4xAWG20 Electric lock 2V D.C. 2xmm² 2xAWG7 2xmm² 2xAWG7 2x,5mm² 2xAWG5 Electric lock 24V D.C. 2xmm² 2xAWG7 2xmm² 2xAWG7 2xmm² 2xAWG7 Commands *n x0,5mm² n xawg20 *n x0,5mm² n xawg20 *n x0,5mm² n xawg20 Antenna RG58 Max 0m 32,8 ft *n = see istruction European standards US standards Safety, quick, everywhere The assistant flashing light The Db series CORDLESS photocells, are a revolutionary way to install protection. Even, when not initially planned for. This saves on expensive digging and masonry work. Db lets you save on the number of components installed while increasing the level of safety. The KIAROIN and KIARO24IN can be set to flash after the operator has performed 5,000, 0,000, 20,000 or 50,000 operations. It is an automatic solution for programming the system s ordinary maintenance schedule.

45 70 7 European standards Compliant with EN 2453 and EN 2445 safety norms, consult local codes for the norms in other markets. Standard INDUSTRIAL installation TRAINED users and positioned on PUBLIC STREET Barriers that only allow vehicle passage are excluded from the European Standards field of application. However, we suggest identifying and demarcating any adjacent pedestrian passages, and setting up devices to detect vehicle traffic. European standards Compliant with EN 2453 and EN 2445 safety norms, consult local codes for the norms in other markets. Standard PARKING installation TRAINED users and positioned on PUBLIC STREET Barriers that only allow vehicle passage are excluded from the European Standards field of application. However, we suggest identifying and demarcating any adjacent pedestrian passages, and setting up devices to detect vehicle traffic. Important It is also possible to install systems with opposite barriers that have independent safety devices and that are aided by floor-mounted metal mass detector sensors that can work, both as a command function or as an added safety function (placed next to the bar). Important Systems with barriers featuring the compass function may also be installed. This guarantees maximum control of vehicular transit even with two-way passages (i.e. vehicles travelling in opposite directions) but on only one lane. G F H M F G H F G I M A F G Road barriers B C B A I L C C B B C C I L C A B B B C A B B I C B C C Standard Issue Standard issue Photocells are fitted onto the indoor barrier in the same exact way that they are fitted on the outdoor barrier A B C F G H I L M Road barrier TX Infrared photocells RX Infrared photocells Flashing light Antenna Selector switch (key - code - card) Bar with luminous cord Rack Floor-mounted metal mass sensor Cable length (ft) (m) <0 < 32, ,8-65, ,6-98,42 Power supply 230V A.C. (20V A.C.) 750W Max 3Gx,5mm² 3GxAWG5 3Gx,5mm² 3GxAWG4 3Gx2,5mm² 3GxAWG3 Power supply V A.C. 3-phase 750W Max 4Gx,5mm² 4GxAWG5 4Gx,5mm² 4GxAWG5 4Gx2,5mm² 4GxAWG3 Motor power supply 230V A.C. (20V A.C.) 750W Max 3Gx,5mm² 3GxAWG5 3Gx,5mm² 3GxAWG5 3Gx2,5mm² 3GxAWG3 Motor power supply V A.C. 3-phase 750W Max 4Gx,5mm² 4GxAWG5 4Gx,5mm² 4GxAWG5 4Gx2,5mm² 4GxAWG3 Motor power supply 24V D.C 400W Max 2Gx,5mm² 2GxAWG5 2Gx2,5mm² 2GxAWG3 2Gx2,5mm² 2GxAWG3 Endstop microswitches *n x0,5mm² n xawg20 *nx0,5mm² n xawg20 *nx0,5mm² n xawg20 Flashing light 24V A.C.-D.C. 25W 2xmm² 2xAWG7 2xmm² 2xAWG7 2xmm² 2xAWG7 Flashing light 230V A.C. (20V A.C.) 25W 2x,5mm² 2xAWG5 2x,5mm² 2xAWG5 2x,5mm² 2xAWG5 TX Photocell 2x0,5mm² 2xAWG20 2x0,5mm² 2xAWG20 2x0,5mm² 2xAWG20 RX Photocell 4x0,5mm² 4xAWG20 4x0,5mm² 4xAWG20 4x0,5mm² 4xAWG20 Electric lock 2V D.C. 2xmm² 2xAWG7 2xmm² 2xAWG7 2x,5mm² 2xAWG5 Electric lock 24V D.C. 2xmm² 2xAWG7 2xmm² 2xAWG7 2xmm² 2xAWG7 Commands *n x0,5mm² n xawg20 *n x0,5mm² n xawg20 *n x0,5mm² n xawg20 Antenna RG58 Max 0m 32,8 ft *n = see istruction European standards US standards A B C F G H I L M Road barrier TX Infrared photocells RX Infrared photocells Flashing light Reception antenna Selector switch (key - code - card) Bar with luminous cord Rack for bars Floor-mounted metal mass sensor Cable length (ft) (m) <0 < 32, ,8-65, ,6-98,42 Power supply 230V A.C. (20V A.C.) 750W Max 3Gx,5mm² 3GxAWG5 3Gx,5mm² 3GxAWG4 3Gx2,5mm² 3GxAWG3 Power supply V A.C. 3-phase 750W Max 4Gx,5mm² 4GxAWG5 4Gx,5mm² 4GxAWG5 4Gx2,5mm² 4GxAWG3 Motor power supply 230V A.C. (20V A.C.) 750W Max 3Gx,5mm² 3GxAWG5 3Gx,5mm² 3GxAWG5 3Gx2,5mm² 3GxAWG3 Motor power supply V A.C. 3-phase 750W Max 4Gx,5mm² 4GxAWG5 4Gx,5mm² 4GxAWG5 4Gx2,5mm² 4GxAWG3 Motor power supply 24V D.C 400W Max 2Gx,5mm² 2GxAWG5 2Gx2,5mm² 2GxAWG3 2Gx2,5mm² 2GxAWG3 Endstop microswitches *n x0,5mm² n xawg20 *nx0,5mm² n xawg20 *nx0,5mm² n xawg20 Flashing light 24V A.C.-D.C. 25W 2xmm² 2xAWG7 2xmm² 2xAWG7 2xmm² 2xAWG7 Flashing light 230V A.C. (20V A.C.) 25W 2x,5mm² 2xAWG5 2x,5mm² 2xAWG5 2x,5mm² 2xAWG5 TX Photocell 2x0,5mm² 2xAWG20 2x0,5mm² 2xAWG20 2x0,5mm² 2xAWG20 RX Photocell 4x0,5mm² 4xAWG20 4x0,5mm² 4xAWG20 4x0,5mm² 4xAWG20 Electric lock 2V D.C. 2xmm² 2xAWG7 2xmm² 2xAWG7 2x,5mm² 2xAWG5 Electric lock 24V D.C. 2xmm² 2xAWG7 2xmm² 2xAWG7 2xmm² 2xAWG7 Commands *n x0,5mm² n xawg20 *n x0,5mm² n xawg20 *n x0,5mm² n xawg20 Antenna RG58 Max 0m 32,8 ft *n = see istruction European standards US standards Special accessories: joint for bar The CORDLESS digital keyboard Also for pay-to-park systems Total entry control If there is not enough room for the bar s normal rotation, such as in indoor garages, there are special junctions available, which take up less space during opening, but do not take away from the useful passage space. The S9000 cordless model is designed to solve any installation issues when the setting lack prior set ups or where it is difficult to lay cables. The code is protected by millions of combinations, and from an electronic breach proof system which prevents the operator to be activated even when breached. 24V D.C. Came barriers are ideal for automatic parking installations. We suggest the special AISI 304 inox steel (rust proof) cabinet version. Ideal for application near the sea or in high traffic areas. Road barriers may be connected to the different access control systems to identify, memorise, clear for entrance and exit only authorised personnel. This lets you manage transit in different company departments or other types of collective structures.

46 72 73 Feature summary table Road barriers OPERATORS SERIES G2500 G4000 G400 G6000 G600 GARD4 GARD8 GARD4 GARD8 G2000 CARD PANEL ZG2 ZL37 ZG5 ZL38 ZL37B FUNCTIONAL FEATURES SELF-DIAGNOSIS of active safety devices function Opening and closing PREFLASHING function REOPENING during closing function RECLOSING during opening function Obstacle STALL function TOTAL STOP function PARTIAL STOP of the gate-leaf function OBSTACLE DETECTION function on photocells ENCODER operation MOVEMENT CONTROL and obstacle detection device AMPEROMETRIC DETECTION function SAFETY Road barriers leaf PEDESTRIAN OPENING function leaf PARTIAL OPENING function TRANSMITTER OPEN ONLY function Open only button connection function Close only button connection function OPEN-STOP-CLOSE-STOP button connection function OPEN-CLOSE-INVERT button connection function MAINTAINED ACTION command function st leaf DELAYED CLOSING function 2st leaf DELAYED CLOSING function IMMEDIATE CLOSING function EMERGENCY RELEASE function from the trasmitter COMMAND FLASHING LIGHT connection CYCLE LAMP connection COURTESY LAMP connection Antenna connection 24V ACCESSORIES connections OPEN WARNING LIGHT connection CLOSED WARNING LIGHT connection Contact output for 2nd RADIO CHANNEL Adjusting RUNNING TIME EXTRACTABLE, NUMBERED connection terminals SELF-LEARNING function of the transmitter s RADIO code RAM BLOW function to aid the release of the electrolock Adjustable AUTOMATIC RE-CLOSING TIME function ELECTROLOCK/ELECTRORELEASE connection output OPENING AND/OR CLOSING deceleration EMERGENCY-BATTERY operation (optional) MASTER-SLAVE operation mode Adjustable RUNNING SPEED AND DECELERATION function Warning DISPLAY Electronic BRAKE CONTROL and warning led SELF-LEARNING function of the opening and closing endstops FUNCTIONALITY A world of safe automation 230V A.C. 24V D.C.

47 74 75 Gard clearance Road barriers The fast automatic barriers. Suited for throughways up to 2.5 m - 4 m - 6,5 m 8,2 ft - 3 ft - 22 ft, the automatic barriers are the ideal solution when you need to control and select roads and parking areas in residential and hightraffic settings. of 2, ,5 m clearance of 8, ft Technical features Type G2500 G4000 G400 G6000 G600 Protection rating IP54 IP54 IP54 IP54 IP54 Power supply (V) (50/60Hz) 230 A.C. 230 A.C. 230 A.C. 230 A.C. 230 A.C. Motor power supply (V) 230 A.C. 50/60Hz 24 D.C. 24 D.C. 24 D.C. 24 D.C. Current draw (A) 5 Max 5 Max 5 Max 5 Max Power (W) Duty cylce (%) 30 Intensive use Intensive use Intensive use Intensive use Torque (Nm) Opening time 90 (s) Motor s thermo-protection ( C/ F) 50/ /302 - Operating temperature ( C/ F) / V A.C. 24V D.C. Road barrier with 230V A.C. operator and control panel - Operators price list - 00G2500 Galvanized and painted steel barrier complete with control panel. Opening time: 2 s. Road barriers with 24V D.C. operator and control panel 00G4000 Galvanized and painted steel barrier complete with control panel and fitted to take additional accessories. Road barriers 00G400 AISI 304 stainless steel with satin finish complete with control panel and fitted to take additional accessories. One versatile model. The Gard series barriers can be installed either on the right or left of the passage. Easy and fast mounting and no prior fitting is required. Also in stainless steel. The G400 special model comes with AISI 30 stainless steel cabinet for those especially critical installations. Advantages of Gard Gard fast barriers are the ideal solution for selecting access points in residential and industrial areas even when traffic volumes are high. The Gard does not need prior fitting and is easily installed in any environment. The G2500 fast opening model is powered by 230V while the G4000 and G6000 models, even in the special AISI 304 stainless steel versions, are fitted with a 24V D.C. operator and suited for intensive use. Easy to install, they are complemented by a wide range of accessories to complete the system and don t require any special mounting set ups or frequent periodic maintenance. 00G G600 Galvanized and painted steel barrier complete with control panel and fitted to take additional accessories. AISI 304 stainless steel with satin finish complete with control panel and fitted to take additional accessories. Absolute modularity. Safety accessories such as flashing light and photocells are applied directly onto the cabinet. Limits to use Model G2500 G G400 G G600 Composition of the bar Max width of passage clearance (m / ft) Simple bar 2,5 / 8,2 4 / 3 6,5 / 22 Bar with G0403 rubber and G0460 lamps - 3,5 / 6 / 20 Bar with G0463 mobile support - 3,5 / 6 / 20 Bar with G0403 rubber, G0460 lamps and G0465 rack or G0463 mobile support - 2,5 / 8,2 6 / 20 Bar with G0465 rack and G0463 mobile support - 2 / 6,5 Bar with G0403 rubber, G0460 lamps 5,5 / 8 G0465 rack and G0463 mobile support V A.C. 24V D.C. Dimensions Max width Passage clearance The 24V models G G G400 G G600 The Gard series also features models with 24V D.C. gearmotors, which always yield maximum performance without compromising safety. These models are suitable for all settings that require intensive use. Colour : G G G6000 colour RAL028 Dimensions in millimeters (25,4 mm = in)

48 76 77 Gard clearance of 2, ,5 m clearance of 8, ft Accessories for road barrier with 230V A.C. operator - Operators price list - 00G025 White painted aluminium bar. Section: 60 x 40 x 2700 mm / 2,36 x,57 x 06,3 in. 00G060 Rectangular-section aluminium bar 40 x 00 x 6850 mm /,57 x 3,94 x 270 in. For G G600 barriers. 00G0257 Joint for bar. 00G0603 Impact-resistant red protective rubber, complete with stoppers for G060 rectangular bars. Accessories for road barriers with 24V D.C. operator 002LB38 Accessories for road barriers Card for connecting n. 3 2V-7Ah emergency batteries for: G G400 - G6000 and G600 barriers. 00G0602 Tubular aluminium bar Ø 00 x 6850 mm Ø 3,94 x 270 in. For G G600 barriers (special accessory for areas subject to strong winds). 00G040 00G0402 White painted aluminium bar for G4000 and G400 barriers. Section: 60 x 40 x 4200 mm / 2,36 x,57 x 65,35 in. White painted aluminium bar for G4000 and G400 barriers. Section: Ø 60 x 4200 mm / Ø 2,36 x 65,35 in (for areas subject to strong wind). 00G0605 Fitting for G0602 tubular bar. Road barriers 00G046 Red adhesive refracting strips for bars (24-pieces package) 00G0460 Adapter for application of the Kiaro flashing lights (it matches the Kiaros support). 00G0405 Fitting for G0402 bar. 00G0403 Impact-resistant red protective rubber, complete with stoppers for G060 bar. 00G0460 Package of n. 6 24V signalling lamps for G040 bars. 00G0465 Rack for painted aluminium bar for G G400 - G G600 barriers (2 m / 6,56 ft modules). 00G0467 Joint for bars. For G G400 - G G600 barriers. 00G0462 Fixed support for bar. For G G G400 - G G600 barriers. 00G0463 Mobile support for bar. For G G400 - G G600 barriers. 00G0468 Support for applying Doc series photocells on the cabinet. For G G400 - G G600 barriers.

49 78 79 Gard4 Technical features Type G404Z G4040Z - G4040IZ clearance of up to 3,75 m Protection rating IP54 IP54 clearance of up to 2 ft Power supply (V) (50/60Hz) 230 A.C. 230 A.C. Motor power supply (V) 230 A.C. 50/60Hz 24 D.C. Current draw (A) 5 Max Power (W) Duty cylce (%) 30 Intensive use Torque (Nm) Opening time 90 (s) Motor s thermo-protection ( C/ F) 50/302 - Operating temperature ( C/ F) / V A.C.- 60 Hz PRODUCTS, PLEASE CHECK OUR PRICE LIST 230V A.C. 24V D.C. Road barriers The design of reliability. Gard4 is the new automatic road barrier, engineered to manage vehicular flows in both residential and public throughways. Soft contours and rounded corners to counteract the sail effect for a barrier that fits perfectly into a diversity of installation settings. Accessories and installation Depending on the configuration of the accessories required for mounting the boom, different kinds of springs are available to provide the best possible balance of movement. The table shows the possible combinations of the various accessories and the maximum length of the moving boom. Standard issue booms come with transparent profiles and head cap.,5,75 2 2,25 2,5 2,75 5 5,7 6,6 7,4 8, ,8 3,25 0,7 3,5,5 3,75 2 Road barriers Design, materials, technology. The exclusive built-in flashing light with a lighted LED diffuser needs no special maintenance and ensures complete visibility of the warning light when the bar is moving. Protective guard fitted standard. To protect the user against possible risk when the bar is in rotation. Advantages of Gard4 Gard4 road barriers are designed for openings up to 3.75 m wide, and are the ideal choice to manage vehicle flows in both residential and public throughways. Different versions are available, with 230V A.C. motor, with 24V D.C. motor, in the special AISI304 stainless steel version for those especially critical installations (heavy trafficked areas, near to the sea, industrial zones) and with the innovative G03750 semi-ellipse tubular bar, which is excellent for underground installations or wherever there is not sufficient height for the bar to rotate. Max width of passage clearance (m) Composition of the bar Max width of passage clearance (ft) Bar with shock-resistant profile G02803 bar with shock-resistant profile and luminous cord Bar with G0465 rack Bar with G02803 luminous cord and G0465 rack Bar with shock-resistant profile and G02808 mobile support Bar with shock-resistant profile, G02803 luminous cord and G02808 mobile support Bar with G0465 rack and G02808 mobile support Bar with G02803 luminous cord, G0465 rack and G02808 mobile support Max width Passage clearance G02040 balancing springs - ø 40 mm /,57 in G04060 balancing springs - ø 50 mm /,96 in G06080 balancing springs - ø 55 mm / 2,6 in Integration and modularity. The flashing light and photocells are fitted directly onto the bar and fit in harmoniously and aesthetically with the system. 24V models Limits to use Model G404Z - G4040Z - G4040IZ Composition of the bar Max width of passage clearance (m / ft) Bar with shock-resistant profile 3,75 / 2 G02803 bar with shock-resistant profile and luminous cord 3,75 / 2 Bar with G0465 rack 3,75 / 2 Bar with G02803 luminous cord and G0465 rack 3,75 / 2 Bar with shock-resistant profile and G02808 mobile support 3,75 / 2 Bar with shock-resistant profile, G02803 luminous cord and 3,75 / 2 and G02808 mobile support Bar with G0465 rack and G02808 mobile support 3,5/,5 Bar with G02803 luminous cord, 3,5/,5 G0465 rack and G02808 mobile support 230V A.C. 24V D.C. Dimensions The articulated bar. The Gard4 series also features models with 24V D.C. gearmotors, which always give maximum performance without compromising safety. Colour: G404Z e G4040Z cabinet Grey textured cod COVER RAL9006 Dimensions in millimeters (25,4 mm = in) Gard4 is also available in the new version with an articulated joint for the G03750 semi-ellipse tubular bar for installations where there is not sufficient height for the bar to rotate.

50 80 8 Gard4 clearance of up to 3,75 m clearance of up to 2 ft Road barrier with 230V A.C. operator and control panel - Operators price list - - Operators price list - 00G404Z Galvanized and painted steel barrier complete with control panel and fitted to take additional accessories. 00G03752 White painted oval aluminium bar with slot cover profile L = 4 m / 3,2 ft. Road barriers 24V D.C. operator and control panel 00G03753 Securing flange for G03752 oval bar. 00G4040Z Galvanized and painted steel barrier complete with control panel and fitted to take additional accessories. 00G02803 Luminous cord for bar. 00G4040IZ AISI 304 stainless steel with satin finish bar complete with control panel and fitted to take additional accessories. 00G02804 Luminous cord cable. 00G0465 Rack for painted aluminium bar (2 m / 6,56 ft modules). Road barriers 00G02807 Fixed support for bar. Accessories for road barriers with 24V D.C. operator 002LB38 Card for connecting n. 3 2V-7Ah emergency batteries. 00G0375 Emergency battery rack. 00G02809 Red adhesive refracting strips for bars (20-pieces package). 00G02808 Mobile support for bars. 00G03755DX Joint for G03750 semi-elliptic tubular bar. For right-hand barrier. Accessories for road barrier with 230V A.C. operator 002RSE Synchronised or compass function management card. 00G03755SX Joint for G03750 semi-elliptic tubular bar. For left-hand barrier. Accessories for road barriers with 230V A.C. and 24V D.C. operator 00G02040 Balancing spring ø 40 mm /,57 in. Also in stainless steel Easy maintenance 00G04060 Balancing spring ø 50 mm /,96 in. 00G06080 Balancing spring ø 55 mm / 2,6 in. 00G0280 Dome-shaped flashing light. 00G02802 Support for series Dir photocells. Do not use with barriers with G0465 rack and/or G02808 mobile support. 00G03750 White painted semi-oval aluminium bar with slot cover and impact-resistant profiles. L = 4 m / 3,2 ft. Gard4 can also come with an AISI 304 stainless steel cabinet for the applications, when extreme weather conditions make it necessary to protect the duration of the automation. The control panel is positioned horizontally on the upper part of the cabinet. Just remove the small dome-shaped cover to gain immediate, easy access when performing any scheduled maintenance operations.

51 82 83 Gard8 clearance Road barriers A new concept of automatic barriers. The new Gard8 automatic barrier are the ideal solution for control of roads and parking areas for residential and high-traffic use. Soft contours and rounded corners to counteract the sail effect for a barrier that incorporates perfectly into a diversity of installation settings. of up to 7,6 m clearance of up to 25 ft Technical features Type G208Z Accessories and installation G2080Z - G2080IZ Protection rating IP54 IP54 Power supply (V) (50/60Hz) 230 A.C. 230 A.C. Motor power supply (V) 230 A.C. 50/60Hz 24 D.C. Current draw (A) 2,8 5 Max Power (W) Duty cylce (%) 30 Intensive use Torque (Nm) Opening time 90 (s) Motor s thermo-protection ( C/ F) 50/302 - Operating temperature ( C/ F) / V A.C.- 60 Hz PRODUCTS, PLEASE CHECK OUR PRICE LIST 230V A.C. 24V D.C. Depending on the configuration of the accessories required for mounting the boom, different kinds of springs are available to provide the best possible balance of movement. The table shows the possible combinations of the various accessories and the maximum length of the moving boom. Standard issue booms come with transparent profiles and head cap. Composition of the bar Simple bar Max width of passage clearance (m) Max width of passage clearance (ft) 2 6,6 2,5 8,2 3 9,8 3,5,5 4 3, 4,5 4,8 5 6,4 5,5 8 6,5 2, ,6 25 Road barriers Simple bar and G02808 mobile support Simple bar and G02803 luminous cord Bar with G02808 mobile support and G02803 luminous cord Simple bar and G0465 rack Simple bar, G0465 rack and G02803 luminous cord Design, materials, technology. The exclusive incorporated flashing light with a lighted LED diffuser needs no special maintenance and ensures complete visibility of the warning light. The protective guard on the bar is a standard feature. Protects the user from possible risk when the bar is moving. Advantages of Gard8 Designed for a range of large openings up to 7,6 m / 25 ft, the new Gard8 barriers are the ideal solution for control of roads and parking areas for residential and public use. The Gard series is available in the 230V A.C. motor and the 24V D.C. motor versions and in the special version with AISI 30 INOX steel cabinet for those especially critical installations such as at motorway toll booths or in areas with high salinity content in the air. Max width Passage clearance G02040 balancing springs - ø 40 mm /,57 in G04060 balancing springs - ø 50 mm /,96 in G06080 balancing springs - ø 55 mm / 2,6 in Modular design. Both flashing light and photocells are applied directly onto the bar and integrate harmoniously and aesthetically with the system. Limits to use Model G208Z - G2080Z - G2080IZ Composition of the bar Max width of passage clearance (m / ft) Simple bar 7,6 / 25 Bar with G02808 mobile support 7 / 23 Bar with G02803 luminous cord 7,6 / 25 Bar with G02808 mobile support and G02803 luminous cord 7 / 23 Bar with G0465 rack 7 / 23 Bar with G0465 rack and G02803 luminous cord 7 / V A.C. 24V D.C. Dimensions The 24V models The Gard series also features models with 24V D.C. gearmotors, which always yield maximum performance without compromising safety. Colour : CABINET Grey textured cod COVER RAL9006 Dimensions in millimeters (25,4 mm = in)

52 84 85 Gard8 clearance of up to 7,6 m clearance of up to 25 ft Road barrier with 230V A.C. operator and control panel - Operators price list - 00G208Z Galvanized and painted steel barrier complete with control panel and fitted to take additional accessories. 00G06803 Joint for bar complete with additional insert to attach bar. Road barriers 24V D.C. operator and control panel 00G2080Z Galvanized and painted steel barrier complete with control panel and fitted to take additional accessories. 00G G02804 Luminous cord for bar. Luminous cord cable. 00G0465 Rack for painted aluminium bar (2 m / 6,56 ft modules). 00G2080IZ AISI 304 stainless steel with satin finish bar complete with control panel and fitted to take additional accessories. Road barriers 00G02807 Fixed support for bar. Accessories for road barriers with 24V D.C. operator 00G02808 Mobile support for bars. 002LB38 Card for connecting n. 3 2V-7Ah emergency batteries. 00G02805 Emergency battery rack. 00G02809 Red adhesive refracting strips for bars (20-pieces package). 00G0280 Break-away fitting for bar. Accessories for road barrier with 230V A.C. operator 002RSE Synchronised or compass function management card. Accessories for road barriers with 230V A.C. and 24V D.C. operator 00G02040 Balancing spring ø 40 mm /,57 in. 00G04060 Balancing spring ø 50 mm /,96 in. 00G06080 Balancing spring ø 55 mm / 2,6 in. Also in stainless steel Easy maintenance 00G0280 Dome-shaped flashing light. 00G02802 Support for series Dir photocells. Do not use with barriers with G0465 rack and/or G02808 mobile support. 00G02000 White painted aluminium tubular bar ø 00 mm / 3,93 in complete with slot cover profile L = 2 m / 6,56 ft. 00G04000 White painted aluminium tubular bar ø 00 mm / 3,93 in complete with slot cover profile L = 4 m / 3,2 ft. 00G06000 White painted aluminium tubular bar ø 00 mm / 3,93 in complete with slot cover profile L = 6 m / 9,68 ft. Gard4 can also come with an AISI 304 stainless steel cabinet for the applications, when extreme weather conditions make it necessary to protect the duration of the automation. The control panel is positioned horizontally on the upper part of the cabinet. Just remove the small dome-shaped cover to gain immediate, easy access when performing any scheduled maintenance operations.

53 86 87 Gard2 clearance Road barriers The barrier for those special passageways. G2000 is truly out of the ordinary, as barriers go. This is a special version for booms up to 2 m / 40 ft long. It is made to manage industrial loading and unloading passageways, cargo terminals and motorway settings. This is one, exceptional product which fears no other when it comes to reliability and performance. of up to 2 m clearance of up to 40 ft Technical features Type Protection rating Power supply (V) (50/60Hz) Motor power supply (V) Current draw (A) G2000 IP A.C. 24 D.C. 5 Max Power (W) 300 Manoeuvre speed 90 (s) 0 Duty cylce (%) 50 Torque (Nm) 600 Operating temperature ( C/ F) / V A.C.- 60 Hz PRODUCTS, PLEASE CHECK OUR PRICE LIST Barrier with 24V D.C. operators - Special operators price list - 24V D.C. 00G2000 White painted galvanized steel barrier complete with control panel. Accessories Road barriers 00G02 White painted tubular bar composed of: n. fixed support n. tubular bar L = 6200 mm ø = 20 mm / 244 in = ø 4,72 in. n. tubular bar L = 6000 mm ø = 20 mm / 236 in = ø 4,72 in. n. accessory kit for bar extension. Double motor, double lasting power. G2000 is equipped with nothing other than 2 operators, which are installed along the same axis and provide remarkable torque. Advantages of Gard2 G2000 is a specifically engineered operator for large clearance industrial passageways. A tube bar of different sections, lets a 2 m / 40 ft passageway be opened and closed in just 0 seconds, as is often required in loading and unloading situations. 00G LB38 Red adhesive refracting strips for bars (24-pieces package) Card for connecting n. 3 2V-7Ah emergency batteries. - Operators price list - Counterweighted balancing. For a safe, reliable boom movement, the system uses a modular counter-weighted balancing system, which needs to be set up according to the length of the boom. Integration and modularity. A special automation system which perfectly integrates with all the Came command and safety accessories. Limits to use Model G2000 Max width of passage clearance (m / ft) 2 / 40 24V D.C. Dimensions ø00 ø20 24V only max The 24V technology provides Gard2, despite the considerable size of the boom that needs to be moved, with the same standard of guarantee and safety provided by the Came models that run on continual current. Colour : CABINET Grey textured cod COVER RAL9006 Dimensions in millimeters (25,4 mm = in)

54 88 89 Industrial door operators Industrial door operators A world of safe automation

55 90 9 The range European standards Compliant with EN 2453 and EN 2445 safety norms, consult local codes for the norms in other markets. The models Came provides a full range of gearmotors for large sliding, sectional or folding doors, which Standard INDUSTRIAL installation TRAINED users and positioned on PUBLIC STREET are suited for any type of system; even for extra-large doors, or where limitations of space are an issue. The tables sums up the full range of products for industrial doors according on The type of normally required command is the remote control radio command which is designed to be fitted with the required safety devices; such as photocells, sensitive safety edges and flashing light. the type of application and the dimensions of the door, other limitations, to help you quickly choose the best product for the job. Use RESIDENTIAL APARTMENT BLOCKS INDUSTRIAL INTENSIVE USE Important In industrial passageways and where there are heavy-duty vehicles, such as forklifts, it is always advisable to install infrared beam photocells, at two different heights, to prevent the doors from possibly closing when vehicles stop in the middle of the passageway. The double, inner/outer flashing light is also extremely useful. Series Model SWING DOORS - Max leaf width (m / ft) - Max leaf weight (Kg / lb) F4000 F ,5 / ,5 / F4000 F ,5 / ,5 / ,50 / YES F G G Series Model FOLDING DOORS (ONE LEAF) - Max leaf width (m / ft) - Max leaf weight (Kg / lb) F4000 F4000,5-5 / ,5-5 / F4000 F4024,5-5 / ,5-5 / ,5-5 / YES Series Model SLIDING AND SLIDING FOLDING DOORS - Max leaf width (m / ft) Cbx C-BX / 36 / 36 / 36 Cbx C-BXE 5,5 / 8 5,5 / 8 5,5 / 8 Cbx C-BXK / 36 / 36 / 36 Cbx C-BXEK 5,5 / 8 5,5 / 8 5,5 / 8 Cbx C-BXET 5,5 / 8 5,5 / 8 Cbx C-BXE24 5,5 / 8 5,5 / 8 5,5 / 8 YES Cbx C-BXT / 36 / 36 Industrial door operators Series Model SECTIONAL DOORS WITH DIRECT GRIP TRANSMISSION - Max door height (m / ft) Cbx C-BX 5,5 / 8 5,5 / 8 5,5 / 8 Cbx C-BXE 5,5 / 8 5,5 / 8 5,5 / 8 Cbx C-BXK 5,5 / 8 5,5 / 8 5,5 / 8 Cbx C-BXEK 5,5 / 8 5,5 / 8 5,5 / 8 Cbx C-BXET 5,5 / 8 5,5 / 8 Cbx C-BXE24 5,5 / 8 5,5 / 8 5,5 / 8 YES Cbx C-BXT 5,5 / 8 5,5 / 8 H B C B C I A F D Series Model SECTIONAL DOORS WITH CHAIN TRANSMISSION - Max door height (m / ft) Cbx C-BX 8,5 / 28 8,5 / 28 Cbx C-BXE 8,5 / 28 8,5 / 28 Cbx C-BXK 8,5 / 28 8,5 / 28 Cbx C-BXEK 8,5 / 28 8,5 / 28 Cbx C-BXET 8,5 / 28 8,5 / 28 Cbx C-BXE24 8,5 / 28 8,5 / 28 8,5 / 28 YES Cbx C-BXT 230V A.C. 24V D.C V A.C. 3-phase Standard issue A Operator B TX cordless photocells C TX/RX cordless photocells D RX cordless photocells F Flashing light G Antenna H Selector switch (key - code - card) I Hanging release device The scheme shown applies to all Cbx series gearmotors fitted on sectional doors with direct transmission Cable length (ft) (m) <0 < 32, ,8-65, ,6-98,42 Power supply 230V A.C. (20V A.C.) 750W Max 3Gx,5mm² 3GxAWG5 3Gx,5mm² 3GxAWG4 3Gx2,5mm² 3GxAWG3 Power supply V A.C. 3-phase 750W Max 4Gx,5mm² 4GxAWG5 4Gx,5mm² 4GxAWG5 4Gx2,5mm² 4GxAWG3 Motor power supply 230V A.C. (20V A.C.) 750W Max 3Gx,5mm² 3GxAWG5 3Gx,5mm² 3GxAWG5 3Gx2,5mm² 3GxAWG3 Motor power supply V A.C. 3-phase 750W Max 4Gx,5mm² 4GxAWG5 4Gx,5mm² 4GxAWG5 4Gx2,5mm² 4GxAWG3 Motor power supply 24V D.C 400W Max 2Gx,5mm² 2GxAWG5 2Gx2,5mm² 2GxAWG3 2Gx2,5mm² 2GxAWG3 Endstop microswitches *n x0,5mm² n xawg20 *nx0,5mm² n xawg20 *nx0,5mm² n xawg20 Flashing light 24V A.C.-D.C. 25W 2xmm² 2xAWG7 2xmm² 2xAWG7 2xmm² 2xAWG7 Flashing light 230V A.C. (20V A.C.) 25W 2x,5mm² 2xAWG5 2x,5mm² 2xAWG5 2x,5mm² 2xAWG5 TX Photocell 2x0,5mm² 2xAWG20 2x0,5mm² 2xAWG20 2x0,5mm² 2xAWG20 RX Photocell 4x0,5mm² 4xAWG20 4x0,5mm² 4xAWG20 4x0,5mm² 4xAWG20 Electric lock 2V D.C. 2xmm² 2xAWG7 2xmm² 2xAWG7 2x,5mm² 2xAWG5 Electric lock 24V D.C. 2xmm² 2xAWG7 2xmm² 2xAWG7 2xmm² 2xAWG7 Commands *n x0,5mm² n xawg20 *n x0,5mm² n xawg20 *n x0,5mm² n xawg20 Antenna RG58 Max 0m 32,8 ft *n = see istruction European standards US standards ENCODER-based solutions for maximum safety Eight channels in one single transmitter On certain models, the Cbx series includes, an ENCODER-based system to manage the endpoints and to detect any obstacles on the door s line of movement. This feature considerably boosts the system s level of functioning safety. The T438 transmitter model lets you use no less than 8 remote control possibilities. It is extremely useful in industrial contexts where commands often need to be centralised. It is extremely practical while providing great range, along with 6 million code combinations.

56 92 93 European standards Compliant with EN 2453 and EN 2445 safety norms, consult local codes for the norms in other markets. Standard INDUSTRIAL installation TRAINED users and positioned on PUBLIC STREET The type of normally required command is the remote control radio command which is designed to be fitted with the required safety devices; such as photocells, sensitive safety edges and flashing light. The C + D type minimal solution is therefore required. European standards Compliant with EN 2453 and EN 2445 safety norms, consult local codes for the norms in other markets. Standard INDUSTRIAL installation TRAINED users and positioned on PUBLIC STREET The type of normally required command is the remote control radio command which is designed to be fitted with the required safety devices; such as photocells, sensitive safety edges and flashing light. The C + D type minimal solution is therefore required. Important In industrial passageways and where there are heavy-duty vehicles, such as forklifts, it is always advisable to install infrared beam photocells, at two different heights, to prevent the doors from possibly closing when vehicles stop in the middle of the passageway. The double, inner/outer flashing light is also extremely useful. Important If using EN 2445 EN 2453 tested gearmotors and control panels, then sensitive safety edges need not be installed, provided that the required impact-force measurements are compliant with the parameters dictated by the Standards. I F G F G F G F G I Industrial door operators B C C B E E C B B C A D H B C D H B C A I B C A B C Standard issue The scheme shown applies to all Cbx series gearmotors fitted on either sliding doors or folding-sliding doors. Standard issue The scheme shown applies to all F4000 series gearmotors fitted on folding doors and on hinged, swing doors. A B C D F G H I Operator TX cordless photocells TX/RX cordless photocells RX cordless photocells Flashing light Antenna Selector switch (key - code - card) Hanging release device Cable length (ft) (m) <0 < 32, ,8-65, ,6-98,42 Power supply 230V A.C. (20V A.C.) 750W Max 3Gx,5mm² 3GxAWG5 3Gx,5mm² 3GxAWG4 3Gx2,5mm² 3GxAWG3 Power supply V A.C. 3-phase 750W Max 4Gx,5mm² 4GxAWG5 4Gx,5mm² 4GxAWG5 4Gx2,5mm² 4GxAWG3 Motor power supply 230V A.C. (20V A.C.) 750W Max 3Gx,5mm² 3GxAWG5 3Gx,5mm² 3GxAWG5 3Gx2,5mm² 3GxAWG3 Motor power supply V A.C. 3-phase 750W Max 4Gx,5mm² 4GxAWG5 4Gx,5mm² 4GxAWG5 4Gx2,5mm² 4GxAWG3 Motor power supply 24V D.C 400W Max 2Gx,5mm² 2GxAWG5 2Gx2,5mm² 2GxAWG3 2Gx2,5mm² 2GxAWG3 Endstop microswitches *n x0,5mm² n xawg20 *nx0,5mm² n xawg20 *nx0,5mm² n xawg20 Flashing light 24V A.C.-D.C. 25W 2xmm² 2xAWG7 2xmm² 2xAWG7 2xmm² 2xAWG7 Flashing light 230V A.C. (20V A.C.) 25W 2x,5mm² 2xAWG5 2x,5mm² 2xAWG5 2x,5mm² 2xAWG5 TX Photocell 2x0,5mm² 2xAWG20 2x0,5mm² 2xAWG20 2x0,5mm² 2xAWG20 RX Photocell 4x0,5mm² 4xAWG20 4x0,5mm² 4xAWG20 4x0,5mm² 4xAWG20 Electric lock 2V D.C. 2xmm² 2xAWG7 2xmm² 2xAWG7 2x,5mm² 2xAWG5 Electric lock 24V D.C. 2xmm² 2xAWG7 2xmm² 2xAWG7 2xmm² 2xAWG7 Commands *n x0,5mm² n xawg20 *n x0,5mm² n xawg20 *n x0,5mm² n xawg20 Antenna RG58 Max 0m 32,8 ft *n = see istruction European standards US standards A B C D F G H I Operator TX cordless photocells TX/RX cordless photocells RX cordless photocells Flashing light Antenna Selector switch (key - code - card) Hanging release device Cable length (ft) (m) <0 < 32, ,8-65, ,6-98,42 Power supply 230V A.C. (20V A.C.) 750W Max 3Gx,5mm² 3GxAWG5 3Gx,5mm² 3GxAWG4 3Gx2,5mm² 3GxAWG3 Power supply V A.C. 3-phase 750W Max 4Gx,5mm² 4GxAWG5 4Gx,5mm² 4GxAWG5 4Gx2,5mm² 4GxAWG3 Motor power supply 230V A.C. (20V A.C.) 750W Max 3Gx,5mm² 3GxAWG5 3Gx,5mm² 3GxAWG5 3Gx2,5mm² 3GxAWG3 Motor power supply V A.C. 3-phase 750W Max 4Gx,5mm² 4GxAWG5 4Gx,5mm² 4GxAWG5 4Gx2,5mm² 4GxAWG3 Motor power supply 24V D.C 400W Max 2Gx,5mm² 2GxAWG5 2Gx2,5mm² 2GxAWG3 2Gx2,5mm² 2GxAWG3 Endstop microswitches *n x0,5mm² n xawg20 *nx0,5mm² n xawg20 *nx0,5mm² n xawg20 Flashing light 24V A.C.-D.C. 25W 2xmm² 2xAWG7 2xmm² 2xAWG7 2xmm² 2xAWG7 Flashing light 230V A.C. (20V A.C.) 25W 2x,5mm² 2xAWG5 2x,5mm² 2xAWG5 2x,5mm² 2xAWG5 TX Photocell 2x0,5mm² 2xAWG20 2x0,5mm² 2xAWG20 2x0,5mm² 2xAWG20 RX Photocell 4x0,5mm² 4xAWG20 4x0,5mm² 4xAWG20 4x0,5mm² 4xAWG20 Electric lock 2V D.C. 2xmm² 2xAWG7 2xmm² 2xAWG7 2x,5mm² 2xAWG5 Electric lock 24V D.C. 2xmm² 2xAWG7 2xmm² 2xAWG7 2xmm² 2xAWG7 Commands *n x0,5mm² n xawg20 *n x0,5mm² n xawg20 *n x0,5mm² n xawg20 Antenna RG58 Max 0m 32,8 ft *n = see istruction European standards US standards Dir: the synchronised photocell Touch: the 4+4 channel quartz transmitter The selector with magnetic key Key-protected safe release The working principle of the Dir photocell regulates the cable-fed auto-synchronisation, between the transmitter and the receiver. This function allows for multiple installation requirements that are typical in industrial settings, where devices need to be placed at two different heights. No less than 8 channels provide 6 million possible code combinations, making Touch a powerful and reliable transmitter. It is perfect for controlling many applications with just one device. Also, the materials used in making Touch are engineered to give maximum ergonomics and ready-to-use, user-friendly use. Practical and light, SEM-2 s magnetic key is a valid alternative for locally commanding any automation. Especially suitable in industrial settings, SEM-2 is made of aluminium and outer outdoor mounting is standard. The CMS, pull-cord release system is the ideal solution to connect hard-to-reach gearmotors, with its practical shoulder-height command. Indispensable in industrial applications, CMS is made of steel and is protected by a customised key.

57 94 95 Feature summary table Industrial door operators OPERATORS SERIES F4000 F4000 C-BX C-BXK F4024 F4024 C-BX C-BXK F4000 C-BXE C-BXEK C-BXE24 C-BXET C-BXT CARD PANEL ZA3C ZM3EC ZL70N ZL9N ZC3 ZC3C ZCX0 ZCX0C ZL80 ZL80C ZT5 ZT5C ZT6 ZT6C FUNCTIONAL FEATURES SELF-DIAGNOSIS of active safety devices function Opening and closing PREFLASHING function REOPENING during closing function RECLOSING during opening function Obstacle STALL function TOTAL STOP function PARTIAL STOP of the gate-leaf function OBSTACLE DETECTION function on photocells ENCODER operation MOVEMENT CONTROL and obstacle detection device AMPEROMETRIC DETECTION function leaf PEDESTRIAN OPENING function leaf PARTIAL OPENING function TRANSMITTER OPEN ONLY function Open only button connection function Close only button connection function OPEN-STOP-CLOSE-STOP button connection function OPEN-CLOSE-INVERT button connection function MAINTAINED ACTION command function st leaf DELAYED CLOSING function 2st leaf DELAYED CLOSING function IMMEDIATE CLOSING function EMERGENCY RELEASE function from the transmitter SAFETY COMMAND Industrial door operators FLASHING LIGHT connection CYCLE LAMP connection COURTESY LAMP connection Antenna connection 24V ACCESSORIES connections OPEN WARNING LIGHT connection CLOSED WARNING LIGHT connection Contact output for 2nd RADIO CHANNEL Adjusting RUNNING TIME EXTRACTABLE, NUMBERED connection terminals SELF-LEARNING function of the transmitter s RADIO code RAM BLOW function to aid the release of the electrolock Adjustable AUTOMATIC RE-CLOSING TIME function ELECTROLOCK/ELECTRORELEASE connection output OPENING AND/OR CLOSING deceleration EMERGENCY-BATTERY operation (optional) MASTER-SLAVE operation mode Adjustable RUNNING SPEED AND DECELERATION function Warning DISPLAY Electronic BRAKE CONTROL and warning led SELF-LEARNING function of the opening and closing endstops FUNCTIONALITY A world of safe automation 230V A.C. 24V D.C V A.C. 3-phase

58 96 97 F4000 Technical features Type F4000 F4024 Protection rating IP54 IP54 Power supply (V) (50/60Hz) 230 A.C. 230 A.C. Motor power supply (V) 230 A.C. 50/60 Hz 24 D.C. Rotation speed (RPM) 9 9 Folding door operators Current draw (A),9 5 Max Power (W) The operator for any type of folding door. Reduction ratio (i) /50 /50 The F4000 operator is specifically engineered for Duty cylce (%) 30 Intensive use folding doors with slide guides generally found in industrial settings. But, due to its versatility, they are Torque (Nm) Operating temperature ( C/ F) / Motor s thermo-protection ( C/ F) 50/302 - also used in apartment-block settings. The F4000 is 20V A.C.- 60 Hz PRODUCTS, PLEASE CHECK OUR PRICE LIST 230V A.C. 24V D.C. also suited to power two-leafed, hinged swing doors, which are typically found in small industrial environments. 230V A.C. operator - Special operators price list - 00F4000 Self-locking operator. 230V A.C. control panels 002ZA3C Control panel with radio decoder complete with safety block and buttons. 002ZC3 Control panel with manoeuvre thrust function, built-in radio decoder and self-diagnosing safety devices. Industrial door operators Easy-to-use mounting plate. The F4000 comes with an aluminium alloy mounting plate to enable fast installing to the door leaf or lintel. One versatile model. F4000 and F4024 are designed for universal left or right installation and so have two entries for the gear shaft. Advantages of F4000 The F4000 series gearmotors are the ideal solution for whoever needs to automate slide guide folding doors. Attached to the lintel or door leaf, depending on the space available, they provide a safe, linear motion on medium and large doors. They are also well suited for swing doors used in residential premises, and can be used to operate garage doors. 002ZC3C 002ZM3EC 24V D.C. operator and control panels 00F ZL70N Control panel with manoeuvre thrust function, built-in radio decoder, safety block and buttons and self-diagnosing safety devices. Multifunction control panel, complete with safety block and buttons, display, built-in radio decoder and self-diagnosing safety devices. Self-locking operator. Control panel for one operator with built-in radio decoder. - Operators price list - Even outdoors. The F4000 and F4024 operator are designed for external application and come with weather-resistant gaskets. Limits to use Model F4000 F4024 Application Swing doors with two leaves Folding doors Width of door leaf (m / ft) 2 / 6,5 2 / 6,5,5 / 5 (single jointed) Weight of door leaf (Kg / lb) 300 / / / V A.C. 24V D.C. 002ZL9N 002LB8 Control panel for two operators with built-in radio decoder. Casing with emergency card, fitted to house three 2V - 7 Ah batteries - for ZL70N and ZL9N control panels. Dimensions Accessories - Special operators price list - F4024 is 24V F CMS Transmission slide arm and slide guide. Release handle with customized key and cord reset. L = 7 m / 22,96 ft. The 24V technology boosts the safety level of the system, since it allows you to adjust the run-speed, the end-of-door opening and closing, and above all, due to the electronic obstacle detection function ,5 94, ,5 00C002 Pendulum release system. F4004 SLIDE ARM F F4024 Dimensions in millimeters (25,4 mm = in)

59 98 99 Cbx Technical features Type C-BX C-BXE C-BXE24 C-BXT C-BXET C-BXK C-BXEK Protection rating IP54 IP54 IP54 IP54 IP54 IP54 IP54 Power supply (V) (50/60Hz) 230 A.C. 230 A.C. 230 A.C A.C. 3-phase 50/60Hz 230 A.C. 230 A.C. Motor power supply (V) 230 A.C. 50/60Hz 230 A.C. 50/60Hz 24 D.C A.C. 3-phase 50/60Hz 230 A.C. 50/60Hz Current draw (A) 2,2 2,2 9 Max 2,5 2,5 3,6 3,6 Industrial door operators Power (W) Rotation speed (RPM) 2,5 2,5 26,5 2,5 2,5 2,5 2,5 The multi-functional automation. Duty cylce (%) Specifically meant for sectional doors that have Torque (Nm) direct transmission, Cbx is also ideal to power all Operating temperature ( C/ F) / Motor s thermo-protection ( C/ F) industrial, sliding and sliding-folding doors. 20V A.C.- 60 Hz PRODUCTS, PLEASE CHECK OUR PRICE LIST 230V A.C. 24V D.C V A.C. trifase A new concept in automation with a whole range of operators to meet all needs: simply and without modifications to the door. 230V A.C. operators - Special operators price list - 00C-BX Operator with mechanical endstop (450W). 00C-BXE Operator with encoder (450W). 00C-BXK Operator with mechanical endstop (750W). 00C-BXEK Operator with encoder (750W). 230V A.C. control panels Industrial door operators Free installation. Cbx can be installed vertically to the ground, thus solving those frequent lackof-space issues involving industrial doors. Manual opening. The exclusive mechanism for manual manoeuvring is equally at home with horizontal or vertical automation. Advantages of Cbx Novel design, plus a compact, essential structure, make the Cbx series an innovative solution when powering every large-sized industrial doors. It comes in no less than 5 models which can be powered by 230V A.C., 24V D.C. and 3-phase V A.C. The Cbx series is all about details. Also, the winch for the emergency manual procedure, which can be worked from the ground, and the vertical or horizontal installation of the gearmotor, make this product the right solution for those particular needs. The exclusive mechanism for manual manoeuvring is equally at home with horizontal or vertical operator. Designed especially for application on sectional doors, this system allows total opening of the door without triggering the release device. 002ZC3 002ZC3C 002ZM3EC 002ZCX0 Control panel with manoeuvre thrust function, built-in radio decoder and self-diagnosing safety devices. For C-BX and C-BXK operator. Control panel with manoeuvre thrust function, built-in radio decoder, safety block and buttons and self-diagnosing safety devices. For C-BX and C-BXK operator. Multifunction control panel complete with safety block and buttons, built-in radio decoder and self-diagnosing safety devices. For C-BX and C-BXK operator. Control panel with display, built-in radio decoder and self-diagnosing safety devices. For C-BXE and C-BXEK operator. Electronic control. Some models of the Cbx series feature an encoder for electronic control of the door s movement, thus guaranteeing maximum precision and safety of the automation V 3-phase When you need maximum power and performance, Cbxs tri-phase technology gives the system s potential a major boost and greater thrust as well as better control of the passive inertia during movement. Limits to use Model C-BX C-BXT C-BXE C-BXET C-BXE24 C-BXK C-BXEK Max height of sectional door with direct grip transmission (m / ft) 5,5 / 8 5,5 / 8 5,5 / 8 5,5 / 8 5,5 / 8 5,5 / 8 5,5 / 8 Max height of sectional door with chain transmission (m / ft) 8,5 / 28 8,5 / 28 8,5 / 28 8,5 / 28 8,5 / 28 8,5 / 28 8,5 / 28 Max door width sliding doors and sliding folding doors (m / ft) / 36 / 36 5,5 / 8 5,5 / 8 5,5 / 8 / 36 5,5 / 8 Dimensions All the control panel models and CBX Dimensions in millimeters (25,4 mm = in) 57* V A.C. 24V D.C V A.C. 3-phase ,5 * C00 accessory 20 93* 002ZCX0C V A.C. 3-phase operators 00C-BXT 00C-BXET Control panel complete with safety block and buttons, display, built-in radio decoder and self-diagnosing safety devices. For C-BXE and C-BXEK operator. Operator with mechanical endstop. Operator with encoder.

60 00 0 Cbx Cbx V A.C. trhee-phase control panels - Special operators price list - 002ZT5 Control panel with display, built-in radio decoder and self-diagnosing safety devices. For C-BXET operator. 00C004 Chain transmission system for sectional doors (for door leaves higher than 5.5 m / 8,05 ft) complete with shaft with a Z = 26 pinion for hollow gear shaft, Z = 40 pinion with chain and /2 in chain joint, and operator securing brackets. 002ZT5C Control panel complete with safety block and buttons, display, built-in radio decoder and self-diagnosing safety devices. For C-BXET operator. 00C005 Transmission system for folding doors, complete with shaft with a Z = 26 pinion for hollow gear shaft, chain tightening transmission system, operator securing brackets and chain hooking for door-leaf pin. 002ZT6 Control panel with built-in radio decoder and self-diagnosing safety devices. For C-BXT operator. 00C006 Package of n. 2 pre-holed brackets for sectional doors with spring shaft ø 25.4 mm / in (accessory required in case of installation on a door with a direct-grip operator). 002ZT6C Control panel complete with safety block and buttons, built-in radio decoder and self-diagnosing safety devices. For C-BXT operator. 00C007 Accessory for sectional doors with a ø 25 mm / 0,98 in spring shaft. 24V D.C. operator 00C-BXE24 Operator with encoder. 00C008 Accessory for sectional doors with a ø 40 mm /,57 in spring shaft. Industrial door operators 24V D.C. control panels 00C009 Operator support bracket for sectional doors with a ø 25.4 mm / in (accessory required in case of installation on a door with a direct-grip operator). 002ZL80 Control panel, complete with display, built-in radio decoder and self-diagnosing safety devices. 002ZL80C Control panel complete with safety block and buttons, display, built-in radio decoder and self-diagnosing safety devices. Accessories 00CMS Release handle with customized key and cord reset. L = 7 m / 22,96 ft. 009CCT /2 in simple chain for folding and sliding doors. Permanent micrometric adjustment New electronics 009CGIU 00C00 00C002 00C003 Joint for /2 in chain. Winch for manual operations. For sectional doors (chain L = 0 m / 32,8 ft). Pendulum release system. Transmission system for sliding doors, complete with shaft with a Z = 26 pinion for hollow gear shaft, chain tightening transmission system, operator securing brackets and doorleaf fixing brackets. The versions with mechanical endstops are fitted with the practical micrometric level which enables optimal and constant adjustment of the door closing position. The new C-BXE series control panels offer really innovative functions. Here is a summary of the main characteristics: > Encoder electronic control. This enables reliable obstacle sensing, as well as exact adjustment of the slow-down and endstops. > Digital programming of the features. With viewing on the display. > Serial command. Enables centralized management and control of the closure through a PC. A standard feature of the CBX is the software that manages up to 6 automation systems. > Reduced thrust. Adjustable slow-down speed in opening and closing operations. > Programming of the differentiated control functions. Opening with automatic command and closing with maintained action command. > Electronic control of movement. With obstacle detection (anti-crushing function). > Comprehensive autotest of all the safety devices. Electronic autotest which checks the working status of the safety devices connected to the system, before approving the impulse to the motor. > Utmost safety even with the gate stopped.

61 02 03 Rolling shutter operators Rolling shutter operators A world of safe automation

62 The range The models Rolling shutters are frequently used in commercial operations as well as apartment blocks settings. Came provides a single unique, extremely versatile solution, to automate small, medium and large-sized shutters. The H series, with single or double motors, will solve every usage requirement, regardless of the type of pole and spring fitted on the shutter. The table sums up the full range of rolling-shutter operators according to the lift force, limits to use and suggested application setting, so that you may choose the best product for the job. European standards Compliant with EN 2453 and EN 2445 safety norms, consult local codes for the norms in other markets. Standard installation TRAINED users and positioned on PUBLIC STREET These operators, which are usually commanded by an automatically releasing button, still require minimal safety devices to prevent user risks. Important For safety reasons it is vital to set up a system with low-voltage commands and that integrate every application with the specific control panel that can control all safety accessories such as infrared beam photocells and flashing light. Use RESIDENTIAL APARTMENT BLOCKS INDUSTRIAL INTENSIVE USE F G Series Model Lift capacity (Kg / lb) H H / 265 H H03 20 / 265 H H / / / 440 H H / / / V A.C. Rolling shutter operators D I H B A C Standard issue A Operator B TX Infrared photocells C RX Infrared photocells D Control panel F Flashing light G Antenna H External cord-operated release device with command button I Internal cord-operated release device Cable length (ft) (m) <0 < 32, ,8-65, ,6-98,42 Power supply 230V A.C. (20V A.C.) 750W Max 3Gx,5mm² 3GxAWG5 3Gx,5mm² 3GxAWG4 3Gx2,5mm² 3GxAWG3 Power supply V A.C. 3-phase 750W Max 4Gx,5mm² 4GxAWG5 4Gx,5mm² 4GxAWG5 4Gx2,5mm² 4GxAWG3 Motor power supply 230V A.C. (20V A.C.) 750W Max 3Gx,5mm² 3GxAWG5 3Gx,5mm² 3GxAWG5 3Gx2,5mm² 3GxAWG3 Motor power supply V A.C. 3-phase 750W Max 4Gx,5mm² 4GxAWG5 4Gx,5mm² 4GxAWG5 4Gx2,5mm² 4GxAWG3 Motor power supply 24V D.C 400W Max 2Gx,5mm² 2GxAWG5 2Gx2,5mm² 2GxAWG3 2Gx2,5mm² 2GxAWG3 Endstop microswitches *n x0,5mm² n xawg20 *nx0,5mm² n xawg20 *nx0,5mm² n xawg20 Flashing light 24V A.C.-D.C. 25W 2xmm² 2xAWG7 2xmm² 2xAWG7 2xmm² 2xAWG7 Flashing light 230V A.C. (20V A.C.) 25W 2x,5mm² 2xAWG5 2x,5mm² 2xAWG5 2x,5mm² 2xAWG5 TX Photocell 2x0,5mm² 2xAWG20 2x0,5mm² 2xAWG20 2x0,5mm² 2xAWG20 RX Photocell 4x0,5mm² 4xAWG20 4x0,5mm² 4xAWG20 4x0,5mm² 4xAWG20 Electric lock 2V D.C. 2xmm² 2xAWG7 2xmm² 2xAWG7 2x,5mm² 2xAWG5 Electric lock 24V D.C. 2xmm² 2xAWG7 2xmm² 2xAWG7 2xmm² 2xAWG7 Commands *n x0,5mm² n xawg20 *n x0,5mm² n xawg20 *n x0,5mm² n xawg20 Antenna RG58 Max 0m 32,8 ft *n = see istruction European standards US standards External command protected by key The control panel for a compliant installation The H300 safety container comes complete with the pull-cord outer release system. This is indispensable during power outages. In the key-protected container, there is also a convenient command button to activate the automation. The ZR24 is Came s control panel, specifically designed to be installed on rolling shutters. The container s compact size makes it easy to apply and set up for remote control, and to connect it up to the safety devices, to make it compliant with current technical standards.

63 06 07 Feature summary table Rolling shutter operators OPERATORS SERIES H CARD PANEL ZR24 FUNCTIONAL FEATURES SELF-DIAGNOSIS of active safety devices function Opening and closing PREFLASHING function REOPENING during closing function RECLOSING during opening function Obstacle STALL function TOTAL STOP function PARTIAL STOP of the gate-leaf function OBSTACLE DETECTION function on photocells ENCODER operation MOVEMENT CONTROL and obstacle detection device AMPEROMETRIC DETECTION function SAFETY leaf PEDESTRIAN OPENING function leaf PARTIAL OPENING function TRANSMITTER OPEN ONLY function Open only button connection function Close only button connection function OPEN-STOP-CLOSE-STOP button connection function OPEN-CLOSE-INVERT button connection function MAINTAINED ACTION command function st leaf DELAYED CLOSING function 2st leaf DELAYED CLOSING function IMMEDIATE CLOSING function EMERGENCY RELEASE function from the trasmitter COMMAND Rolling shutter operators FLASHING LIGHT connection CYCLE LAMP connection COURTESY LAMP connection Antenna connection 24V ACCESSORIES connections OPEN WARNING LIGHT connection CLOSED WARNING LIGHT connection Contact output for 2nd RADIO CHANNEL Adjusting RUNNING TIME EXTRACTABLE, NUMBERED connection terminals SELF-LEARNING function of the transmitter s RADIO code RAM BLOW function to aid the release of the electrolock Adjustable AUTOMATIC RE-CLOSING TIME function ELECTROLOCK/ELECTRORELEASE connection output OPENING AND/OR CLOSING deceleration EMERGENCY-BATTERY operation (optional) MASTER-SLAVE operation mode Adjustable RUNNING SPEED AND DECELERATION function Warning DISPLAY Electronic BRAKE CONTROL and warning led SELF-LEARNING function of the opening and closing endstops FUNCTIONALITY 230V A.C. A world of safe automation

64 08 09 H Rolling shutter operators New H, the best solution for rolling shutters. The new automated device of the H series is now even better in terms of the materials used - they are even more reliable and durable. Special care was placed in designing the new movement adjustment system, which is now more precise and easier to adjust while at the same time taking up less space. Technical features Type H000 H03 H2003 H203 Protection rating IP40 IP40 IP40 IP40 Power supply (V) (50/60Hz) 230 A.C. 230 A.C. 230 A.C. 230 A.C. Motor power supply (V) (50/60Hz) 230 A.C. 230 A.C. 230 A.C. 230 A.C. Current draw (A) 2,4 2,4 4,5 4,5 Power (W) Reduction ratio (i) /50 /50 /50 /50 Duty cylce (%) Operating temperature ( C/ F) / Motor s thermo-protection ( C/ F) 50/302 50/302 50/302 50/302 Crown revolutions (RPM) For 20V A.C.- 60 Hz PRODUCTS, PLEASE CHECK OUR PRICE LIST 230V A.C. 230V A.C. operators for shutter post with a diameter from 48 mm /,88 in to 60 mm / 2,36 in and springs from 200 mm / 7,87 in to 220 mm / 8,66 in - Special operators price list - 00H003 Self-locking operator complete with cord-release (Lift capacity: 20 Kg / 265 lb). 00H03 Reversible operator (Lift capacity: 20 Kg / 265 lb). 00H2003 Self-locking operator with two motors complete with cord-release (Lift capacity: 200 Kg / 440 lb). 00H203 Reversible operator with two motors (Lift capacity: 200 Kg / 440 lb). One versatile model. A universal solution for all the applicative needs, thanks to the standard issue adaptors on all its models. The adaptors make installation possible on shutter poles having 48 mm /,88 in or 60 mm / 2,36 in diameters, and springs having 200 mm / 7,87 in or 220 mm / 8,66 in diameters. The highest possible level of integration. The H003 and H03 gearmotors can be coupled with a second motor to increase the lift capacity. Up to 20 Kg and 200 Kg / 265 lb and 44 lb for the two versions with one or two motors. Installations that are always compliant. The ZR24 control panel is complaint with the current technical safety standards to guarantee installations always compliant. It is also equipped with built-in radio decoding for remote radio control. Advantages of H A safe and easy-to-use system in one model, suitable for different types of shutters. The H series operators allow for modular installation without the need to make any adaptations. Also for large-sized applications, the two-motor version increases the lift power. Also available are all the additional accessories such as the electro-block with pull-cord release, for the reversible versions, and the safety container with command button and built-in pull-cord release. Limits to use Model H000 H03 H2000 H203 Lift capacity (Kg / lb) 20 / / / / V A.C. Dimensions 230V A.C. control panel 002ZR24 Accessories 00H300 00H302 00H300 Control panel with built-in radio decoder. 230V A.C. reversible motor to combine with H003 and H03 operators. Electroblocker for H03 - H203 reversible operators complete with release cord (L = 5 m / 6,4 ft) and handle. Safety casing for cord-release, complete with handle and command button. Rolling shutter operators New endpoint system ø The gate-run adjustment system has been reengineered to yield greater precision and ease when adjusting it, while reducing overall dimensions. ø Dimensions in millimeters (25,4 mm = in) ZR24

65 0 Parking-space savers Parking-space savers A world of safe automation

66 2 3 The range The models Two useful solutions to guarantee one s parking space: Unipark and Cat. The mobile barrier for controlling single or multiple private parking spaces. Simple to install and use, and extremely durable over time thanks to the best materials and technologies employed. European standards Compliant with EN 2453 and EN 2445 safety norms, consult local codes for the norms in other markets. Standard RESIDENTIAL installation TRAINED users and positioned on PUBLIC STREET The normally requested command type is the remote control radio command and the operator in question does not come under the types of automatic opening devices described in the reference standards, in that its only scope is that of permitting or denying parking to a vehicle. Two bright, unique ideas that can be used in all applicative settings. The table sums up the complete range of parking guard operators for single or multiple spaces, and the suggested application, to help you quickly identify the right product for the job. Important Multiple installations can be set up, using a single control panel to control 4 Unipark barriers. Use RESIDENTIAL APARTMENT BLOCKS INDUSTRIAL INTENSIVE USE G Series Model Max width of a parking space (m / ft) Unipark *UNIP ARK - 2 ARK - 2 ARK - 2 ARK2-2,2 ARK2-2,2 ARK2-2,2 Series Model Type of chain (mm) - Max width of useful passage (m) Cat CAT-X 5 / 6-9 / 8 5 / 6-9 / 8 5 / 6-9 / 8 Cat CAT-X24 5 / 6-9 / 8 5 / 6-9 / 8 5 / 6-9 / 8 YES 230V A.C * Unip is combined with ARK or ARK2 24V D.C. X D A A Parking-space savers Standard issue A D G X Operators Control panel Antenna Shunt box Cable length (ft) (m) <0 < 32, ,8-65, ,6-98,42 Power supply 230V A.C. (20V A.C.) 750W Max 3Gx,5mm² 3GxAWG5 3Gx,5mm² 3GxAWG4 3Gx2,5mm² 3GxAWG3 Power supply V A.C. 3-phase 750W Max 4Gx,5mm² 4GxAWG5 4Gx,5mm² 4GxAWG5 4Gx2,5mm² 4GxAWG3 Motor power supply 230V A.C. (20V A.C.) 750W Max 3Gx,5mm² 3GxAWG5 3Gx,5mm² 3GxAWG5 3Gx2,5mm² 3GxAWG3 Motor power supply V A.C. 3-phase 750W Max 4Gx,5mm² 4GxAWG5 4Gx,5mm² 4GxAWG5 4Gx2,5mm² 4GxAWG3 Motor power supply 24V D.C 400W Max 2Gx,5mm² 2GxAWG5 2Gx2,5mm² 2GxAWG3 2Gx2,5mm² 2GxAWG3 Endstop microswitches *n x0,5mm² n xawg20 *nx0,5mm² n xawg20 *nx0,5mm² n xawg20 Flashing light 24V A.C.-D.C. 25W 2xmm² 2xAWG7 2xmm² 2xAWG7 2xmm² 2xAWG7 Flashing light 230V A.C. (20V A.C.) 25W 2x,5mm² 2xAWG5 2x,5mm² 2xAWG5 2x,5mm² 2xAWG5 TX Photocell 2x0,5mm² 2xAWG20 2x0,5mm² 2xAWG20 2x0,5mm² 2xAWG20 RX Photocell 4x0,5mm² 4xAWG20 4x0,5mm² 4xAWG20 4x0,5mm² 4xAWG20 Electric lock 2V D.C. 2xmm² 2xAWG7 2xmm² 2xAWG7 2x,5mm² 2xAWG5 Electric lock 24V D.C. 2xmm² 2xAWG7 2xmm² 2xAWG7 2xmm² 2xAWG7 Commands *n x0,5mm² n xawg20 *n x0,5mm² n xawg20 *n x0,5mm² n xawg20 Antenna RG58 Max 0m 32,8 ft *n = see istruction European standards US standards Small and multi-user Practical, solid and safe! TAM-432SA is the ideal transmitter to combine with Unipark and Cat. Its small size and multiuser features make it both practical and multi-functional. The same transmitter can be used for the parking space as well as for another common function. Unipark is a smart automation that combines easy installation and user-friendliness within a solid, resistant structure. It offers maximum safety to the user thanks to the amperometric sensor which detects any obstacles.

67 4 5 European standards Compliant with EN 2453 and EN 2445 safety norms, consult local codes for the norms in other markets. Standard RESIDENTIAL installation TRAINED users and positioned on PUBLIC STREET The normally requested command type is the remote control radio command and the operator in question does not come under the types of automatic opening devices described in the reference standards. Given that there is no specific legislation on this matter, for purposes of user safety we believe it necessary to apply our safety devices in accordance with the results of the careful risk analysis we have conducted. Le European Normative standards Europee Compliant with EN 2453 and EN 2445 safety norms, consult local codes for the norms in other markets. Standard RESIDENTIAL installation TRAINED users and positioned on PUBLIC STREET The normally requested command type is the remote control radio command and the operator in question does not come under the types of automatic opening devices described in the reference standards. Given that there is no specific legislation on this matter, for purposes of user safety we believe it necessary to apply our safety devices in accordance with the results of the careful risk analysis we have conducted. Important The Cat chain barriers are an exclusive Came patent and can fit in perfectly from an aesthetic point of view, with the architectural look of historical town centres where, stylish, low profile installations are indispensable. Important The Cat chain barriers are an exclusive Came patent and can fit in perfectly from an aesthetic point of view, with the architectural look of historical town centres where, stylish, low profile installations are indispensable. F G H F G H C B A I L C B B A I L C Parking-space savers Standard issue Standard issue A B C F G H I L Pillar with gearmotor and built-in control panel TX Infrared photocells RX Infrared photocells Flashing light Antenna Selector switch (key - code - card) Floor-level chain-protection guide Pillar with counterweight and chain lug Cable length (ft) (m) <0 < 32, ,8-65, ,6-98,42 Power supply 230V A.C. (20V A.C.) 750W Max 3Gx,5mm² 3GxAWG5 3Gx,5mm² 3GxAWG4 3Gx2,5mm² 3GxAWG3 Power supply V A.C. 3-phase 750W Max 4Gx,5mm² 4GxAWG5 4Gx,5mm² 4GxAWG5 4Gx2,5mm² 4GxAWG3 Motor power supply 230V A.C. (20V A.C.) 750W Max 3Gx,5mm² 3GxAWG5 3Gx,5mm² 3GxAWG5 3Gx2,5mm² 3GxAWG3 Motor power supply V A.C. 3-phase 750W Max 4Gx,5mm² 4GxAWG5 4Gx,5mm² 4GxAWG5 4Gx2,5mm² 4GxAWG3 Motor power supply 24V D.C 400W Max 2Gx,5mm² 2GxAWG5 2Gx2,5mm² 2GxAWG3 2Gx2,5mm² 2GxAWG3 Endstop microswitches *n x0,5mm² n xawg20 *nx0,5mm² n xawg20 *nx0,5mm² n xawg20 Flashing light 24V A.C.-D.C. 25W 2xmm² 2xAWG7 2xmm² 2xAWG7 2xmm² 2xAWG7 Flashing light 230V A.C. (20V A.C.) 25W 2x,5mm² 2xAWG5 2x,5mm² 2xAWG5 2x,5mm² 2xAWG5 TX Photocell 2x0,5mm² 2xAWG20 2x0,5mm² 2xAWG20 2x0,5mm² 2xAWG20 RX Photocell 4x0,5mm² 4xAWG20 4x0,5mm² 4xAWG20 4x0,5mm² 4xAWG20 Electric lock 2V D.C. 2xmm² 2xAWG7 2xmm² 2xAWG7 2x,5mm² 2xAWG5 Electric lock 24V D.C. 2xmm² 2xAWG7 2xmm² 2xAWG7 2xmm² 2xAWG7 Commands *n x0,5mm² n xawg20 *n x0,5mm² n xawg20 *n x0,5mm² n xawg20 Antenna RG58 Max 0m 32,8 ft *n = see istruction European standards US standards A B C F G H I L Pillar with gearmotor and built-in control panel TX Infrared photocells RX Infrared photocells Flashing light Antenna Selector switch (key - code - card) Underground chain-protection guide Pillar with counterweight and chain lug Cable length (ft) (m) <0 < 32, ,8-65, ,6-98,42 Power supply 230V A.C. (20V A.C.) 750W Max 3Gx,5mm² 3GxAWG5 3Gx,5mm² 3GxAWG4 3Gx2,5mm² 3GxAWG3 Power supply V A.C. 3-phase 750W Max 4Gx,5mm² 4GxAWG5 4Gx,5mm² 4GxAWG5 4Gx2,5mm² 4GxAWG3 Motor power supply 230V A.C. (20V A.C.) 750W Max 3Gx,5mm² 3GxAWG5 3Gx,5mm² 3GxAWG5 3Gx2,5mm² 3GxAWG3 Motor power supply V A.C. 3-phase 750W Max 4Gx,5mm² 4GxAWG5 4Gx,5mm² 4GxAWG5 4Gx2,5mm² 4GxAWG3 Motor power supply 24V D.C 400W Max 2Gx,5mm² 2GxAWG5 2Gx2,5mm² 2GxAWG3 2Gx2,5mm² 2GxAWG3 Endstop microswitches *n x0,5mm² n xawg20 *nx0,5mm² n xawg20 *nx0,5mm² n xawg20 Flashing light 24V A.C.-D.C. 25W 2xmm² 2xAWG7 2xmm² 2xAWG7 2xmm² 2xAWG7 Flashing light 230V A.C. (20V A.C.) 25W 2x,5mm² 2xAWG5 2x,5mm² 2xAWG5 2x,5mm² 2xAWG5 TX Photocell 2x0,5mm² 2xAWG20 2x0,5mm² 2xAWG20 2x0,5mm² 2xAWG20 RX Photocell 4x0,5mm² 4xAWG20 4x0,5mm² 4xAWG20 4x0,5mm² 4xAWG20 Electric lock 2V D.C. 2xmm² 2xAWG7 2xmm² 2xAWG7 2x,5mm² 2xAWG5 Electric lock 24V D.C. 2xmm² 2xAWG7 2xmm² 2xAWG7 2xmm² 2xAWG7 Commands *n x0,5mm² n xawg20 *n x0,5mm² n xawg20 *n x0,5mm² n xawg20 Antenna RG58 Max 0m 32,8 ft *n = see istruction European standards US standards Dir: The synchronised photocell The CORDLESS digital keyboard Transponder sensor Total entry control The working principle of the Dir photocell regulates the cable-fed auto-synchronisation, between the transmitter and receiver. This function allows for multiple installation requirements that are typical in industrial settings, where devices need to be placed at two different heights. The S9000 cordless model is designed to solve any installation issues when the setting lack prior set ups or where it is difficult to lay cables. The code is protected by millions of combinations, and from an electronic breach proof system which prevents the operator to be activated even when breached. The TSP0 transponder sensor is made to work with the TST0 cards, or with the handy PCT keyfobs, through the TAG sensors coupled to the Top, Atomo, Touch and Twin series transmitters. It can memorise up to 250 cards, and is the ideal solution for multiple-user systems. The automatic chain barriers can be connected to all the different access control systems to identify, memorise, clear for entry and exit authorised personnel only. Thus, it can manage transits in different company departments or other collective facilities.

68 6 7 Feature Tavole summary riassuntive table delle funzioni Parking-space savers OPERATORS SERIES CAT-X CAT-X24 UNIPARK CARD PANEL ZC5 ZL37C ZL22 FUNCTIONAL FEATURES SELF-DIAGNOSIS of active safety devices function Opening and closing PREFLASHING function REOPENING during closing function RECLOSING during opening function Obstacle STALL function TOTAL STOP function PARTIAL STOP of the gate-leaf function OBSTACLE DETECTION function on photocells ENCODER operation MOVEMENT CONTROL and obstacle detection device AMPEROMETRIC DETECTION function SAFETY leaf PEDESTRIAN OPENING function leaf PARTIAL OPENING function TRANSMITTER OPEN ONLY function Open only button connection function Close only button connection function OPEN-STOP-CLOSE-STOP button connection function OPEN-CLOSE-INVERT button connection function MAINTAINED ACTION command function st leaf DELAYED CLOSING function 2st leaf DELAYED CLOSING function IMMEDIATE CLOSING function EMERGENCY RELEASE function from the transmitter COMMAND Parking-space savers FLASHING LIGHT connection CYCLE LAMP connection COURTESY LAMP connection Antenna connection 24V ACCESSORIES connections OPEN WARNING LIGHT connection CLOSED WARNING LIGHT connection Contact output for 2nd RADIO CHANNEL Adjusting RUNNING TIME EXTRACTABLE, NUMBERED connection terminals SELF-LEARNING function of the transmitter s RADIO code RAM BLOW function to aid the release of the electrolock Adjustable AUTOMATIC RE-CLOSING TIME function ELECTROLOCK/ELECTRORELEASE connection output OPENING AND/OR CLOSING deceleration EMERGENCY-BATTERY operation (optional) MASTER-SLAVE operation mode Adjustable RUNNING SPEED AND DECELERATION function Warning DISPLAY Electronic BRAKE CONTROL and warning led SELF-LEARNING function of the opening and closing endstops FUNCTIONALITY A world of safe automation 230V A.C. 24V D.C.

69 8 9 Unipark Technical features Type ARK-ARK2 Protection rating IP54 Power supply (V) (50/60 Hz) 230 A.C. Motor power supply (V) 24 D.C. Current draw (A),7 Max Parking-space savers Today reserving your parking space is possible. The Unipark automatic barrier is Came s innovative idea when it comes to reserving one s own parking space in any residential or business context. Convenient and practical, it is made out of galvanised steel and is varnished to last over time. The transmitter makes the bar lower and raise automatically, so there s no need to get out of the vehicle. Power (W) 20 Manoeuvre time (s) 0 Duty cylce (%) Intensive use Resistance to crushing (Kg/cm² / lb/in²) 2,5/0,85 Colour RAL 028 Operating temperature ( C/ F) / V A.C.- 60 Hz PRODUCTS, PLEASE CHECK OUR PRICE LIST Parking space saver barrier with a 24V D.C. operator - Special operators price list - 24V D.C. 00UNIP Self-locking operator complete with fixing plate. Accessories 00ARK Small barrier. 00ARK2 Large barrier. 2 models to meet all needs. Besides the ARK version with the standard barrier, the system is also available with the ARK2 barrier, which is larger, to better cover the area that needs to be reserved, for parking spaces wider than 2 m / 6,5 ft. Private parking spaces. An innovative idea to reserve one s parking space, in any setting, whether residential or collective. Advantages of Unipark It is ideal for all those situations that require private or staff parking spaces to be safeguarded, for any residential or workplace application. It makes it possible to raise and lower the bar by simply using the transmitter. It comes in two different models that adapt to one gearmotor. Unipark makes it possible to control parking spaces even in critical applications, and offers long-lasting reliability over time. 24V D.C. control panel 002ZL22 Accessories 002LM22 002LB22 Control panel for one barrier with built-in radio decoder. Possibility of controlling up to 4 barriers with n. 3 additional LM22 cards. Motor-management extension card. Card for connecting n. 2 2V-.2Ah emergency batteries with rack. Parking-space savers One control panel for 4 parking spaces. It is possible to connect extension cards. Up to 4 Uniparks can be connected to the same control panel. Limits to use Model Unip ARK ARK2 Max width of parking space (m / ft) Max width of parking space (m / ft) 2 / 6,5 2,5 / 8,2 24V D.C. Dimensions 24V only Unipark s 24V technology enhances the system s safety factor, thanks to its electronic, obstacle detection feature, which blocks movement of the barrier if it touches the vehicle while closing. ARK ARK Dimensions in millimeters (25,4 mm = in)

70 BREVETTATO PATENTE BREVET PATENTADO PATENTED 20 2 Cat clearance of up to 8 m and 6 m clearance of up to 26 ft and 53 ft Chain road barriers The ideal solution for historical centres. A high-technology product designed to comply with the strictest architectural requirements such as historical centres. Cat is an innovative idea to reserve one s parking space, in any setting, whether residential, industrial or collective. Technical features Type CAT-X Protection rating IP54 IP54 Power supply (V) (50/60 Hz) 230 A.C. 230 A.C. Motor power supply (V) 230 A.C. 50/60 Hz 24 D.C. Current draw (A) 2,7 0 Max Power (W) Manoeuvre time (s) 9 4 Duty cylce (%) 30 Intensive use Traction force (Kg/lb) 50/0 50/0 Colour CABINET Grey textured cod COVER RAL9006 Operating temperature ( C/ F) / V A.C.- 60 Hz PRODUCTS, PLEASE CHECK OUR PRICE LIST 230V A.C. 24V D.C. CAT-X24 230V A.C. chain barrier - Special operators price list - 00CAT-X Bollard with built-in operator and control panel. 24V D.C. chain barrier 00CAT-X24 Bollard with built-in operator and control panel. Chain barrier bollard 00CAT-I Bollard with counterweights and chain hooking. Perfect integration. Thanks to its design, Cat is the ideal solution for selecting passages in historical centres and exclusive residential areas. An additional service as well. The chain barrier is the ideal solution to delimit parking areas in order to restrict their use to unauthorized personnel or outside of regular hours. Advantages of Cat Cat is a unique operator and is available in both the 230V and 24V versions. The motor pillar, with the control panel and gearmotor, and the pillar with the counterweight, are joined by a chain, which lowers automatically and disappears into the ground guide. Cat boasts all of Came s inventive technology; it is easy to install, can be fitted anywhere and does not require any prior set ups. Accessories - Operators price list - 002LB38 Card for connecting n. 3 2V-7Ah emergency batteries (for CAT-X24). - Special operators price list - 00CAT-5 9 mm / 0,35 in genua-type chain for clearances up to 8 m / 26 ft. Parking-space savers Top level performance! Entirely made of steel, it can withstand accidental impacts and its ground guides guarantee excellent protection to the lowered barrier chain. Limits to use Model Dimensions CAT-X CAT-X24 Type of chain Max width of passage clearance (m / ft) Max width of passage clearance (m / ft) Genua 9 mm / 0,35 in 8 / 26 8 / 26 Genua 5 mm / 0,9 in 6 / 53 6 / V A.C. 24V D.C. 00CAT-5 00CAR-2 00CAR-4 5 mm / 0,9 in genua-type chain for clearances up to 6 m / 53 ft. Floor-level chain-protection guide (length: 2 m / 6,56 ft). Underground chain-protection guide (length: 2 m / 6,56 ft). 24V only Unipark s 24V technology enhances the system s safety factor, thanks to its electronic, obstacle detection and chain-speed movement adjustment features. The 24V Cat is also the most suitable operator for intensive use applications Max width of passage clearance Dimensions in millimeters (25,4 mm = in)

71 22 23 Accessories Accessories A world of safe automation

72 24 25 The range The models Modern automation requires integrating the controls with safety devices that optimise said system s performance. Above all, this ensures maximum efficiency and peace-ofmind for the user. For all system types and requirements Came offers a wide range of devices designed to solve all issues concerning safety, in compliance with current European Standards. The tables sum up the complete range of command and safety accessories and their main features. In the following pages, the features of all the accessories are described, making it easier and quicker to choose the right product. Remote control radio command Main features TRANSMITTERS Series Model Number of keys Frequency (MHz) Features Atomo AT0 433,92 rolling code Atomo AT ,92 rolling code Atomo AT ,92 rolling code Tam T ,92 Tam T ,92 Tam T ,92 Tam TAM-432SA 2 433,92 Tfm T ,900 Tfm T ,900 Tfm T ,900 Top 433,92 TOP-432NA 2 433,92 Top 433,92 TOP-434NA 4 433,92 Top 433,92 TOP-432A 2 433,92 Top 433,92 TOP-434A 4 433,92 Top 433,92 TOP432S 2 433,92 Top 868,35 TOP-862NA 2 868,35 Top 868,35 TOP-864NA 4 868,35 Top 30,900 TOP-302A 2 30,900 Top 30,900 TOP-304A 4 30,900 Top 30,900 TOP-3022M ,900 Touch TCH ,685 Touch TCH ,685 Twin TIW ,92 Twin TIW ,92 Approved devices. All Came radio systems are approved for use in both European and non-european countries. Self-learning of the radio code from the transmitter to the receiver. This function allows code memorisation of a device in the receiver. Self-learning of the radio code from transmitter to transmitter. This function allows a transmitter to copy onto a new one. It permits the creation of transmitters with the same code. Multi-user system. A different code can be associated to each button on the transmitter. This gives control over independent systems, even within the same effective range. Accessories Sensitive keys. The external receivers Thanks to its ergonomic shape, the transmitter is practical to use, and prevents accidental commands from being sent. For installations that cannot use normal snap-in cards, such as for controlling garden lighting or sprinklers, Came offers outside receivers or radio modules, with 2 or 4 channels, powered by 2 24V D.C. or 230V A.C. and which are diversified according to the frequency used.

73 26 27 Infrared-beam photocells Safety sensitive edges Main features Main features INFRARED-BEAM PHOTOCELLS Series Model Range (m/ft) Power supply (V) Features Doc DOC-I 8 / 59, A.C.-D.C. Doc DOC-E 8 / 59, A.C.-D.C. Dir DIR0 0 / 32, A.C.-D.C. Dir DIR20 20 / 65, A.C.-D.C. Dir DIR30 30 / 98, A.C.-D.C. Db DBC0 0 / 32,8 Tx batteries 4 x,5 AAA0 Db DBC03 0 / 32,8 batteries 4 x,5 AAA0 Db DBC04 0 / 32,8 batteries 4 x,5 AAA0 Db DBS0 0 / 32,8 Tx batteries 4 x,5 AAA0 Db DBS02 0 / 32,8 Tx batteries 4 x,5 AAA0 Db DBCT 0 / 32,8 batteries 4 x,5 AAA0 Synchronised infrared beam. Synchronisation via cable is possible between each pair of transmitters and receivers, allowing for multiple installations even in proximity of each other or at double heights without the risk of interference. The CORDLESS photocells. No prior fittings required and guaranteed perimeter protection on the moving area of the gate. SAFETY SENSITIVE EDGES Series Modell Operation Length (m/ft) Connected accessories Df DF5 Mechanical contact,5/4,92 Db series Df DF7 Mechanical contact,7/5,57 Db series Df DF20 Mechanical contact 2/6,56 Db series Df DF25 Mechanical contact 2,5/8,2 Db series Also for sliding gate leaves. Thanks to the integrated Db + Df system, safety edges can be installed on the sliding-gate leaves for their opening and closing phases. On swing leaves. Installed vertically on the end of the gate leaf or across the gate s fixed part to protect the area just behind the gate s movement range. The integrated system. The integrated Db + Df system can control the traffic zone and that behind the sliding gate leaves. Infrared beam technology can work with sensitive edges installed on the gate leaf, thereby solving the risk of accidental contact with the gate and does away with complicated cable laying. Entirely deformable. Thanks to its special, mechanism inside of the sensitive, safety borders, Df are entirely deformable along their entire length and have no rigid parts. This guarantees top protective efficacy. Application schemes for swing gates and road barriers Application schemes for sliding gates C RX A TX B C D B TX D C RX B TX A D Accessories D RX A Example of perimeter coverage on a swing gate with CORDLESS photocells. A = DBC0 receiver B = DBC0 transmitter C = DBC03 repeater D = DBC04 repeater Example of perimeter coverage on a road barrier with CORDLESS photocells. A = DBC0 receiver B = DBC0 transmitter C = DBC03 repeater D = DBC04 repeater Find in the diagram a possible application of the Db+Df integrated system on a sliding gate. A = Pair of photocells - DBS02 (TX) B = Pair of DBS02 photocells (RX) C = Additional DBCT transmitting module D = Safety sensitive edges - Df series Dir: the synchronised photocell Accessories Certified and patented product Various models for all needs The working principle of the Dir photocell regulates the cable-fed auto-synchronisation, between the transmitter and receiver. This function allows for multiple installation requirements that are typical in industrial settings, where devices need to be placed at two different heights. They are meant as a natural complement to photocell mounting. Chosen materials, elegant and accurate design, they are always perfectly integrable in any applicative context. The Df models are patented by Came and are built in compliance with the EN 2978 and EN 954- European Standards, providing systems that are always certified and compliant. The Df sensitive edges come in various sizes and are ready to install, or they can also be assembled up to maximum of 6 m / 9,68 ft in length.

74 28 29 Wave Technical features Type WA0 WA02 WI08 Protection rating IP40 IP40 IP54 up to 200 users Power supply (V) 230 A. C. 50/60 Hz 2 A.C. 230 A.C. 50/60 Hz Frequency (MHz) 433,92 433,92-230V relay range (A),5-5 Operating temperature ( C/ F) / Material ABS - PC - PA6 - PMMA ABS - PC - PA6 - PMMA ABS - PC - PA6 - PMMA 20V A.C.- 60 Hz PRODUCTS, PLEASE CHECK OUR PRICE LIST 230V A.C. 2V A.C. Home automation A small, home-automation genius. Wave lets you control all the automated appliances in your home, from the gate to the garage door, from your garden lights to the drapes and shutters, from programming the sprinkler system to the air conditioning. Wherever you are, Wave opens and closes, turns on and off the electronics of your home. 230V A.C. 433,92 MHz radio control unit - Parking systems and access control price list - 00WA0 00WA02 Home automation transponder sensor with built-in stand-alone transmitter (Max 200 users). Home automation transponder sensor with built-in transmitter for WI08 (Max 200 users). 00WI08 Interface unit to connect up to n. 8 WA02. Accessories - Accessories price list - 00TST0 Proximity card - ISO format. Oled technology. Wave s viewing screen is made of energy-saving, high-visibility OLED diodes, which make it easy to browse among the integrated software s functions. Handy, quick buttons. Wave s face-palte is fitted with standard buttons with which you can directly control the device. Universal mounting. Wave fits perfectly into the regular, 3 module hold-all boxes. Simple, modular application anywhere in the home. Advantages of Wave Command of up to 5 automatic devices through radio signal or relay. Programmable alarm clock over two time zones. Thermostat function to adjust the temperature. Visual display of room temperature, date and time. Timer can program no less than 6 time zones and relay or radio signal activation. For example: turning on the indoor lights, garden lights, burglar alarm, timed gate opening, garden sprinkler. Stand alone access control function, as a transponder card sensor, for up to 200 users. Its software provides you with a visual display of each user s information and requested service (e.g. checking residual credit for membership or active scalar cards). Integrated clock back-up battery. Multi-language menu. Password protected by alphanumeric code for programming access, or, alternatively, by transponder card. Possibility to connect to the WI08 to control up to 8 WA02s. Possibility to connect the WA0 to the RBM84 access control. 009PCT 009TAG Proximity key fob. Glass transponder bulb for TSP0 (it can be housed on TOP-432NA - TOP-434NA AT0 - AT02 - AT04, Twin, Atomo and Touch series). Accessories Dimensions Stand alone and access control 7 46,5 83,5 9,5 37 Wave come in two different models: WA0 stand alone, for domestic use or coupled with the RBM84 access control system, and WA02 which can be coupled with the WI08 card, for multiple connections of up to 8 devices ,5 Dimensions in millimeters (25,4 mm = in)

75 30 3 Set Control accessories Switch selectors. A complete line of products for opening and closing commands. Many solutions to meet the scores of diversified application needs but, also to offer products that always meet the users real needs. All made of die-cast aluminium, the Set series selectors are sturdy and made to withstand breaking and entering and vandalism. Technical features Type SET-I SET-E / SET-EN SET-J SET-K SEM-2 TSP0 SMA / SMA2 Protection rating IP54 IP54 IP54 IP54 IP54 IP54 - Contacts range (A - V) A Max. no. of cards Operating temperature ( C/ F) / Material Alu alloy Alu alloy Alu alloy Alu alloy Alu alloy ABS ABS 20V A.C.- 60 Hz PRODUCTS, PLEASE CHECK OUR PRICE LIST Selectors - Accessories price list - 00SET-I Flush-mounted key switch with aluminium alloy casing and DIN lock cylinder. 00SET-E Surface-mounted key switch with aluminium alloy casing and DIN cylinder. 00SET-EN Black-varnished, surface-mounted key switch with aluminium alloy casing and DIN cylinder. 00SET-K Flush-mounted key switch with aluminium alloy casing, lock protecting flap-door and cylinder. 00SET-J Surface-mounted key switch with aluminium alloy casing, lock protecting flap-door and cylinder. Open with the transponder. The TSP0 transponder sensor is made to work with the TST0 or, alternatively, with the handy PCT keyfobs, through the TAG sensors coupled to the transmitters predisposed. Also with magnetic key. The SEM-2 model with magnetic key lets you use a practical and lightweight, coded key. Highly resistant materials. All of the models are made of die-cast aluminium to be more resistant and long-lasting. They come in both the surface-mounted and flushmounted versions. Advantages of Set Came s range of command selector switches spans over 7 models. They differ according to type of command and function. From the simple metal key-switch selector, the version featuring a practical and lightweight magnetic key which couples safety of the customised command to the choice of differentiating over multiple users with personally coded cards or keyfobs. TSP0, in fact, memorises up to 250 different transponders, an essential feature in multiple-user systems used in apartment blocks. Dimensions Model and dimensions (mm / in) B H P Q SET-I 70 / 2,75 70 / 2,75 73 / 2,87 3 / 0,5 SET-E - SET-EN 70 / 2,75 70 / 2,75 86 / 3,38 3 / 0,5 SET-K 70 / 2,75 70 / 2,75 73 / 2,87 3 / 0,5 SET-J 70 / 2,75 70 / 2,75 45 /,77 3 / 0,5 TSP0 70 / 2,75 70 / 2,75 43 /,69 3 / 0,5 SEM-2 70 / 2,75 70 / 2,75 86 / 3,38 3 / 0,5 SMA - SMA2 23 / 0,90 94 / 3,7 92 / 3,62 PCT 33 /,29 49 /,92 4 / 0,5 TST0 ISO SEM-2 00SEC 00TSP0 00TST0 009PCT 009TAG 009SMA 009SMA2 Surface-mounted magnetic key switch with aluminium alloy casing. Code magnetic key. Stand-alone transponder for card, key-fob and TAG reader for up to 250 users. Proximity card - ISO format. Proximity key fob. Glass transponder bulb for TSP0 (it can be housed on TOP-432NA - TOP-434NA AT0 - AT02 - AT04, Twin, Atomo and Touch series). One-channel magnetic loop-detector sensor. Bi-channel magnetic loop-detector sensor. Accessories 00CLM Natural anodized aluminium post H = m / 3,28 ft with tamper-proof support for SEM-2. Q 00CSS Natural anodized aluminium post for SET-I - SET-K - TSP0. H = m / 3,28 ft. H 00CLMN Black anodized aluminium post H = m / 3,28 ft with tamper-proof support for SEM-2. B P 00CSSN Black anodized aluminium post for SET-I - SET-K - TSP0. H = m / 3,28 ft. Dimensions in millimeters (25,4 mm = in)

76 32 33 Digital Technical features Type S5000 S6000 S7000 S9000 Protection rating IP54 IP54 IP54 IP54 Power supply (V) 2-24 A.C.-D.C A.C.-D.C A.C.-D.C. battery GP23A 2V D.C. Combinations 6,777,26,679,66,679,66,562,500 Frequency (MHz) ,92 Code ciphres 8 Max 6 Max 6 Max 8 Max Operating temperature ( C/ F) / Control accessories The safe and functional digital keypad. Came s digital selectors command an automated system through a personal numeric code. Safe and easy-to-use thanks to a technology which allows control to take place outside of the keyboard, they are built of steel and provide a guarantee of reliability and durability, while at the same time doing away with traditional keys. Material 20V A.C.- 60 Hz PRODUCTS, PLEASE CHECK OUR PRICE LIST Alu alloy - Painted steel Keypad selectors - Accessories price list - 24V A.C.-D.C. 00S5000 Galvanized and painted steel surface-mounted keypad with illuminated panel. 6,777,26 combinations. 00S6000 Flush-mounted keypad.,679,66 combinations. 00S7000 Surface-mounted keypad.,679,66 combinations. User-friendly and illuminated. For practical use in any outdoor automation device in unlit areas, the S5000 version is fitted with courtesy lights that light up the keypad. No prior fittings. The S9000 cordless model is specifically designed to solve any installation issues when the setting lack prior set ups or where it is difficult to position/lay cables. Highly resistant materials. All of the models are built in die-cast aluminium and stainless steel for resistance, durability and reliability over time. Advantages of Digital The code s security is protected by millions of numerical combinations and by its electronic breach proof system which blocks the devices use even when breached. Also available is the S9000 special version. Cordless and employing radio frequency technology, it is especially suited for settings where no wiring exists or would be difficult to install. The Digital series selectors are a valid alternative to do away with any worries about carrying keys around. Dimensions Model and dimensions (mm / in) B H P Q S / 3,4 30 / 5, 40 /,57 - S / 2,75 70 / 2,75 73 / 2,87 3 / 4,84 S / 2,75 70 / 2,75 5 / 2 3 / 4,84 S / 2,75 70 / 2,75 32 /,25 3 / 4,84 00S S000 00S S0004N Accessories 00CSS 00CSSN 433,92 MHz surface-mounted radio keypad with 4 storable codes and programming-access password. Compatible with AF43S - AF43SM - RE432 - RBE4MT radio receivers.,562,500 combinations (390,625 possible combinations for each code.). One-channel card for S S S7000 ( memorizable code). Bi-channel card for S S S7000 (2 memorizable codes). 4-channel card for S S S7000. Possibility of radio controlling the st channel. (4 memorizable codes). Natural anodized aluminium post H= m / 3,28 ft for S S9000. Black anodized aluminium post H= m / 3,28 ft for S S Q 225 H 84 Accessories B P S000 - S0002 S0004N Dimensions in millimeters (25,4 mm = in)

77 34 35 Kiaro Technical features Type KIARON KIAROIN KIAROLXN KIARO24N KIARO24IN Protection rating IP54 IP54 IP54 IP54 IP54 Power supply (V) 230 A.C. 50/60 Hz 230 A.C. 50/60 Hz 230 A.C. 50/60 Hz 24 A.C.-D.C. 24 A.C.-D.C. Dimensions (mm/in) 30x70x76 / 5,x6,69x2,99 30x70x76 / 5,x6,69x2,99 30x70x76 / 5,x6,69x2,99 30x70x76 / 5,x6,69x2,99 30x70x76 / 5,x6,69x2,99 Lamp power (W) Duty cylce (%) Operating temperature ( C/ F) / Material ABS Polycarbonate ABS Polycarbonate ABS Polycarbonate ABS Polycarbonate ABS Polycarbonate 20V A.C.- 60 Hz PRODUCTS, PLEASE CHECK OUR PRICE LIST 230V A.C. 24V A.C.-D.C. Safety accessories The smart flashing-light. Modern design, attractive materials, luminous efficiency and a special integrated functionality that give periodic maintenance warnings. Thanks to Kiaro series of flashing ligths not only high safety standards are guaranteed but also other features that make it much more than just a flashing light. 230V A.C. flashing lights - Accessories price list - 00KIARON Flashing light. 00KIAROLXN Flashing light with xenon lamp. 00KIAROIN Flashing light with manoeuvres counter function. 24V A.C.-D.C. flashing lights 00KIARO24N Flashing light. 00KIARO24IN Flashing light with manoeuvres counter function. Maximum modularity when mounting. The radio antenna can be integrated and mounted on either side of the flashing light. The assistant flashing light. The KIAROIN and KIARO24IN flashing lights can be set to warn when the system has performed, 5,000, 0,000, 20,000 or 50,000 operations. It is an automatic solution for programming the system s routine maintenance schedule. Dedicated accessories. The KIAROS modular, wallmounting bracket is designed to work in any possible installation scenario. Adjustments: Advantages of Kiaro The Kiaro series flashing lights the result of thoughtful and precise, accurate engineering, are built with extremely high-quality, durable materials. They are designed to meet the application needs of modern, automated installations. Besides the traditional movement-warning function, the KIAROIN and KIARO24IN models, are also equipped with a special cycle-counter circuit, which keeps count of a pre-set limit. This innovative and unique function is extremely useful in programming periodic maintenance jobs. Limits to use Model Lamp (W) Power supply (V) KIARON A.C. 50/60 Hz KIAROLXN 6 (XENON) 230 A.C. 50/60 Hz KIAROIN A.C. 50/60 Hz KIARO24N KIARO24IN A.C.-D.C A.C.-D.C. 230V A.C. 24V D.C. Accessories 00KIAROS Wall fixing bracket. Dimensions Dimensions in millimeters (25,4 mm = in) Accessories 76 30

78 36 37 Df up to 6 m up to 9,68 ft Safety accessories Sensitive edges for total protection. Required by current safety norms, the sensitive, safety edges, are the answer to the multiple active protection requirements, in terms of mechanical risk in automated systems. Came offers a host of readyto-install and customisable solutions; all depending on the requirements of the system in need of automation. Technical features Type DF5 - DF7 - DF20 - DF25 CP30 Protection rating IP54 IP54 Max. length (m/ft) 6/9,6 4/3,2 24V relay Max range (A) - Operating temperature ( C/ F) / Material TPE 65 Short A TPE 65 Short A 20V A.C.- 60 Hz PRODUCTS, PLEASE CHECK OUR PRICE LIST Safety sensitive edges - Accessories price list - 00DF5 Safety sensitive mechanical edge (length.5 m / 4,92 ft). 00DF7 Safety sensitive mechanical edge (length.7 m / 5,57 ft). 00DF20 Safety sensitive mechanical edge (length 2 m / 6,56 ft). 00DF25 Safety sensitive mechanical edge (length 2.5 m / 8,2 ft). 00CMP Rubber and aluminium profile for maximum 4 6 m / 3,2 9,68 ft long DF sensitive edges. Certified and patented product. The Df models are patented by Came and are built in compliance with the EN 2978 and EN 954- European Standards, yielding systems that are always certified and compliant. Even on sliding gates, thanks to Db. The DB CORDLESS photocells are allow you to use the Df sensitive edges even on the moving gate leaves of sliding gates, on the front and back of the actual leaf. Advantages of Df Today, completing a certified automation system is vitally important. This is true for both the installer who carries out the job as well as the client who wants to guarantee its safe use. Came meets these needs with many specifically designed solutions, all of which comply with European Standards and are tested according to strict company standards that place safety at the top of the list when creating every new product. The Df sensitive safety-edges are, therefore, along with all the other dedicated accessories, the optimal solution to raise system safety and quality to the highest possible levels. 00TMF 00TMF6 00DFI Cable collecting device 00BRC5 Set of caps and mechanisms for maximum 4 m / 3,2 ft long DF safety sensitive edges. Set of caps and mechanisms for maximum 6 m / 9,68 ft long DF safety sensitive edges. Self-diagnosing card for DF electrical connections. Power cable collecting device for safety sensitive edges for sliding gates of 5 m / 49,2 ft in length. Accessories Entirely deformable Thanks to its special mechanism inside of the sensitive, safety edges, Df are entirely deformable along their entire length and have no rigid parts. This guarantees top protective efficacy. Limits to use Model Df Max length (m/ft) 6 / 9,6 Max speed at leaf edge (m / min ) ( ft / min) 2 / 39,37 Dimensions 00BRCP Safety sensitive edges 009CP30 00PPA 00PPC Aluminium profile for extension L = 5.0 m / 6,73 ft to couple with a BRC5. Application example: on 5 m / 49,2 ft sliding gate set up n. BRC5 + n. 3 BRCPs. Rubber and aluminium profile for pneumatic sensitive edges. H = 30 mm /,8 in. N.O. contact pressure-switch. N.C. contact pressure-switch. 009TBP Max length of the profile to assemble = 6 m / 9,68 ft 009TP30 0 Connector tube for PPC and PPA. Rubber cap for pneumatic sensitive edges H = 30 mm /,8 in Dimensions in millimeters (25,4 mm = in)

79 38 39 Doc-Dir Technical features Type DOC-I DOC-E DIR0 - DIR20 - DIR30 Protection rating IP54 IP54 IP54 Power supply (V) 2-24 A.C.-D.C A.C.-D.C A.C.-D.C. Max range (m/ft) 8/59,05 8/59, /32,8-65,6-98,42 24V relay Max range (A) 24V A.C. current draw (ma) Operating temperature ( C/ F) / Safety accessories Infrared-beam photocells. Vitally important for compliance with European Standards, Came photocells are specifically designed to provide effective control of a door s or gate s area of movement. This is a necessary accessory to guarantee safety standards in any setting. Material ABS Polycarbonate ABS Polycarbonate ABS Polycarbonate 20V A.C.- 60 Hz PRODUCTS, PLEASE CHECK OUR PRICE LIST 2V-24V A.C.-D.C. Doc Series photocells - Accessories price list - 00DOC-I Pair of flush-mounted photocells complete with casing. Range: 8 m / 59,05 ft. 00DOC-E Pair of flush-mounted photocells. Range: 8 m / 59,05 ft. Doc series accessories 009DOC-S Flush-mounted casing. 00DOC-R Steel support for DOC-E (for pillar surface mounting). 00DOC-L Natural anodized aluminium post. H = 0.5 m /,64 ft. Doc. The Doc series comes in both the surface-mounted and flush-mounted versions. Its compact dimensions and easy-to-install features make these devices extremely versatile and suitable in all possible scenarios. Dir. The Dir series offers maximum modularity when mounting thanks to a complete range of accessory profiles. These are especially designed to be installed in any possible setting. Advantages of Doc-Dir Doc is the most widely used series of photocells for all applications. It gives considerable range and outer or flush-mounteding. Dir is the new, infrared beam, synchronised photocell that cuts out interferences. Its special wiring between transmitter and receiver, makes it possible to overcome any limits that the installation may present. Yielding remarkable savings in terms of time and cables, the Dir can be easily installed, even in systems fitted with a host of devices, such as those found in industrial settings. 00DOC-LN Black anodized aluminium post. H = 0.5 m /,64 ft. Dir series infrared photocells with synchro-beam 00DIR0 Pair of photocells. Range: 0 m / 32,8 ft. 00DIR20 Pair of photocells. Range: 20 m / 65,6 ft. 00DIR30 Pair of photocells. Range: 30 m / 98,42 ft. Dir series accessories 00DIR-S Flush-mounted casing. Accessories Protection against impacts. DIRZ, a useful accessory when the photocell needs to be protected from potential impacts against it. It safeguards the system s safety. Limits to use Model DIR0 DIR20 DIR30 DOC-I DOC-E Max range (m / ft) 0 / 32,8 20 / 65,6 30 / 98,42 8 / 59,05 8 / 59,05 2V-24V A.C.-D.C. 00DIRZ 00DIR-L Aluminium alloy impact-proof protection. Natural anodized aluminium post. H = 0.5 m /,64 ft. Dimensions 00DIR-LN Black anodized aluminium post. H = 0.5 m /,64 ft DIR-P Natual anodized aluminium extension for DIR-L H = 0.5 m /,64 ft post. To apply on double pair of Dir photocells. 70 Ø Ø DIR-PN Black anodized aluminium extension for DIR-LN H = 0.5 m /,64 ft post. To apply on double pair of Dir photocells DOC-E DOC-I DOC-S DIR DIR-S Dimensions in millimeters (25,4 mm = in)

80 40 4 Db Technical features Type DB Protection rating IP54 Power supply (V) 2-24 A.C.-D.C. (RX - DBC0) Batteries (V) 4 x,5 AAA LR03 Safety accessories Safety, quick, everywhere. The Db series CORDLESS photocells, are a revolutionary way to install protection. Even, when not initially planned for. This saves on expensive digging and masonry work. The Db also lets you, thanks to the repeater modules, have perimeter coverage on all types of automation devices. Max range (m/ft) 0/32,8 24V relay Max range (ma) 500 Current draw DBC0 transmitter 70µA - DBC0 receiver = 50mA (24V A.C.) - DBC03 = 50µA - DBC04 = 50µA Operating temperature ( C/ F) / Material ABS Polycarbonate 20V A.C.- 60 Hz PRODUCTS, PLEASE CHECK OUR PRICE LIST 2V-24V A.C.-D.C. Db series photocells - Accessories price list - 00DBC0 Pair of surface-mounted cordless monodirectional infrared photocells. Range: 0 m ( receiver + transmitter with batteries) 00DBC03 00DBC04 Surface-mounted bi-directional infrared repeater module with batteries (side receiver + front transmitter). Range: 0 m / 32,8 ft. Surface-mounted bi-directional infrared repeater module with batteries (front receiver + side transmitter). Range: 0 m / 32,8 ft. Accessories 00DB-L Natural anodized aluminium post. H = 0.5 m /,64 ft. Easy installation. Today, CORDLESS technology makes using safety devices much more flexible. It especially favours the installation of systems that will provide total peace-of-mind to the end users. Bi-directional beam. The DBC03 and DBC04 modules are able to both receive and transmit an infrared beam that is modulated on orthogonally situated axes. This very feature enables them to provide perimeter protection. Battery powered. The DBC0 transmitter and DBC03 and DBC04 repeaters run on regular.5 Volt batteries, which give long-life to the devices. Advantages of Db The Db is the new bidirectional CORDLESS photocell which does away with any issues related to the fittings needed for mounting and cable conduits. It is a battery-operated device, efficient and provides continual service with little consumption. Also, thanks to its bidirectional capability, it lets you save on the number of components, used while increasing safety the level. Limits to use Model DBC0 DBC03 DBC04 Max range (m / ft) 0 / 32,8 0 / 32,8 0 / 32,8 2V-24V A.C.-D.C. NOTES: Usl n. 4,5V AAA batteries (min 000 m) RX A 00DB-LN Application schemes Black anodized aluminium post. H = 0.5 m /,64 ft. C D Accessories Dimensions C TX B B TX 40 D RX A Dimensions in millimeters (25,4 mm = in) Example of perimeter coverage on a swing gate with CORDLESS photocells. A = DBC0 receiver B = DBC0 transmitter C = DBC03 repeater D = DBC04 repeater Example of perimeter coverage on a road barrier with CORDLESS photocells. A = DBC0 receiver B = DBC0 transmitter C = DBC03 repeater D = DBC04 repeater

81 42 43 Db+Df Technical features Type DBS0 - DBS02 - DBCT Protection rating IP54 Power supply (V) 24 A.C.-D.C. (RX) Batteries (V) TX - n 4 da,5v AAA min.000mah Integrated safety system The safety sensitive edges on sliding gates. Today, on the Db series photocells and Df sensitive edges, you can install active protections even on sliding gates moving leaves as required by the European Standards. This result is an original Came solution to heighten the safety level on both the passage zone and the space behind the moving gate leaf. Max range (m/ft) 0 / 32,8 Current draw (ma a 24V A.C.) 48 (RX) - 70 (TX) Operating temperature ( C/ F) / Material ABS - Polycarbonate 20V A.C.- 60 Hz PRODUCTS, PLEASE CHECK OUR PRICE LIST Connection systems for Df safety sensitive edges - Accessories price list - 24V A.C.-D.C. 00DBS0 Pair of cordless bi-directional infrared photocells with single contact output. Built-in receiver and external transmitter with batteries, for Bx-243, Bx and Bk series operators (Max range: 0 m / 32,8 ft). 00DBS02 Pair of cordless bi-directional infrared photocells with double contact output. Built-in receiver and external transmitter with batteries, for Bx-243, Bx and Bk series operators (Max range: 0 m / 32,8 ft). 00DBCT Surface-mounted battery-charged transmitter module to combine with DBS02 (Max range: 0 m / 32,8 ft). Battery powered. All of the transmitters are powered by regular.5 Volt batteries, which ensure long periods of operation. This feature does away with the need for complex cabling operations, which would, otherwise, be required. Patented product. The Db+Df integrated system is an exclusive Came patent. Advantages of Db+Df Ready for integral mounting on sliding gate operators of the Bx-243, Bx and Bk series, the Db photocells are the answer to increased safety requirements in sliding gate systems. The battery-powered operation of the transmitting modules conveniently does away with the problem of complex mobile cabling. The system can be more easily set up while at the same time providing greater guarantees for those using the automated thresholds. Accessories Add on to the BX-243, Bx and Bk series The receiver is cabled directly to the gearmotor control board and can receive the modulated, infrared beam on opposite axes. This feature makes it possible to install sensitive edges on both ends of the sliding gate-leaf. Limits to use Model Dimensions DBS0 DBS02 DBCT Max range (m) 0 / 32,8 0 / 32,8 0 / 32,8 Max speed at leaf edge (m/min.) (ft/min) 2 / 39,37 2 / 39,37 2 / 39,37 24V A.C.-D.C. NOTES: Usl n. 4,5V AAA batteries (min 000 m) 40 Application schemes RX B TX A D D C RX B TX A D 7 DBS0 - DBS DBCT Find in the diagram an example of standard installation on a sliding gate with CORDLESS photocells. A = DBC0 pair of photocells B = DBC0 pair of photocells D = Safety sensitive edge - Df series Find in the diagram a possible application of the Db+Df integrated system on a sliding gate. A = DBS02 Pair of photocells (TX) B = DBS02 Pair of photocells (RX) C = Additional DBCT transmitting module D = Safety sensitive edges - Df series Dimensions in millimeters (25,4 mm = in)

82 44 45 Atomo 433,92 Remote control radio command Total safety. A blend of design and technology, this elegant, ergonomic product that employs attractive materials and is above all safe. Atomo exploits rolling code technology, which varies with each impulse and guarantees maximum security and secrecy of the emitted signal. MHz rolling code Technical features Type AT0 AT02 AT04 Frequency (MHz) 433,92 433,92 433,92 Batteries 2 x CR206 Lithium 2 x CR206 Lithium 2 x CR206 Lithium Dimensions (mm/in) 32 x 68 x 3 /,25 x 2,67 x 0,5 32 x 68 x 3 /,25 x 2,67 x 0,5 40 x 85 x 2 /,57 x 3,34 x 0,47 Combinations 4,294,967,896 4,294,967,896 4,294,967,896 Operating temperature ( C/ F) / Material ABS ABS ABS Weight (g/oz) 6/0,56 6/0,56 22/0,77 20V A.C.- 60 Hz PRODUCTS, PLEASE CHECK OUR PRICE LIST 433,92 MHz rolling code transmitters - Accessories price list - 00AT0 One-channel rolling code transmitter. 4,294,967,896 combinations. 00AT02 Bi-channel rolling code transmitter. 4,294,967,896 combinations. 00AT04 4-channel rolling code transmitter. 4,294,967,896 combinations. 433,92 MHz rolling code receivers 00AF43SR Plug-in radio frequency card for max. 25 transmitters. 00RE432RC 2-24V D.C. IP54 surface-mounted bi-channel receiver for max. 25 transmitters. Easy self-learning. Atomo can memorise the code from the transmitter to the receiver through its radio self-learning function. The internal batteries. The transmitters of the Atomo series are powered with lithium micro batteries. Double function. The Atomo can be integrated with a TAG transponder sensor which, when placed in the transmitter, lets you use the transmitter as a transponder card. Advantages of 433,92 MHz Atomo Upon each command impulse, a code, which always differs among over 4 billion, possible combinations, is emitted using a sophisticated algorithm that only its respective receiver can decode. Atomo includes a double encoding control: added safety, to make this product truly impossible to copy. It comes in the, 2 and 4 channel versions, and is the perfect solution when you need to integrate various controls into one device: the gate, the garage door operator, the garden lighting and much more still, thanks to small, outdoor receivers which can be located anywhere. Limits to use Model Range (m / ft) AT / AT / AT / RBE4RC Accessories 00TOP-A433N Antenna. 00P3V 009TAG 00TOP-RG V D.C. IP54 surface-mounted 4-channel receiver for max. 500 transmitters, complete with AT04 transmitter (master). Package of n. 2 x 3V D.C. CR206 lithium batteries. Glass transponder bulb for TSP0 (it can be housed on TOP-432NA - TOP-434NA - AT0 - AT02 - AT04, Twin, Atomo and Touch series). Antenna cable. Dimensions Accessories RE432RC RBE4RC Dimensions in millimeters (25,4 mm = in)

83 46 47 Tam 433,92 MHz Remote control radio command Elegance, design and technology for multi-user applications. In just 2 grams* Came has concentrated all of its technology and know-how by making a transmitter that offers 6 million code combinations, standard multi-user function, and practicality, all in one handy transmitter. *(0,42 oz) Technical features Type TAM-432SA T432 T434 T438 Frequency (MHz) 433,92 433,92 433,92 433,92 Batteries 2 x CR206 Lithium x 2V AAA battery x 2V AAA battery x 2V AAA battery Dimensions (mm/in) 24 x 68 x 2,5 / 0,94 x 2,67 x 0,49 45 x 92 x 5 /,77 x 3,62 x 0,59 45 x 92 x 5 /,77 x 3,62 x 0,59 45 x 92 x 5 /,77 x 3,62 x 0,59 Combinations 6,777,26 6,777,26 6,777,26 6,777,26 Operating temperature ( C/ F) / Material ABS ABS ABS ABS Weight (g/oz) 2/0,42 44/,55 46/,62 46/,62 20V A.C.- 60 Hz PRODUCTS, PLEASE CHECK OUR PRICE LIST 433,92 MHz transmitters - Accessories price list - 00TAM-432SA Bi-channel multi-user transmitter. 6,777,26 combinations with self-learning function. 00T432 Bi-channel multi-user transmitter. 6,777,26 combinations. 00T434 4-channel multi-user transmitter. 6,777,26 combinations. 00T438 8-channel multi-user transmitter. 6,777,26 combinations. 433,92 MHz receivers Standard multi-user mode. All of the models can emit differentiated codes per key. Excellent for those applications where multi-user mode is a must, such as in apartment block settings. Easy coding. TAM-432SA lets you memorise codes from transmitter to transmitter through its radio-encoding function. So you can easily generate copies if you have the original. The multi-user radio system In both industrial and apartament block installations, it is often necessary to have a radio receiver that can manage differentiated codes. The RBE4MT is the answer to this need. It comes complete with a display on which to monitor up to 999 codes and features a back-up function. Advantages of 433,92 MHz Tam Tam is a complete series of 4 models, ranging from 2 to 8 channels, all in multi-user mode and fitted with encoding for 6 millions possible combinations. The receivers to be coupled come in 6 models, from the snap-in cards for Came panels with built-in radio decoding to the outer-type 2 or 4 channel cards even with multi-code storing. The RBE4MT receiver allows you to manage and store up to 999 different transmitter codes, thus simplifying multi-user management. Limits to use Model Range (m / ft) TAM-432SA / T / T / T / Dimensions AF43S 00AF43SM 00RE432 00RBE4N 00RBE42 00RBE4MT Accessories 00TOP-A433N Antenna. 00P3VB 00TOP-RG58 Plug-in radio frequency card. Plug-in radio frequency card with eeprom to store up to 28 codes (users) Bi-channel surfac-mounted receiver. IP54, 2-24V A.C. - D.C. 4-channel surface-mounted multiuser radio module. IP54, 2-24V A.C. - D.C. 4-channel surface-mounted radio receiver. IP54, 230V A.C. 4-channel surface-mounted multiuser receiver to store up to 999 codes (users). IP54, 2 24V A.C. D.C. Package of n. 2 3V D.C. CR620 lithium batteries (for TAM-432SA). Antenna cable Accessories RE432 RBE4N - RBE42 - RBE4MT Dimensions in millimeters (25,4 mm = in)

84 48 49 Tfm 30,900 MHz Remote control radio command Up to 8, handy channels. In just 34 grams*, Came has concentrated all of its technology and know-how, by making a transmitter that offers 6 million code combinations, standard multi-user function, and practicality in one handy device to control up to 8 different automation devices. *(,9 oz) Technical features Type T52 T54 T58 Frequency (MHz) 30,900 30,900 30,900 Batteries x 2V AAA battery x 2V AAA battery x 2V AAA battery Dimensions (mm/in) 45 x 92 x 5 /,77 x 3,62 x 0,59 45 x 92 x 5 /,77 x 3,62 x 0,59 45 x 92 x 5 /,77 x 3,62 x 0,59 Combinations 6,777,26 6,777,26 6,777,26 Operating temperature ( C/ F) / Material ABS ABS ABS Weight (g/oz) 34/,9 56/,97 56/,97 20V A.C.- 60 Hz PRODUCTS, PLEASE CHECK OUR PRICE LIST 30,900 MHz transmitters - Accessories price list - 00T52 Bi-channel multi-user transmitter. 6,777,26 combinations. 00T54 4-channel multi-user transmitter. 6,777,26 combinations. 00T58 8-channel multi-user transmitter. 6,777,26 combinations. 30,900 MHz receivers 00AF50 Plug-in radio frequency card. Standard multi-user mode. All of the models can emit differentiated codes per key. For those applications where multi-user mode is a must, such as in apartment block settings. Via cable coding. The T432 T434 and T438 models can be connected up by cable to the RBE4N receiver to simplify encoding procedures when there are many identical transmitters, such as in apartment block or industrial settings. Up to 8, handy channels The T58 model of the Tfm 30,900 MHz series lets you control up to 8 different channels in just one device, thanks to the lateral selector switch. Advantages of 30,900 MHz Tfm The modulated frequency radio signal is generically less sensitive to any external interference and provides for greater range compared to other transmission systems. The Tfm series offers this feature together with the standard multi-user function. It also allows you to encode the transmitters via cable, by connecting them to the receiver. Simplified operations, especially in systems where many transmitters are using one code. Limits to use Model Range (m / ft) T / T / T / RBE4N 2-24V A.C.-D.C. IP54 surface-mounted 4-channel radio module.. 00RBE42 230V A.C. IP54 surface-mounted 4-channel radio module. Accessories 00TOP-A309N Antenna. 00TOP-RG58 Antenna cable. Accessories Dimensions RBE4N - RBE42 Dimensions in millimeters (25,4 mm = in)

85 50 5 Top 433,92 MHz Remote control radio command Easy and handy transmitters. The Top 433,92 MHz radio systems are specifically designed to meet all the needs of modern automation systems. Elegant design, little dimensions and multi-user capability are the key features of these transmitters. Technical features Type TOP-432NA TOP-434NA TOP-432A TOP-434A TOP-432S Frequency (MHz) 433,92 433,92 433,92 433,92 433,92 Batteries 2 x CR206 Lithium 2 x CR206 Lithium x 2V AAA battery x 2V AAA battery x 2V AAA battery Dimensions (mm) 32 x 68 x 3 40 x 85 x 2 45 x 92 x 5 45 x 92 x 5 3 x 65 x 5 Dimensions (in),25 x 2,67 x 0,5,57 x 3,34 x 0,47,77 x 3,62 x 0,59,77 x 3,62 x 0,59,22 x 2,55 x 0,59 Combinations 4,096 4,096,024,024,024 Operating temperature ( C/ F) / Material ABS ABS ABS ABS ABS Weight (g/oz) 6/0,56 22/0,77 44/,55 45/,58 25/0,88 20V A.C.- 60 Hz PRODUCTS, PLEASE CHECK OUR PRICE LIST 433,92 MHz transmitters - Accessories price list - 00TOP-432NA Bi-channel multi-user transmitter 4,096 combinations with self-learning feature. 00TOP-434NA 4-channel multi-user transmitter 4,096 combinationswith self-learning feature. 00TOP-432A Bi-channel transmitter,024 combinations. 00TOP-434A 4-channel transmitter,024 combinations. 00TOP-432S Bi-channel miniaturized transmitter,024 combinations. Standard multi-user mode. TOP-432NA and TOP-434NA can emit differentiated codes on any of the keys - for those multi-user applications, such as apartment block. Easy coding. The 433,92 MHz Top series lets you memorise codes from transmitter to transmitter through its radio-encoding function. So, you can easily generate copies if you have the original. (TOP-432NA and TOP434NA) Double function. The TOP-432NA and TOP- 434NA models can be integrated with the TAG sensor so you may use the transmitters as transponders together with the TSP00 and TSP0 devices. Advantages of 433,92 MHz Top Complete with a good 5 transmitter models and 6 different receivers, the 433,92 MHz Top series is a top quality solution that brings together refined design and ergonomic features together with all of Came s technology in remote controls. The solution for radio controlling any type of installation, being this residential or condominial. Limits to use Model Range (m / ft) TOP-432NA / TOP-434NA / TOP-432A / TOP-434A / TOP432S / ,92 MHz receivers 00AF43S 00AF43SM 00RE432 00RBE4N 00RBE42 00RBE4MT Plug-in radio frequency card. Plug-in radio frequency card with eeprom to store up to 28 codes (users). 2-24V A.C.-D.C. IP54 surface-mounted bi-channel receiver. 2-24V A.C.-D.C. IP54 surface-mounted 4-channel radio module. 230V A.C. IP54 surface-mounted 4-channel radio module. 2-24V A.C. - D.C. IP54 surface-mounted 4-channel multi-user receiver to store up to 999 codes (users). Accessories Dimensions 5 87 Accessories 00TOP-A433N Antenna. 00P3V Package of n. 2 x 3V D.C. CR206 lithium batteries (for TOP-432NA - TOP-434NA) TAG Glass transponder bulb for TSP0 (it can be housed on TOP-432NA - TOP-434NA - AT0 AT02 - AT04, Twin, Atomo and Touch series) TOP-RG58 Antenna cable. RE432 RBE4N - RBE42 - RBE4MT Dimensions in millimeters (25,4 mm = in)

86 52 53 Top 868,35 MHz Remote control radio command Technical features Type TOP-862NA TOP-864NA Frequency (MHz) 868,35 868,35 Batteries 2 x CR206 Lithium 2 x CR206 Lithium Dimensions (mm) 32 x 68 x 3 40 x 85 x 2 Dimensions (in),25 x 2,67 x 0,5,57 x 3,34 x 0,47 Combinations 4,096 4,096 Operating temperature ( C/ F) / / Material ABS ABS Weight (g/oz) 6/0,56 22/0,77 Easy and handy transmitters. 20V A.C.- 60 Hz PRODUCTS, PLEASE CHECK OUR PRICE LIST Top 868,35 MHz transmitters are becoming a must to meet the needs of modern automation systems. It has a stylish and chic design and little dimensions. A full series of standard features like multiuser capability and self-learning mode. Ideal for residential users found in apartment blocks. 868,35 MHz transmitters - Accessories price list - 00TOP-862NA Bi-channel multi-user transmitter 4,096 combinations with self-learning feature. 00TOP-864NA 4-channel multi-user transmitter 4,096 combinations with self-learning feature. 868,35 MHz receivers 00AF868 Plug-in radio frequency card. 00RE V A.C.-D.C. IP54 surface-mounted bi-channel receiver. 00RBE4N 2-24V A.C.-D.C. IP54 surface-mounted 4-channel radio module. Standard multi-user mode. TOP-862NA and TOP-864NA can have differentiated codes on any of the keys - for those multi-user applications like residential environments. Advantages of 868,35 MHz Top 868,35 Top transmitter is a high quality product characterised by its special ergonomic style and extra design. All of Came s technology is included in such small dimensions. It is meant for residential environments like apartment blocks. 00RBE42 230V A.C. IP54 surface-mounted 4-channel radio module. Accessories 00TOP-A862N Antenna. Easy coding. The 868,35 MHz Top series lets you memorise codes from transmitter to transmitter through its radio-encoding function. So, you can easily generate copies if you have the original. 00P3V 009TAG 00TOP-RG58 Package of n. 2 x 3V D.C. CR206 lithium batteries. Glass transponder bulb for TSP0 (it can be housed on TOP-432NA - TOP-434NA - AT0 AT02 - AT04, Twin, Atomo and Touch series). Antenna cable Accessories Double function. The TOP-862NA and TOP- 864NA models can be integrated with the TAG sensor so you may use the transmitters as transponders in together with the TSP00 and TSP0 devices. Limits to use Model Range (m / ft) TOP-862NA / TOP-864NA / Dimensions RE862 RBE4N - RBE42 - RBE4MT Dimensions in millimeters (25,4 mm = in)

87 54 55 Top 30,900 MHz Remote control radio command The digitally encoded transmitter. The Top 30,900 MHz series transmitters are all fitted with digital encoding. This technology permits the emitted radio code to be managed using the same keys found on the radio command. This guarantees security and ease-ofuse. Technical features Type TOP-302A TOP-304A TOP-3022M Frequency (MHz) 30,900 30,900 30,900 Batteries x 2V AAA battery x 2V AAA battery x 2V AAA battery Dimensions (mm/in) 58 x 3 x 23 / 2,28 x 4,44 x 0,9 58 x 3 x 23 / 2,28 x 4,44 x 0,9 40 x 88 x 20 /,57 x 3,46 x 0,78 Combinations,024,024,024 Operating temperature ( C/ F) / Material ABS ABS ABS Weight (g/oz) 6/0,56 22/0,77 30/,05 20V A.C.- 60 Hz PRODUCTS, PLEASE CHECK OUR PRICE LIST 30,900 MHz transmitters - Accessories price list - 00TOP-302A Bi-channel transmitter,024 combinations. 00TOP-304A 4-channel transmitter,024 combinations. 00TOP-3022M Bi-channel multi-user transmitter,024 combinations. 30,900 MHz receivers 00AF30 Plug-in radio frequency card. Digital coding. The digital encoding function makes it possible to use the transmitter s buttons to insert codes. The system thereby makes the code unreadable in the event the transmitter is opened. The internal battery. The transmitters of the Top 30,900 MHz series are powered by a regular 2V AAA battery. Double encoding. Top-3022M model has been designed for those little multi-user applications, like residential contexts. Each pair of buttons can be encoded with a different code. Advantages of 30,900 MHz Top The signal emitted by the transmitters of the Top 30,900 MHz series is quartz modulated. This provides for maximum selectivity and precision. In the entire series, moreover, the radio commands are free of the traditional encoding Dip switches so the code is well-protected even if the device is opened. Among the various models we find the double encoding version for small, multi-user settings like residential users found in apartment blocks or homes. Limits to use Model Range (m / ft) TOP-302A / TOP-304A / TOP-3022M / RE V A.C.-D.C. IP54 surface-mounted one-channel receiver 00RBE4N 2-24V A.C.-D.C. IP54 surface-mounted 4-channel radio module. 00RBE42 230V A.C. IP54 surface-mounted 4-channel radio module. Accessories 00TOP-A309N Antenna. 00TOP-RG58 Antenna cable. Accessories Dimensions RE30 RBE4N - RBE42 Dimensions in millimeters (25,4 mm = in)

88 56 57 Touch 40,685 Remote control radio command The elegant, multi-functional 8-channel transmitter. Touch offers over 6 million possible combinations of code, to be used over 8 different channels. This is a stylish, elegant and particularly ergonomic product. Made of polished polycarbonate and a Soft Touch rubber contour. Touch is not just another transmitter it also transmits style... as well as radio signals. MHz Technical features Type TCH-4024 TCH-4048 Frequency (MHz) Batteries x 2V AAA battery x 2V AAA battery Dimensions (mm/in) 40 x 86 x 7 /,57 x 3,38 x 0,66 40 x 86 x 7 /,57 x 3,38 x 0,66 Combinations 6,777,26 6,777,26 Operating temperature ( C/ F) / Material Polycarbonate - Rubber Polycarbonate - Rubber Weight (g/oz) V A.C.- 60 Hz PRODUCTS, PLEASE CHECK OUR PRICE LIST 40,685 MHz transmitters - Accessories price list - 00TCH channel multi-user transmitter 6,777,26 combinations with self-learning function. 00TCH channel multi-user transmitter 6,777,26 combinations with self-learning function. 40,685 MHz receivers 00AF40 Plug-in radio frequency card. 00RE V A.C.-D.C. IP54 surface-mounted bi-channel receiver Diversified luminous warnings. Depending on the operating channel, the transmitter sends a red signal for the first channel sequence, and a light-blue one for the second. Advantages of 40,685 MHz Touch Touch is the latest, new generation transmitter that exploits both quartz technology and practicality for multi-user applications. Just one transmitter for all of the automated devices, at home and at work: pedestrian passage ways, overhead garage doors, parking guards, indoor and outdoor lights, and shutters. A single Touch instead of a host of local commands. 00RBE4N 00RBE42 Accessories 2-24V A.C.-D.C. IP54 surface-mounted 4-channel radio module. 230V A.C. IP54 surface-mounted 4-channel radio module. Sensitive keys. Touch s ergonomics makes this transmitter easy to use. It is equipped with sensitive keys, which are protected from accidental pressing. Harmonized frequency. Touch s transmission frequency was chosen among the range normally employed in European and non-european countries. No problems, therefore, in case of particular application settings. Limits to use Model Range (m / ft) TCH / TCH / TOP-A40 00TOP-RG58 009TAG Antenna. Antenna cable. Glass transponder bulb for TSP0 (it can be housed on TOP-432NA - TOP-434NA - AT0 AT02 - AT04, Twin, Atomo and Touch series) Accessories Dimensions RE432 RBE4N - RBE42 Dimensions in millimeters (25,4 mm = in)

89 58 59 Twin 433,92 Remote control radio command MHz More protection, more convenience. With the new Twin series Came transmitters it is possible to prevent non-authorized copying of buttons by setting a password code (KEY CODE). It is also possible to use the transmitter with the 433,92 MHz Top and Tam mode. Technical features Type TW02 TW04 Frequency (MHz) 433,92 433,92 Batteries 2 x CR206 lithium 2 x CR206 lithium Dimensions (mm/in) 32 x 68 x 3 /,25 x 2,67 x 0,5 32 x 68 x 3 /,25 x 2,67 x 0,5 Combinations 4,294,967,896 4,294,967,896 Operating temperature ( C/ F) / Material ABS ABS Weight (g/oz) 6/0,56 6/0,56 20V A.C.- 60 Hz PRODUCTS, PLEASE CHECK OUR PRICE LIST 433,92 MHz transmitters with KEY CODE - Accessories price list - 00TWIN2 00TWIN4 2 channel multi-user transmitter 4,294,967,896 combinations with KEY CODE. 4 channel multi-user transmitter 4,294,967,896 combinations with KEY CODE. 433,92 MHz receivers 00AF43TW Plug-in radio frequency card. 00RE432TW 2-24V A.C.-D.C. IP54 surface-mounted bi-channel receiver. KEY CODE. The protection code of the device is inserted using the dip-switches. Then, the code is activated with the transmitter buttons. The buttons on the TWIN coded transmitter cannot be duplicated without knowing the secret code. KEY CODE protected self-learning mode. The code self-learning function from one transmitter to another makes it possible only for those who know the code inserted by dipswitch to create several copies of a device using the same Key Code. Compatible with Top and Tam. If they are used without Key Code, Twin transmitters are compatible with MHz Top and Tam series receivers, also simultaneously (i.e.: a key on Top and one on Tam) Advantages of 433,92 MHz Twin The new Twin multi-user transmitters are available in the 2 or 4 button versions, they are programmable in standard mode which is compatible with the Top and Tam series receivers or KEY CODE to protect the device from unauthorised duplication; a TAG transponder bulb may also be inserted to work with the TSP00 and TSP0 sensors. Twin is provided with standard issue encoding and the code is chosen among 4 billion possible combinations. Limits to use Model Range (m / ft) TWIN / TWIN / RBE4N 00RBE42 Accessories 00TOP-A433N 00P3V 00TOP-RG58 009TAG 2-24V A.C.-D.C. IP54 surface-mounted 4-channel radio module. 230V A.C. IP54 surface-mounted 4-channel radio module. Antenna. Package of n. 2 x 3V D.C. CR206 lithium batteries. Antenna cable. Glass transponder bulb for TSP0 (it can be housed on TOP-432NA - TOP-434NA - AT0 AT02 - AT04, Twin, Atomo and Touch series) Accessories Dimensions RE432TW RBE4N - RBE42 Dimensions in millimeters (25,4 mm = in)

90 60 6 Automatic swing and sliding doors Automatic swing and sliding doors A world of safe automation

91 62 63 The range The models Automatic doors are an added value product for all facilities, be it residential, office, or commercial. Convenience, prestige, safety, usability, space-enhancement, and image, are just some of the remarkable advantages offered. Simultaneously sleek and functional, Came automatic doors make life easier right from the planning phase, when one can choose the best possible door automation solution in order to best fit the given situation. Came s automation devices and state-of-the art engineering, transform today s door from a barrier into a modern convenience. The table sums up the complete range of sliding and swing doors, to provide a quick reference guide for easy product choice. European standards Compliant with EN2453 and EN2445 safety norms, consult local codes for the norms in other markets. Standard installation FOR 2-LEAF swing doors TRAINED users and positioned on PUBLIC STREET Automatic doors are the automated products that serve the greatest number of users in terms of transit-volumes. These being predominantly of pedestrian nature. It is vital to carefully consider the minimum safety issue-devices to raise the safety level and guarantee usage-intensity. Important The equipment shown in the diagram is for information purposes only and the control accessories, such as the radar and sensors, must be evaluated according to the actual needs of the installation. Use INTENSIVE USE G A E D G Series Model Max weight of door leaf/ves (Kg / lb) Max width of door leaf/ves (m / ft) Fly PB00 Fly PB200 Corsa Corsa Corsa Corsa 2 Rodeo Rodeo Rodeo Rodeo / 550 0,8 / 2,6 YES 200 / 440 / 3,2 YES 50 / 330,2 / 4 YES / ,8+0,8 / 2,6+2,6 YES / / 3,8+3,2 YES / ,2+,2 / 4+4 YES 75 / 65 YES / YES 25 / 280 YES / YES 24V D.C. C B B C Standard Issue A Operators with control panel B TX Infrared photocells C RX Infrared photocells D Function selector E Safety and command radar G Touch sensor H Selector switch (key - code - card) Cable length (m) (ft) <0 < 32, ,8-65, ,6-98,42 Power supply 230V A.C. (20V A.C.) 750W Max 3Gx,5mm² 3GxAWG5 3Gx,5mm² 3GxAWG5 3Gx2,5mm² 3GxAWG3 Function selector 7x0,5mm² 7xAWG20 7x0,5mm² 7xAWG20 7x0,5mm² 7xAWG20 Touch sensor 4xmm² 4xAWG7 4xmm² 4xAWG7 4xmm² 4xAWG7 Commands *n x0,5mm² n xawg20 *n x0,5mm² n xawg20 *n x0,5mm² n xawg20 *n = see istruction European standards US standards Automatic swing and sliding doors Safety radar Total entry control The MR MR MR8390 safety radars with anti-masking technology detect the presence of people on the space behind the moving gate leaf. A good protection for those critical applications when a high level of safety is required. The devices for automatic doors can be connected to the different access control systems that, memorise, clear for entry and exit only authorised personnel and manage traffic transits throughout the various departments of a company or in any other public building.

92 64 65 European standards Compliant with EN2453 and EN2445 safety norms, consult local codes for the norms in other markets. Standard installation FOR -LEAF sliding doors TRAINED users and positioned on PUBLIC STREET Automatic doors are the automated products that serve the greatest number of users in terms of transit-volumes. These being predominantly of pedestrian nature. It is vital to carefully consider the minimum safety issue-devices to raise the safety level and guarantee usage-intensity. European standards Compliant with EN2453 and EN2445 safety norms, consult local codes for the norms in other markets. Standard installation FOR 2-LEAF sliding doors TRAINED users and positioned on PUBLIC STREET Automatic doors are the automated products that serve the greatest number of users in terms of transit-volumes. These being predominantly of pedestrian nature. It is vital to carefully consider the minimum safety issue-devices to raise the safety level and guarantee usage-intensity. Important The equipment shown in the diagram is for information purposes only and the control accessories, such as the radar and sensors, must be evaluated according to the actual needs of the installation. Important The equipment shown in the diagram is for information purposes only and the control accessories, such as the radar and sensors, must be evaluated according to the actual needs of the installation. D G H A F E I A F F I C B B C D G H C B B C Standard issue Standard issue A B C D E F G H I Operators with control panel TX Infrared photocells RX Infrared photocells Function selector Safety radar Command radar Touch sensor Selector switch (key - code - card) Inner pull-chord release for electro-release Cable length (m) (ft) <0 < 32, ,8-65, ,6-98,42 Power supply 230V A.C. (20V A.C.) 750W Max 3Gx,5mm² 3GxAWG5 3Gx,5mm² 3GxAWG5 3Gx2,5mm² 3GxAWG3 Function selector 7x0,5mm² 7xAWG20 7x0,5mm² 7xAWG20 7x0,5mm² 7xAWG20 Touch sensor 4xmm² 4xAWG7 4xmm² 4xAWG7 4xmm² 4xAWG7 Commands *n x0,5mm² n xawg20 *n x0,5mm² n xawg20 *n x0,5mm² n xawg20 *n = see istruction European standards US standards A B C D E G H I Operators with control panel TX Infrared photocells RX Infrared photocells Function selector Safety and command radar Touch sensor Selector switch (key - code - card) Inner pull-chord release for electro-release Cable length (m) (ft) <0 < 32, ,8-65, ,6-98,42 Power supply 230V A.C. (20V A.C.) 750W Max 3Gx,5mm² 3GxAWG5 3Gx,5mm² 3GxAWG5 3Gx2,5mm² 3GxAWG3 Function selector 7x0,5mm² 7xAWG20 7x0,5mm² 7xAWG20 7x0,5mm² 7xAWG20 Touch sensor 4xmm² 4xAWG7 4xmm² 4xAWG7 4xmm² 4xAWG7 Commands *n x0,5mm² n xawg20 *n x0,5mm² n xawg20 *n x0,5mm² n xawg20 *n = see istruction European standards US standards Automatic swing and sliding doors The touch sensor The CORDLESS digital keypad Panic-proof breakaway Infrared-beam micro-photocells The MS9502 sensor allows the touch command to operate swing or sliding automatic doors. A device specifically designed for applications requiring a local command that can be activated even without using one s hands. A typical example, for hygienic reasons, would be medical centres. The S9000 cordless model is designed to solve any installation issues when the setting lack prior set ups or where it is difficult to lay cables. The code is protected by millions of combinations, and from an electronic breach proof system which prevents the operator to be activated even when breached. Corsa and Rodeo operators can be fitted with the Mi special device to give the doors a built-in panic exit bar function. It provides an emergency exit using the swing opening of the door leaves, whether they are moving or fixed. Made specifically for automatic doors, they can be installed in very little space by simply perforating the profile. They come in pairs or double pairs and feature a standard issue screened cable that needs to be connected.

93 66 67 Fly Technical features Type PB00 PB200 up to.2 m Power supply (V) (50/60 Hz) 230 A.C. 230 A.C. up to 4 ft Motor power supply (V) 24 D.C. 24 D.C. Current draw (A) 0,6,2 Power (W) Manoeuvre speed 90 (s) Duty cylce (%) Intensive use Intensive use Torque (Nm) Automatic swing doors Automatic swing doors. A revolutionary product that is a safe and reliable way to operate any type of door. Fly is a reversible automation device with a built-in control panel that is easy to use and install. It is also well-suited for use in hospitals and other high-traffic settings. Operating temperature ( C/ F) / V A.C.- 60 Hz PRODUCTS, PLEASE CHECK OUR PRICE LIST Complete automation systems with 24V D.C. operator - Automatic doors price list - 24V D.C. 00PB00 Automation system one-leaf swing doors. 00PB200 Automation system for two-leaf swing doors. Profile and profile covers are not included. 00PF200* Profile and profile cover for PB200. Accessories 00PB00 Straight transmission arm. PULL opening. Public areas such as railway stations, airports, hospitals and public offices. Commercial areas such as shops, large distribution warehouses and pharmacies. Advantages of Fly Modern swing doors can be automated today thanks to Fly in the single or double door versions. It is extremely versatile and easy to install, and thus ideal for settings which host people whose motor skills are challenged, such as medical centres, hospitals or public buildings in general where architectural barriers need to be dealt with. 00PB002 00MA MA704 Articulated transmission arm. PUSH opening. Emergency breakaway system complete with n. 2 2V - 0.8Ah batteries. Function selector. NOTES: * Max Length of profile and cover L = 5000 mm / 96,85 in. Min. length of profile and cover with art. 00PB00 L = 300 mm / 5,8 in. Min. length of profile and cover with art. 00PB002 L = 60 mm / 45,66 in. Private and service areas such as in restaurants, sports centres, businesses and residential areas. Limits to use leaf models PB00 PB00 PB00 Max weight of door leaf/ves (Kg / lb) 250 / / / 330 Max width fo door leaf/ves (mm / in) 800 / / / 47 2 leaves models PB200 PB200 PB200 Max weight of door leaf/ves (Kg / lb) / / / Max width fo door leaf/ves (mm / in) / / / V D.C. Dimensions Minimum length is 60 mm / 45,66 in with lever PB002 PUSH Minimum length is 300 mm / 5,8 in with lever PB00 PULL 4 69 Automatic swing and sliding doors PB00 PB200 Max length profile 5000 mm / 96,85 in 24V Fly Type of opening OPERATOR OPERATOR The 24V technology increases the system s safety level. It allows adjustment of the operating speed, the final phase of closing and opening, but especially due to its standard-issue, electronic, obstacle-detection function, which is built-into the control panel. PULL Opening art. 00PB00 PUSH Opening art. 00PB002

94 68 69 Corsa-Rodeo Automatic sliding doors Intelligent operators. The rational management of space and the need for simple, quick passages from one room to another make the automatic door an important element in any modern building. Corsa and Rodeo are the ideal solutions for applications in commercial, residential and high-traffic areas. The best answer to the needs of modern design when it comes to doing away with architectural barriers. up to 75 and 25 Kg up to 65 and 280 lb Technical features Type CORSA CORSA 2 RODEO RODEO 2 Power supply (V) (50/60 Hz) 230 A.C. 230 A.C. 230 A.C. 230 A.C. Motor power supply (V) 24 D.C. 24 D.C. 24 D.C. 24 D.C. Current draw (A) 0,6 0,6 0,6 0,6 Power (W) Manoeuvre speed (cm/s / in/s) Max 57 / Max 22,44 Max 02 / Max 40,5 Max 45 / Max 7,7 Max 80 / Max 3,49 Duty cylce (%) Intensive use Intensive use Intensive use Intensive use Thrust (Kg/lb) 5/,02 5/,02 8/7,63 8/7,63 Operating temperature ( C/ F) / V A.C.- 60 Hz PRODUCTS, PLEASE CHECK OUR PRICE LIST 24V D.C. Complete automation systems with 24V D.C. operator - Automatic doors price list - 00CORSA Automation system for one-leaf sliding doors of up to 75 Kg / 65 lb. 00CORSA2 Automation system for two-leaf sliding doors of up to 75 Kg / 65 lb per door leaf. 00RODEO Automation system for one-leaf sliding doors of up to 25 Kg / 280 lb. 00RODEO2 Automation system for two-leaf sliding doors of up to 25 Kg / 280 lb per door leaf. Accessories 00MA702 Electroblocker complete with cord and release lever. Public and commercial facilities such as railway stations, airports, ports, shops, shopping malls and pharmacies. Other public buildings such as banks, office buildings, hospitals and sports centres. Advantages of Corsa and Rodeo Automatic sliding doors solve any issues related to managing passages between rooms in public and private facilities. Came meets the needs of modern building design by offering two 24V automated products that can power any type of sliding door weighing up to 25 Kg per door leaf. Corsa and Rodeo are two intelligent operators that feature micro-processing logic and self-managing opening/closing operation and thrust parameters as well as constant movement control and obstacle-detection. 00MA MA704 Card for connecting n.2 2V.2Ah emergency batteries with rack. Function selector. Private buildings such as hotels, restaurants, companies and homes. Limits to use leaf models CORSA RODEO Max weight of door leaf/ves (Kg / lb) 75 / / 276 Max width of door eaf/ves (mm / in) 3340 / 3, / 3,49 2 leaves models CORSA 2 RODEO 2 Max weight of door leaf/ves (Kg / lb) / / Max width of door eaf/ves (mm / in) 670 / 65, / 65,74 24V D.C. Automatic swing and sliding doors 24V only The 24V technology increases the system s safety level, because it allows adjustment of the operating speed, the final phase of closing and opening, but especially due to its standard-issue, electronic, obstacle-detection function, which is built-into the control panel.

95 70 7 Corsa-Rodeo up to 75 and 25 Kg up to 65 and 280 lb Dimensions Scale sections Leaf/ves height determination Glass leaves 75 mm / 2,95 in Architrave Lintel 26 mm / 4,96 in 24 mm / in min 20 mm / 0,78 in Opening space for the profile cover 300 mm /,8 in HT MA7370 MA7470 MA7570 HA Y H V V Solution H - 70 mm / 2,75 in V = Y - 88 mm / 3,46 in Solution 2 H - 22 mm / 0,86 in V = Y - 40 mm /,57 in Frame cover LC 5 mm / 5,94 in 30 mm /,8 in 85 mm / 3,35 in Ø 8.5 mm / 0,33 in 250 mm / 9,84 in hole spacing for fixing the beam 69 mm / 6,65 in 95 mm / 7,67 in Frame cover LD with hinges 0 mm / 0,39 in MA7353 MA7453 MA7553 Solution Solution 2 MA7370 MA7470 MA7570 Y = Height from the ground of beam profile fixing H = Height from ground of the lintel V = Height of glass with shown profiles Weight of glass 2.5 Kg x m² x mm thickness,67 lb x ft² x 0,039 in thickness 69 mm / 2,7 in Framed leaves 3 mm 0,5 in Leaf 8 mm 0,7 in 44 mm,73 in HT HA HT HA Solution H - 28 mm /, in I = Y - 46 mm /,8 in + / - 6 mm 0,23 in adjustable 29 mm /,4 in + / - 6 mm 0,23 in adjustable 73 mm / 2,87 in Pre-perforated beam profile The Corsa and Rodeo operators are supplied to clients specifications with a pre-perforated beam profile for fixing to the lintel or wall. Depending on the nature of the support on which the operator will be fixed, the operator comes with suitable fixing systems that use at least 2/3 of the holes available and, mandatorily those on the ends and centre of the profile. The holes are situated along two parallel lines with 250 mm / 9,84 in of spacing. Generally speaking, fixing on every other holes is sufficient. Dimensions in millimeters (25,4 mm = in) Y H I 0 MA737 MA747 MA757 MA737 MA747 MA757 MA735 MA745 MA755 MA735 MA745 MA mm,8 in Solution 2 H - 28 mm /, in I = Y - 46 mm /,8 in Solution 3 H - 48 mm /,88 in I = Y - 66 mm / 2,59 in Y = Height from the ground of beam profile fixing H = Height from ground of the lintel I = Height of the framed door-leaf with the shown profiles Automatic swing and sliding doors 0 mm / 0,39 in Solution Solution 2 Solution 3 Dimensions in millimeters (25,4 mm = in)

96 72 73 Corsa-Rodeo up to 75 and 25 Kg up to 65 and 280 lb Covering and support aluminium profiles - Automatic doors price list - 00PLCD Beam profile and slide guide. Universal aluminium profile for door leaves - Automatic doors price list - Upper hooking profile for framed door leaves, with castor securing brackets and above-surface floor rails 00LC00 Natural anodized profile cover. 00MA737 Complete kit for two door leaves of up to 500 mm / 9,68 in wide or one door leaf of up to,000 mm / 39,37 in wide. 00LC0 Unfinished profile cover. 00MA747 00MA757 Complete kit for two door leaves of up to 750 mm/ 29,52 in wide or one door leaf of up to,500 mm / 59,05 in wide. Complete kit for two door leaves of up to 000 mm / 39,37 in wide or one door leaf of up to 2,000 mm / 78,74 in wide. 00LTC Natural grey painted caps for LC00 profile cover. Inner guiding profile for framed door leaves with flush floor rails 00LTCG Unfinished caps for LC0 profile cover. 00MA735 00MA745 Complete kit for two door leaves of up to 500 mm / 9,68 in wide or one door leaf of up to,000 mm / 39,37 in wide. Complete kit for two door leaves of up to 750 mm/ 29,52 in wide or one door leaf of up to,500 mm / 59,05 in wide. 00LD00 Natural anodized extra-size profile cover. 00MA755 Complete kit for two door leaves of up to 000 mm / 39,37 in wide or one door leaf of up to 2,000 mm / 78,74 in wide. 00LD0 Unfinished extra-size profile cover. Upper hooking profile for 0 mm / 0,39 in thick tempered glass door leaves with castor securing brackets and above surface floor rails 00MA7370 Complete kit for two door leaves of up to 500 mm / 9,68 in wide or one door leaf of up to,000 mm / 39,37 in wide. 00LTD Caps with hinges for LD00 and LD0 profile covers. 00MA7470 Complete kit for two door leaves of up to 750 mm/ 29,52 in wide or one door leaf of up up to,500 mm / 59,05 in wide. NOTES: The varnishing and oxydation treatments, when expressly requested by the client, are delivered no sooner than 30 days from the order receiving date, and can be done on the following items: LC00 - LC0 - LTCG - LD0 - LD00 - MA737 - MA747 MA757 - MA735 - MA745 - MA755 - MA7370 MA MA MA MA MA7553 and for S20 - S40 profiles. 00MA MA7353 Complete kit for two door leaves of up to 000 mm / 39,37 in wide or one door leaf of up to 2,000 mm / 78,74 in wide. Lower guiding profile for 0 mm / 0,39 in thick tempered glass door leaves with flush floor rails Complete kit for two door leaves of up to 500 mm / 9,68 in wide or one door leaf of up to,000 mm / 39,37 in wide. Special varnishing and oxydation treatments made to order Please keep in mind that electrostatic powder varnish jobs provide a high level of colour continuity when the profiles are treated in one, single phase. Subsequent applications, even when maintaining the same colour code, could result in slight variations of hue. 00MA MA MAM60 00MAM60T Complete kit for two door leaves of up to 750 mm/ 29,52 in wide or one door leaf of up up to,500 mm / 59,05 in wide. Complete kit for two door leaves of up to 000 mm / 39,37 in wide or one door leaf of up to 2,000 mm / 78,74 in wide. Grip gaskets for 0 mm / 0,39 in thick tempered glass door leaves (30 m / 98,42 ft packages) Black lateral gasket for fixed and sliding door leaves. Transparent lateral gasket for fixed and sliding door leaves. Automatic swing and sliding doors 00MAM600 Black central gasket for sliding doors. 00MAM600T Transparent central gasket for sliding doors.

97 74 75 Accessories Accessories for automatic doors Specific products for automatic entrances. A truly complete range for installing on automatic, sliding and swing doors in any application setting. Came provides complete, automatic door solutions; made to suit the needs of the user, the type of installation and operator chosen. Micro photocells - Automatic doors price list - 00MF90 00MF9 Pair of 24V A.C.-D.C. flush-mounted infrared micro photocells with 7 m / 22,96 ft range and complete with shielded cable. Double pair of 24V A.C.-D.C. flush-mounted infrared micro photocells with 7 m / 22,96 ft range and complete with shielded cable. Infrared safety radar with anti-masking function 00MR MR MR V A.C.-D.C. safety radar with anti-masking function. L=340 mm*/3,38 in. Max application height: 2.5 m/8,2 ft. - 2 m/6,56 ft Detection band diameter=0.3 m/5, in. Max detection depth=0.53 m/20,86 in - Effective range is adjustable from 0.7 m to 2.5 m/27,55 in to 98,42 in. 2-24V A.C.-D.C. safety radar with anti-masking function. L=700 mm*/27,55 in. Max application height: 2.5 m/8,2 ft. - 2 m/6,56 ft Detection band diameter = 0.3 m/5, in. Max detection depth = 0.53 m/20,86 in - Effective range is adjustable from 0.7 to 2.5 m/27,55 in to 98,42 in V A.C.-D.C. safety radar with anti-masking function. L=900 mm*/35,43 in. Max application height: 2.5 m/8,2 ft. - 2 m Detection band diameter=0.3 m/5, in. Max detection depth=0.53 m/20,86 in - Effective range is adjustable from 0.7 to 2.5 m/27,55 in to 98,42 in. * Length of device Active infrared radar Infrared sensors. Although they are usually employed on sliding doors, they are also often applied to swing doors, opposite the door s swing arc. Various models with adjustable field mode are available, as well as ones with antimasking function.* (see note) Touch sensors. These are specifically designed for applications requiring a local command that can be activated even without using one s hands. A typical example, for hygienic reasons, would be operating theatres and medical centres. Volumetric sensors. These are mostly used on sliding door operators, where obstacle and person detection is a must. They are typically used in shopping malls, supermarkets and warehouses in general. The advantages of original accessories An automatic sliding or swing door is equipped with a range of accessories that optimise the automation system s functionality while at the same time allow it to respond to a variety of special installation situations with customised performance. Came s complete range of automatic door accessories meets the requirements of every application: volumetric and infrared radar, also with anti-screening technology, touch sensors, infrared-beam micro-photocells, sensitive ground plates. A complete range of accessories made to meet even the most diverse needs. * The anti-masking sensors are capable of even detecting still objects within the sensor s field of action. 00MR8003 Microwave volumetric radars 00MR804 00MR805 00MR806 00MR V A.C.-D.C. radar with adjustable field. Max application height : 3 m / 9,84 ft. Detection is equal to: depth of field = m / 6,4-69,68 in. Depth of field 3. m / 0,7ft. 2-24V A.C.-D.C. bi-directional microwave volumetric radar. Max application height: 4 m / 3,2 ft. Detection area: WIDE ANTENNA depth of field = 2 m / 6,56 ft and width of field 4 m / 3,2 ft. NARROW ANTENNA depth pf field = 2.5 m / 8,2 ft and width of field 2 m / 6,56 ft. Adjustments through MRT00 remote control. 2-24V A.C. D.C. bi-directional microwave volumetric radar. Max application height: 5 m / 6,4 ft. Detection area: Depth of field = 2.5 m / 8,2 ft and width of field 4 m / 3,2 ft. Adjustments through MRT00 remote control. 2-24V A.C.-D.C. mono/bi-directional microwave volumetric radar. Max application height: 4 m / 3,2 ft. Detection area: WIDE ANTENNA depth of field = 2 m / 6,56 ft and width of field 4 m / 3,2 ft. NARROW ANTENNA depth pf field = 2.5 m / 8,2 ft and width of field 2 m / 6,56 ft. Adjustments through MRT00 remote control. 2-24V A.C.-D.C. bi-directional microwave volumetric rada. Max application height: 4 m / 3,2 ft. Detection area: WIDE ANTENNA depth of field = 2 m / 6,56 ft and width of field 4 m / 3,2 ft. NARROW ANTENNA depth pf field = 2.5 m / 8,2 ft and width of field 2 m / 6,56 ft. Manual adjustments. Automatic swing and sliding doors Also remote controlled. The MR804, MR805 and MR806 can be set at a distance thanks to the infrared remote control which enables you to manage their sensitivity parameters and field of action (optional).

98 76 77 Accessories Bidirectional radar with movement and presence detection - Automatic doors price list - 00MR8202 Radar with adjustable field 2 24V A.C. D.C. Height of application from,8 to 4 m - 5,9 to 3,2 ft MOVEMENT DETECTION: Detection mode: movement bidirectional Technology: iperfrequency and microprocessor Detection field: Field depth 2 m / 6,56 ft - Field width 4 m / 3,2 ft angle: from 5 to 50 in elevation (adjustable) PRESENCE DETECTION Detection mode: presence Technology: active and focalized infrared beam Detection field: Field depth 0,35 m /,4 ft - Field width 2 m / 6,56 ft angle: from -4 to +4 (adjustable) Accessories 00MRT00 Remote control for MR804 - MR MR806 microwave volumetric radars. 00MRWPC Protective cover for MR804 - MR MR806 - MR807 microwave volumetric radars. 00MS9502 Brush activated volumetric sensor 2-24V A.C.-D.C. with microwave reflection. Detection field: from 0. to 0.5 m / 3,93 to 9,68 in 00MP MP x 300 mm / 3,49 x,8in sensitive pad. 800 x 600 mm / 3,49 x 23,62 in sensitive pad. Automatic swing and sliding doors A world of safe automation

99 78 79 Mi Panic-proof breakaway systems Panic-proof breakaway system for sliding gates. In high-traffic settings, or anywhere emergency exits are required, and your automatic sliding doors must be fitted with the panic-proof breakaway device. This lets you use the automatic access-way as a regular emergency exit. Complete emergency breakaway systems for sliding door leaves with S40 profiles - Automatic doors price list - 00MI600 Complete system for one mobile door leaf. Max width:,00 mm / 43,3 in. 00MI60 00MI MI620 00MI MI630 00MI MI640 Complete system for one mobile door leaf. Max width:,500 mm / 59,05 in. Complete system for two mobile door leaves. Max width:,00 +,00 mm / 43,3 + 43,3 in. Complete system for two mobile door leaves. Max width:,500 +,500 mm / 59, ,05 in. Complete system for one mobile door leaf and one fixed door leaf. Max width:,00 mm / 43,3 in. Complete system for one mobile door leaf and one fixed door leaf. Max width:,500 mm / 59,05 in. Complete system for two mobile door leaves and two fixed door leaves. Max width:,00 +,00 mm / 43,3 + 43,3 in. Complete system for two mobile door leaves and two fixed door leaves. Max width:,500 +,500 mm / 59, ,05 in. Meant for the S40 series. All the details are planned to perfectly integrate with the S40 series framed doors. However, you can use the kit with many other commercialtype profiles that have a minimum section of 40 mm /,57 in. Floor guides. Indispensable, when installing the panic-proof breakaway system, is the special floor-guide profile which allows the moving door-leaf to rotate. Safety, even outdoors. The special MAL229 profiles prevent the fixed door-leaves, fitted with the panicproof breakaway, to be opened from the outside. This prevents any unauthorised entry to the premises during non-business hours. Emergency exits The reference standards for emergency exits require a minimum access-way width of 200 mm / 47,24 in and for the door to swing open when pushed by a person. Panic-proof advantages A full supply of accessories to use with the S40 series of framed profiles and with many other available profiles. The set of components is installed on either the doors or the operator. This provides control of the movement of the breakaway mode. Setting up the emergency exit/s also lets you apply the system only to the moving door-leaves or, to all of the door-leaves, moving or not. This is normally referred to as the integral panic-proof breakaway solution, and is the most widely used because it best guarantees evacuation of the rooms in emergency situations. Lastly, the panic-proof system, makes it so that the entire door width is used this is especially appreciated in loading/unloading areas. Limits to use Model Max width of leaf/ves (mm/in) Mobile/fixed leaves MI / 43,3 YES / NO MI / 59,05 YES / NO MI / 43,3+43,3 YES / NO MI / 59,05+59,05 YES / NO MI / 43,3 YES / YES MI / 59,05 YES / YES MI / 43,3+43,3 YES / YES MI / 59,05+59,05 YES / YES Width of leaf (mm/in) Max weight of leaf (Kg/lb) Max weight of leaf (Kg/lb) 500 / 9,68 75 / / / 23,62 75 / / / 27,55 75 / / / 3,49 60 / / / 35,43 50 / 0 60 / / 39,37 45 / / 0 00 / 43,30 40 / / 88 NOTES: A jockey wheel must be inserted with door-leaves wider than 00 mm / 43,3 in. Installation Types of panic-proof breakaway openings MI600 MI60 mobile leaf MI6020 MI620 2 mobile leaves MI6030 MI630 mobile leaf fixed leaf MI6040 MI640 2 mobile leaves 2 fixed leaves Automation Inner side Automation Inner side Inner side Inner side Automation Automation We suggest using Mi panic-proof breakaway systems on the Rodeo series operators as they are best suited for the size and type of castors used on the door-leaves. In any case, before installing, check the following: - The operator must be installed in a position that allows the doors to be opened in the panic-proof breakaway mode. - On single door leaves with fixed door leaves or, doors not fitted with panic-proof breakaway devices, make sure the operator is mounted so that the door is free to swing open. - In terms of emergency exit compliance, the minimum width, after crashing open the door in an emergency situation, is of no less than 200 mm / 47,24 in (check local regulations). - When installing on other commercial profiles you must take into account the proper, minimum dimensions for mounting the devices and proper movement of the door-leaves. Automatic swing and sliding doors

100 80 8 S20 Profiles for doors Uncommon elegance and design. Came s S20 line of profiles, for tempered glass doors, is specifically designed to create a very bright and attractive doors. Also, Came s S20 is made for quick-and-easy assembly of the doors no special operations are required. Aluminium profiles for 4 to 5 mm / 0,5 to 0,59 in thick glass doors leaves (standard length: 5 m / 6,4 ft) - Automatic doors price list - 00MAL99 00MAL200 Vertical post for fixed and mobile door leaves. Wall-mounting frame for fixed door leaves. 00MAL203 Upper hooking profile. 00MAL204 Vertical photocell containment and door leaf endpoint profile for one door leaf. 00MAM62 Lower guiding profile. 00MAL790 Reduced photocell containment profile. Plastic grip profile (Packages of 30 m / 98,42 ft). 00MAL20 Lateral grip gasket for fixed and mobile door leaves. 00MAL202 Central grip gasket for mobile door leaves. Complete with all the accessories. You will find that, every detail in the S20 series is designed for quick-and-easy assembly of the aluminium profiles and perfect installation of the door. Advantages of S20 series Sturdiness, elegance, great luminance, and easy assembly; these are just some of the characteristics you find in the S20 tempered glass door profiles. They are suited for glass width of between 4 and 5 mm / 0,5 and 0,59 in, with standard 0 mm / 0,39 in wide glass mounting kit. They also work in a host of different door application contexts whether these be front-of-the-house or back-of-the-house settings. Moreover, the S20 series give you a door that fits perfectly with the Corsa and Rodeo operators; in terms of aesthetics and design. 00MAL79 Finishing profile for MAL790 (0 pieces of 3 m / 9,84 ft each). Assembling accessories 00MAF00 Complete assembling kit for one fixed door leaf. 00MAM00 Complete assembling kit for one mobile door leaf with slide rails. Rubber grip filling gaskets (Packages of 30 m / 98,42 ft). 009P3 3 mm / 0, in filling gaskets for glass. 009P4 4 mm / 0,5 in filling gaskets for glass. Weight Model Weight (gr / m) (oz / ft) 00MAL99 0,366 / 0,042 00MAL200 0,509 / 0,058 00MAL20 0,86 / 0,02 00MAL202 0,2 / 0,022 00MAL203,802 / 0,208 00MAL204 0,83 / 0,093 00MAM62,325 / 0,53 00MAL790 0,478 / 0, P3 0,028 / 0, P4 0,05 / 0, P5 0,068 / 0, P6 0,078 / 0, P7 0,28 / 0,04 009P5 009P6 009P7 5 mm / 0,9 in filling gaskets for glass. 6 mm / 0,23 in filling gaskets for glass. 7 mm / 0,27 in filling gaskets for glass. Automatic swing and sliding doors NOTES: The S20 series is supplied with a silver, anodised finish, but is also available with a rough finish or, rather, on-request varnishing/oxidation.

101 82 83 S40 Profiles for doors Sturdiness and reliability. The S40 line of framed-door profiles, is specifically designed to provide extremely sturdy doors for those heavy-duty situations found in large commercial facilities. They are designed to fit together with the panicproof breakaway system, are easy to assemble and provide multiple combination possibilities. Aluminium profiles for 4 to 5 mm / 0,5 to 0,59 in thick glass doors leaves (standard length: 5 m / 6,4 ft) - Automatic doors price list - 00MAM63 00MAM699 00MAL225 Upper hooking profile for framed door leaves. Lower guiding profile for framed door leaves. Wall-mounting frame for fixed door leaves. 00MAL226 Vertical post and upper hooking profile for fixed and mobile door leaves. 00MAL227 Lower slide guiding profile. 00MAL228 Flush floor profile for alligning and blocking fixed door leaves. 00MAL229 Door leaf blocking profile for emergency breakaway system. 00MAL230 Vertical photocell containment and door leaf endpoint profile. 00MAL23 Glass holding profile for MAL226 and MAL227. Complete with all the accessories. You will find that, every detail in the S40 series is designed for quick-and-easy assembly of the aluminium profiles and perfect installation of the door. Advantages of S40 series The S40 range is designed to provide door solutions, especially for those high-traffic environments. Typical settings would be shopping malls, public buildings and hospital entrances where daily traffic volumes are high. The profile sections are, therefore generously thick, while assembly requires brackets and mounting accessories which are supplied standard with the kit. Fitted to combine with the MI panic-proof breakaway systems, the S40 series is the solution which provides maximum performance when it comes to toughness, reliability and durability. Assembling accessories 00MAF002 Bracket to pair fixed door leaf to frame. 00MAF003 Upper and lower anchoring angle brackets for fixed door leaves. 00MAM002 Finishing for mobile door leaves with emeregency breakaway system. 00MAM003 Package of accessories to hook the mobile door leaf to the slide guide. 00MAMF0 Package of nuts and bolts for one door leaf assembly. 00MAMF02 Adjusting angle bracket for one door leaf. Weight Model Weight (gr/m) (oz/ft) 00MAL225 0,686 / 0,079 00MAL226,030 / 0,9 00MAL227,84 / 0,22 00MAL228 0,472 / 0,054 00MAL229 0,38 / 0,05 00MAL230 0,242 / 0,027 00MAL23 0,2/ 0,03 00MAL223 0,04 / 0,0 00MAL224 0,468 / 0, P3 0,028 / 0, P4 0,05 / 0, P5 0,068 / 0, P6 0,078 / 0, P7 0,28 / 0,04 00MAMF03 Angle bracket for frame. Rubber grip gaskets (Packages of 30 m / 98,42 ft). 009P3 3 mm / 0, in filling gaskets for glass. 009P4 4 mm / 0,5 in filling gaskets for glass. 009P5 5 mm / 0,9 in filling gaskets for glass. 009P6 6 mm / 0,23 in filling gaskets for glass. 009P7 7 mm / 0,27 in filling gaskets for glass. Automatic swing and sliding doors NOTES: The S40 series is supplied with a silver, anodised finish, but is also available with a rough finish or, rather, on-request varnishing/oxidation. Plastic grip profile (Packages of 30 m / 98,42 ft). 00MAL223 Multi-use gasket 0 pieces of 3 m / 9,84 ft. 00MAL224 Central grip gasket for mobile door leaves 0 pieces of 3 m / 9,84 ft.

102 84 85 Parking systems and access control Parking systems and access control A world of safe automation

103 86 87 The range The models The Ps is a complete system designed to manage parking lots in small, medium and large commercial settings. The entrance and exit units, together with the cash pay station, are in fact specifically engineered to manage traffic, for both occasional and membershipstatus users. The system can be set-up to be used with tokens, cards, and transponder key-fobs, and coins, in the case of occasional users. Systems can be configured to have several entrances and exits as well, over a number of levels (i.e. floors), up to a maximum of 0,000 parking spaces. The RBM2 is a SIMPLIFIED system for card-based access control for up to 500 users. European standards Compliant with EN2453 and EN2445 safety norms, consult local codes for the norms in other markets. SIMPLIFIED standard installation TRAINED users and positioned on PUBLIC STREET The example shown is indicative of simplified parking lots where users enter freely, park their vehicles and pay a fixed, standard rate, using coins, at the exit. Important The equipment shown in the diagram is for information purposes only and the command accessories, such as the radar and sensors, must be evaluated according to the actual needs of the installation. Standard-issue safety equipment for barriers are shown in the section dedicated to street barriers on this catalogue. The RBM84 is an EVOLVED access control system. It works with many types of commands including radio transmitters. Through its dedicated software, it can manage up to 5,500 types of users including member-status users. It is applied to small parking lots, company facilities, service centres and many other types of parking facilities. Turnstiles The turnstile has been designed to control pedestrian traffic and can be matched to the access control systems. The table sums up the complete range of access control and automatic parking systems, according to their limits of use, to make for a quick and easy product choice. A M Q A Standard Issue Use Bridge Twister Guardian Wing Saloon Compass Flag INTENSIVE USE Series Model Places car Ps Barcode 0000 YES Ps Token 0000 YES Ps Easy - YES Series Model Users RBM84 RBM YES RBM2 RBM2 500 YES Series TURNSTILE 230V A.C. YES YES YES YES YES 24V D.C. A M Q Road barriers Sensor for metal mass detection Simplified cashier for toll - no back change Automatic Gard barriers Cable length (ft) (m) <0 < 32, ,8-65, ,6-98,42 Power supply 230V A.C. (20V A.C.) 750W Max 3Gx,5mm² 3GxAWG5 3Gx,5mm² 3GxAWG4 3Gx2,5mm² 3GxAWG3 Power supply V A.C. 3-phase 750W Max 4Gx,5mm² 4GxAWG5 4Gx,5mm² 4GxAWG5 4Gx2,5mm² 4GxAWG3 Motor power supply 230V A.C. (20V A.C.) 750W Max 3Gx,5mm² 3GxAWG5 3Gx,5mm² 3GxAWG5 3Gx2,5mm² 3GxAWG3 Motor power supply V A.C. 3-phase 750W Max 4Gx,5mm² 4GxAWG5 4Gx,5mm² 4GxAWG5 4Gx2,5mm² 4GxAWG3 Motor power supply 24V D.C 400W Max 2Gx,5mm² 2GxAWG5 2Gx2,5mm² 2GxAWG3 2Gx2,5mm² 2GxAWG3 Endstop microswitches *n x0,5mm² n xawg20 *nx0,5mm² n xawg20 *nx0,5mm² n xawg20 Flashing light 24V A.C.-D.C. 25W 2xmm² 2xAWG7 2xmm² 2xAWG7 2xmm² 2xAWG7 Flashing light 230V A.C. (20V A.C.) 25W 2x,5mm² 2xAWG5 2x,5mm² 2xAWG5 2x,5mm² 2xAWG5 TX Photocell 2x0,5mm² 2xAWG20 2x0,5mm² 2xAWG20 2x0,5mm² 2xAWG20 RX Photocell 4x0,5mm² 4xAWG20 4x0,5mm² 4xAWG20 4x0,5mm² 4xAWG20 Electric lock 2V D.C. 2xmm² 2xAWG7 2xmm² 2xAWG7 2x,5mm² 2xAWG5 Electric lock 24V D.C. 2xmm² 2xAWG7 2xmm² 2xAWG7 2xmm² 2xAWG7 Commands *n x0,5mm² n xawg20 *n x0,5mm² n xawg20 *n x0,5mm² n xawg20 Antenna RG58 Max 0m 32,8 ft *n = see istruction European standards US standards The new simplified parking system Parking systems and access control The Gard series of quick, automatic barriers naturally complete our automatic parking system. Available in 230V A.C. and 24V D.C., they fit perfectly with the entrance and exit units and allow for passage selection. The PS5000 is the new, simplified, parking management system, where the parking rate is fixed and payable in coins. The unit, in fact, comes with a coin reader with display, and can be integrated with a transponder card reader which would manage any parking passes for the facility.

104 88 89 European standards Compliant with EN2453 and EN2445 safety norms, consult local codes for the norms in other markets. Standard installation with MANUAL CASHIER TRAINED users and positioned on PUBLIC STREET The example shown is indicative of an attended parking system with manual toll management. European standards Compliant with EN2453 and EN2445 safety norms, consult local codes for the norms in other markets. Standard installation MULTI-FLOORS TRAINED users and positioned on PUBLIC STREET The example shown is indicative of a multi-level parking with automatic cashiers at any level and attended pay-station at the exit. Important The equipment shown in the diagram is for information purposes only and the command accessories, such as the radar and sensors, must be evaluated according to the actual needs of the installation. Standard-issue safety equipment for barriers are shown in the section dedicated to street barriers on this catalogue. Important The equipment shown in the diagram is for information purposes and the command accessories, such as the radar and sensors, must be evaluated according to the actual needs of the installation. Standard-issue safety equipment for barriers are shown in the section dedicated to street barriers on this catalogue. R P M A S M Z A R M A Z P A S M M S Y Standard Issue Standard Issue A M Z P R S Road barriers Sensor for metal mass detection Exit unit Entry unit Attended manual cashier Free-full luminous sign Cable length (ft) (m) <0 < 32, ,8-65, ,6-98,42 Power supply 230V A.C. (20V A.C.) 750W Max 3Gx,5mm² 3GxAWG5 3Gx,5mm² 3GxAWG4 3Gx2,5mm² 3GxAWG3 Power supply V A.C. 3-phase 750W Max 4Gx,5mm² 4GxAWG5 4Gx,5mm² 4GxAWG5 4Gx2,5mm² 4GxAWG3 Motor power supply 230V A.C. (20V A.C.) 750W Max 3Gx,5mm² 3GxAWG5 3Gx,5mm² 3GxAWG5 3Gx2,5mm² 3GxAWG3 Motor power supply V A.C. 3-phase 750W Max 4Gx,5mm² 4GxAWG5 4Gx,5mm² 4GxAWG5 4Gx2,5mm² 4GxAWG3 Motor power supply 24V D.C 400W Max 2Gx,5mm² 2GxAWG5 2Gx2,5mm² 2GxAWG3 2Gx2,5mm² 2GxAWG3 Endstop microswitches *n x0,5mm² n xawg20 *nx0,5mm² n xawg20 *nx0,5mm² n xawg20 Flashing light 24V A.C.-D.C. 25W 2xmm² 2xAWG7 2xmm² 2xAWG7 2xmm² 2xAWG7 Flashing light 230V A.C. (20V A.C.) 25W 2x,5mm² 2xAWG5 2x,5mm² 2xAWG5 2x,5mm² 2xAWG5 TX Photocell 2x0,5mm² 2xAWG20 2x0,5mm² 2xAWG20 2x0,5mm² 2xAWG20 RX Photocell 4x0,5mm² 4xAWG20 4x0,5mm² 4xAWG20 4x0,5mm² 4xAWG20 Electric lock 2V D.C. 2xmm² 2xAWG7 2xmm² 2xAWG7 2x,5mm² 2xAWG5 Electric lock 24V D.C. 2xmm² 2xAWG7 2xmm² 2xAWG7 2xmm² 2xAWG7 Commands *n x0,5mm² n xawg20 *n x0,5mm² n xawg20 *n x0,5mm² n xawg20 Antenna RG58 Max 0m 32,8 ft *n = see istruction European standards US standards A M Z P R S Y Road barriers Sensor for metal mass detection Exit unit Entry unit Attended manual cashier Free-full luminous sign Automatic pay-stations Cable length (ft) (m) <0 < 32, ,8-65, ,6-98,42 Power supply 230V A.C. (20V A.C.) 750W Max 3Gx,5mm² 3GxAWG5 3Gx,5mm² 3GxAWG4 3Gx2,5mm² 3GxAWG3 Power supply V A.C. 3-phase 750W Max 4Gx,5mm² 4GxAWG5 4Gx,5mm² 4GxAWG5 4Gx2,5mm² 4GxAWG3 Motor power supply 230V A.C. (20V A.C.) 750W Max 3Gx,5mm² 3GxAWG5 3Gx,5mm² 3GxAWG5 3Gx2,5mm² 3GxAWG3 Motor power supply V A.C. 3-phase 750W Max 4Gx,5mm² 4GxAWG5 4Gx,5mm² 4GxAWG5 4Gx2,5mm² 4GxAWG3 Motor power supply 24V D.C 400W Max 2Gx,5mm² 2GxAWG5 2Gx2,5mm² 2GxAWG3 2Gx2,5mm² 2GxAWG3 Endstop microswitches *n x0,5mm² n xawg20 *nx0,5mm² n xawg20 *nx0,5mm² n xawg20 Flashing light 24V A.C.-D.C. 25W 2xmm² 2xAWG7 2xmm² 2xAWG7 2xmm² 2xAWG7 Flashing light 230V A.C. (20V A.C.) 25W 2x,5mm² 2xAWG5 2x,5mm² 2xAWG5 2x,5mm² 2xAWG5 TX Photocell 2x0,5mm² 2xAWG20 2x0,5mm² 2xAWG20 2x0,5mm² 2xAWG20 RX Photocell 4x0,5mm² 4xAWG20 4x0,5mm² 4xAWG20 4x0,5mm² 4xAWG20 Electric lock 2V D.C. 2xmm² 2xAWG7 2xmm² 2xAWG7 2x,5mm² 2xAWG5 Electric lock 24V D.C. 2xmm² 2xAWG7 2xmm² 2xAWG7 2xmm² 2xAWG7 Commands *n x0,5mm² n xawg20 *n x0,5mm² n xawg20 *n x0,5mm² n xawg20 Antenna RG58 Max 0m 32,8 ft *n = see istruction European standards US standards Parking systems and access control The auxiliary manual cashier The FREE - FULL sign The new touch screen cashier Parking subscriptions The PSC auxiliary, manual cashier can be integrated into the Ps automatic parking system, to create a manned, toll station, even without a stable PC connection. When associated to the system they can notify when parking place are available. This is true for the entrances, when required, as well as on upper levels. This is an indispensable aid, for the user who thus avoids uselessly blocking entrance and lanes, and for the parking lot which can notify of any free parking places. The new PSC6000 automatic pay-station is equipped with a payment system by means of coins, notes and credit cards. Thanks to the codified ticket, it can manage subscribers that use cards or transponder key fobs. The TST0 cards are specifically designed to manage automatic parking lots. They help together with the PCT transponder keyfobs, when managing clients with subscriber membership status.

105 Help Help Help Help 90 9 Ps Barcode Automatic parking The barcode solution for all types of parking. Ps Barcode is the innovative Came system for managing occasional, subscribed and residential parkers. The entry and exit points, the different models of automatic cashiers and the attended cashiers with dedicated software allow personalising the system according to the effective needs. This is the ideal solution for installations such as exhibition centres, hospitals, shopping centres, airports and stations. Technical features Type IP Model Dimensions (B x H x P) mm Dimensions (B x H x P) in Power supply (V) Material / Colour PSC Automatic cashier 335 x 500 x 452,5 3,8 x 59,05 x 7,8 230 A.C. 50/60 Hz Steel / cod PSE Entrance unit 295 x 500 x 452,5,6 x 59,05 x 7,8 230 A.C. 50/60 Hz Steel / cod PSU Exit unit 295 x 500 x 452,5,6 x 59,05 x 7,8 230 A.C. 50/60 Hz Steel / cod PSM Attended cashier station control unit A.C. 50/60 Hz - PSC Automatic cashier 800 x 755 x 600 3,49 x 69,09 x 23, A.C. 50/60 Hz Steel / cod PSC Automatic cashier 800 x 755 x 600 3,49 x 69,09 x 23, A.C. 50/60 Hz Steel / cod PC50 20 PC interface 320 x 240 x 45 2,59 x 9,44 x 5,7 - ABS PSI6 - Auxiliary cashiers control 320 x 240 x 45 2,59 x 9,44 x 5,7 - ABS PSIO - Auxiliary devices control 320 x 240 x 45 2,59 x 9,44 x 5,7 - ABS PSC3 - Auxiliary cashier 320 x 240 x 45 2,59 x 9,44 x 5,7 - ABS PSD - Display 45 x 85 x 40 5,7 x 7,28 x,57 - ABS RBMP - Control panel 320 x 240 x 45 2,59 x 9,44 x 5,7 - ABS PSSRV 44 Red/green traffic light ABS / Polymethacrylate PSINS 44 Free/Full sign 445 x 500 x 452,5 3,8 x 59,05 x 7,8 - ABS / Polymethacrylate TST0 - Transponder cards ISO ISO V A.C.- 60 Hz PRODUCTS, PLEASE CHECK OUR PRICE LIST Dimensions , Barcode fanfold ticket. This system issues a ticket on fanfold type ISO standard precut thermal paper. This technology improves the safety and reliability of the system with respect to roll paper and/ or magnetic band systems. Integrated graphic display on the entry and exit units. Real time display of the remaining credit and the subscription status. Advantages of Ps Barcode Ps Barcode reduces management costs and improves profitability of the system. New agreements can be arranged with other public and private users, ensuring an increasingly efficient service. The system can be personalised to the specific needs and is totally modular: the maximum configuration can control up to 6 entrances, 6 exits, 8 automatic cashiers type PSC3000, 8 type PSC7000 or PSC700 and 6 supplementary cashiers. PSE3000 PSU3000 PSC PSC PSC Subscriber and resident management. The transponder technology is the ideal solution for personalised subscribers and residents. The pass just needs passing over the sensor at the exit. Automatic touchscreen cashiers PSC7000 and PSC700 are the new automatic steel cashiers with anti-break-in touchscreen. They accept coins, banknotes and credit card payments. Subscribers can recharge their pass directly and automatically at the cashier. Cables and dimensions Max connecting distance (m / ft) PC - PC50,5 / 5 PC - RBMP 000 / 3280 max RBMP - PSC / 3280 max RBMP - PSE / 3280 max RBMP - PSU / 3280 max RBMP - PSC / 3280 max RBMP - PSC / 3280 max Connecting cables type PC - PC50 Standard issue PC50 - PSD Shielded Twisted bipolar (UTP CAT5 AWG24) min 2x05 mm² PSD - RBMP Shielded Twisted bipolar (UTP CAT5 AWG24) min 2x05 mm² RBMP - PSC3000 Shielded Twisted bipolar (UTP CAT5 AWG24) min 2x05 mm² RBMP - PSE3000 Shielded Twisted bipolar (UTP CAT5 AWG24) min 2x05 mm² RBMP - PSU3000 Shielded Twisted bipolar (UTP CAT5 AWG24) min 2x05 mm² RBMP - PSC7000 Shielded Twisted bipolar (UTP CAT5 AWG24) min 2x05 mm² RBMP - PSC700 Shielded Twisted bipolar (UTP CAT5 AWG24) min 2x05 mm² PSM PSIO - PSI6 Dimensions in millimeters (25,4 mm = in) PSSRV PSINS Parking systems and access control

106 92 93 Ps Barcode 230V A.C. automatic parking system - Parking systems and access control price list - 00PSE3000 Galvanised and painted steel entrance unit, complete with card and transponder keyfob reader, ticket emission and display showing available credit. Signalling accessories - Parking systems and access control price list - 00PSINS Two-sided FULL-FREE luminous sign. 00PSSRV Red-green traffic light (ø 200 mm). 00PSU3000 Galvanised and painted steel exit unit, complete with card and transponder keyfob reader, ticket emission and display showing available credit. Accessories - Accessories price list - 009SMA One-channel magnetic loop-detector sensor. 009SMA2 Bi-channel magnetic loop-detector sensor. 00PSC3000 Galvanised and painted steel automatic cashier, complete with card and transponder keyfob reader and display (no return change device and receipt emission). 00PSC7000 Automatic cashier, with galvanised and painted cabinet panel in AISI 304 stainless steel with satin finish, complete with PC, coin and banknote reader and with return change device, credit card reader and barcode ticket reader. 00PSC700 Automatic cashier, with galvanised and painted cabinet, panel in AISI304 inox steel with satin finish, complete with PC, coin and banknote reader, with return change device and barcode ticket reader. 00PSM3000 Attended cashier complete with control station, management software, display and interface to connect to PC50. Subscriptions 002PSIO 00PSI6 Control unit for auxiliary devices such as PSSRV traffic lights, PSINS luminous signs, magnetic sensors and safety sensors (Max 8 outputs). Interface to connect up to 6 PSC units. Parking systems and access control 00PSC3 Auxiliary manual casher with barcode ticket reader. If combined with a PSI6 it enables implementing a payment station even without permanent PC connection. For car park managers who want to offer their customers a subscription service, various types are available: progressive, diversified by time or date. Transit is controlled by coded transponder passes or keyfobs that are input in the system. The subscription can be taken out at the manual cashier and recharged at the automatic cashier with a simple fast operation.

107 94 95 Ps Barcode Basic configuration Connection diagram Came offers a complete system for small, medium and large car parks for controlling occasional users, subscribed parkers and residents. The basic configuration comprises an entry unit, exit unit and attended cashier. The system can be extended up to 6 entry units, 6 exit units, 8 automatic cashiers type PSC3000, 8 automatic cashiers type PSC7000 or PSC700 and 6 auxiliary cashiers. RBMP Central station PSM3000 Central control device Display RS232 cable Max 5 m / 6,4 ft. PC50 Interface Serial printer PSE3000 entry unit Issues barcode parking tickets and controls subscribers. PSU3000 exit unit Collects the parking tickets, checks the payment and the subscribers. PSC3000 PSC7000 PS700 automatic cashiers The parking ticket can be paid for with coins, banknotes or even credit cards without the need for an operator. PSC3 attended cashiers Payment of the parking tickets, issuing subscriber passes, etc. assisted by the operator. The new automatic cashiers with touchscreen PSC7000 and PSC700 have been designed to work combined with the Came Ps barcode parking systems. They accept coins, banknotes and the PSC7000 system also accepts credit cards. Subscribers are controlled through transponder passes. The functions: Multi-language menu with 6 languages Coin and banknote reader that can be programmed to the denomination in the installation country. Barcode ticket reader Information messages during payment: ticket amount amount needed change. Optional GSM diagnostics with real-time control of the system status. Prepared for interphone connections with HELP button in case of need. Subscription management through transponder passes which can be directly recharged at the automatic cashier. Advertising or service message space on the monitor for the client. RS232 max 5 m / 6,4 ft. Shielded twisted pair 2 x 0,5mm² 2 x AWG20 STP (Shielded Twisted Pair) 2 x 0,5mm² 2 x AWG20 PSI6 Auxiliary cashier control Shielded twisted pair 2 x 0,5mm² 2 x AWG20 Max.distance between PS6-PSC3 000 m / 3.28 ft PSI0 Auxiliary control device e.g. Traffic lights Magnetic loops Signals Lights Sensors (max. 8 units) STP (Shielded Twisted Pair) 2 x 0,5mm² 2 x AWG20 Distance between RBMP and PC30 Max 000 m / 3.28 ft 5 x,5 mm² 5 x AWG5 PSC3 Auxiliary cashier with Ticket barcode reader (max. 6 units) PSINS FREE/FULL sign RS232 max 5 m / 6,4 ft. RS232 max 5 m / 6,4 ft. 4 x,5 mm² 4 x AWG5 Serial printer Software PSSRV RED/GREEN traffic light PC con Windows 98/2000/XP/VISTA The system handles up to 6 traffic lights or signs that can be managed Either by an RBMP unit or by the PS0 card. The software PSS4000 software has been specially designed for managing parking systems and can control up to 2,500 subscription clients and 7,500 occasional users. PSE3000 Entrance unit (max. 6 units) PSU3000 Exit unit (max. 6 units) PSC3000 Automatic cashier (max. 8 units) PSC PSC700 Automatic cashier (max. 4 units) The auxiliary PSC3 cashier This is a special unit for creating a number of control and payment points, without the need of a PC connection. It is extremely useful at supermarket tills, for example, or other businesses where customer loyalty is increased by offering total or partial parking subscriptions. Shielded twisted pair 2 x 0,5mm² 2 x AWG20 Shielded twisted pair 2 x 0,5mm² 2 x AWG20 Shielded twisted pair 2 x 0,5mm² 2 x AWG20 Bipolare sshielded twisted pair 2 x 0,5mm² 2 x AWG20 Shielded twisted pair 2 x 0,5mm² 2 x AWG20 Next unit PSU3000 PSE3000 PSC3000 PSC7000 PSC700 Max. distance from RBMP and last station 0000 m. / 3.28 ft Parking systems and access control 5 x 0,5 mm² 5 x AWG20 MAGNETIC LOOP 5 x 0,5 mm² 5 x AWG20 Barrier Barrier

108 COIN COIN COIN COIN Ps Token Automatic parking TOKEN systems for any type of car park. Ps Token is the new car park management system with TAG transponders. The transponder token can be kept in a pocket or wallet, and offers a complete, user friendly system that is ideal for any car park. Ps Token is the ideal solution for occasional parkers, but also subscribed parkers who may choose this service. Technical features Type IP Model Dimensions (B x H x P) mm Dimensions (B x H x P) in Power supply (V) Material / Colour PSC Automatic cashier 335 x 500 x 452,5 3,8 x 59,05 x 7,8 230 A.C. 50/60 Hz Steel / RAL028 PSE Entrance unit 445 x 500 x 452,5 3,8 x 59,05 x 7,8 230 A.C. 50/60 Hz Steel / RAL028 PSU Exit unit 295 x 500 x 452,5,6 x 59,05 x 7,8 230 A.C. 50/60 Hz Steel / RAL028 PSM Attended cashier station control unit A.C. 50/60 Hz - PSC Automatic cashier 800 x 755 x 600 3,49 x 69,09 x 23, A.C. 50/60 Hz Steel / cod PSC Automatic cashier 800 x 755 x 600 3,49 x 69,09 x 23, A.C. 50/60 Hz Steel / cod PC30 20 PC interface 320 x 240 x 45 2,59 x 9,44 x 5,7 - ABS PSI6 - Auxiliary cashiers control 320 x 240 x 45 2,59 x 9,44 x 5,7 - ABS PSIO - Auxiliary devices control 320 x 240 x 45 2,59 x 9,44 x 5,7 - ABS PSC - Auxiliary cashier 320 x 240 x 45 2,59 x 9,44 x 5,7 - ABS PSD - Display 45 x 85 x 40 5,7 x 7,28 x,57 - ABS RBMP - Control panel 320 x 240 x 45 2,59 x 9,44 x 5,7 - ABS PSSRV 44 Red/green traffic light ABS / Polymethacrylate PSINS 44 Free/Full sign 445 x 500 x 452,5 3,8 x 59,05 x 7,8 - ABS / Polymethacrylate TST0 - Transponder cards ISO ISO GET - Transponder token ø 30 ø 30 - ABS 20V A.C.- 60 Hz PRODUCTS, PLEASE CHECK OUR PRICE LIST Dimensions , Coin Coin GET: small but very practical. The ideal method for occasional parkers. Sturdy, small, it is not susceptible to magnetic fields and sunrays and can be easily kept in a wallet. Practical transponders. The TST0 Came cards and the PCT keyfob are specifically designed for subscribed customers. Advantages of Ps Token The Ps Token car park system is the perfect combination of secure transponder technology and efficient system economy. The pre-configured TAG tokens and the subscribed customers are managed through the dedicated software. Easy to use, the Ps Token system can be used in complex installations, such as multi-storey and multi-level car parks, with several entrances and exits. Modularity and flexible are the strong points of the system, which can be adapted to the individual needs of each car park. PSE4000 PSU4000 PSC Credit Help PSC PSC600 Banknotes Credit Help Banknotes 755 PSS4000: the dedicated software. The PSS4000 software for PC can manage a parking system and controls up to 2,500 subscribers and 7,500 occasional parkers. Automatic cashiers with touchscreen The PSC6000 and PSC600 are the latest automatic cashiers with anti-break-in touchscreens. They accept coins, banknotes and even credit cards. Subscribers can recharge their passes directly at the automatic cashier. Cables and dimensions Max connecting distance (m / ft) PC - PC30,5 / 5 PC - RBMP 000 / 3280 max RBMP - PSC / 3280 max RBMP - PSE / 3280 max RBMP - PSU / 3280 max RBMP - PSC / 3280 max RBMP - PSC / 3280 max Connecting cables Tipo PC - PC30 Standard issue PC30 - PSD Shielded Twisted bipolar (UTP CAT5 AWG24) min 2x05 mm² PSD - RBMP Shielded Twisted bipolar (UTP CAT5 AWG24) min 2x05 mm² RBMP - PSC4000 Shielded Twisted bipolar (UTP CAT5 AWG24) min 2x05 mm² RBMP - PSE4000 Shielded Twisted bipolar (UTP CAT5 AWG24) min 2x05 mm² RBMP - PSU4000 Shielded Twisted bipolar (UTP CAT5 AWG24) min 2x05 mm² RBMP - PSC6000 Shielded Twisted bipolar (UTP CAT5 AWG24) min 2x05 mm² RBMP - PSC600 Shielded Twisted bipolar (UTP CAT5 AWG24) min 2x05 mm² PSM PSIO - PSI6 Dimensions in millimeters (25,4 mm = in) PSSRV PSINS Parking systems and access control

109 98 99 Ps Token 230V A.C. automatic parking system - Parking systems and access control price list - 00PSE4000 Galvanized and RAL 028 painted steel entrance unit complete with proximity card and transponder keyfob reader and GET token dispenser. 230V A.C. automatic parking system - Parking systems and access control price list - 009GET Transponder token. Signalling accessories 00PSU4000 Galvanized and RAL 028 painted steel exit unit complete with proximity card and transponder keyfob reader and GET token collector. 00PSINS Two-sided FULL-FREE luminous sign. 00PSSRV Red-green traffic light (ø 200 mm). 00PSC4000 Galvanized and RAL 028 painted steel automatic cashier complete with proximity card and transponder keyfob reader, coin payment system, GET token reader and display (no return change device and receipt emission). Accessories - Accessories price list - 009SMA One-channel magnetic loop-detector sensor. 009SMA2 Bi-channel magnetic loop-detector sensor. 00PSC6000 Automatic cashier, with galvanised and painted cabinet, panel in AISI 304 inox steel with satin finish, complete with PC, coin and banknote reader with back change device and credit card reader. 00PSC600 Automatic cashier, with galvanised and painted cabinet, panel in AISI 304 inox steel with satin finish, complete with PC, coin and banknote reader and with back change device. 00PSM4000 Attended cashier complete with control station, management software, display and interface to connect to PC30. The subscriptions 002PSIO Control unit for auxiliary devices such as PSSRV traffic lights, PSINS luminous signs, magnetic sensors and safety sensors (max 8 outputs). Parking systems and access control 00PSI6 Interface to connect up to 6 PSC units. 00PSC Auxiliary manual cashier. If combined with a PSI6 enables implementation of a payment station even without PC connection. For managers who want to offer their customers a subscription service, various types are available: progressive, diversified by time or date. Transit is controlled by coded transponder passes or keyfobs that are input in the system. The subscription can be taken out at the manual cashier and recharged at the automatic cashier with a simple fast operation. The subscriptions can be controlled by the software, if any functions need deactivating or activating in a current pass already in the system.

110 Ps Token Basic configuration Connection diagram For small car parks, the minimum configuration could be sufficient which comprises the PSE4000 entry unit, the PSU4000 exit unit and the manual PSM4000 cashier. For example, it could be used in a shopping centre where the customers use the car park and pay for their tickets at the outside attended cashier or the internal tills. It is a very efficient and user-friendly system that can be extended to match needs. RBMP Central station STP (Shielded Twisted Pair) 2 x 0,5mm² 2 x AWG20 PSM4000 Control station Display RS232 cable Max 5 m / 6,4 ft. STP (Shielded Twisted Pair) 2 x 0,5mm² 2 x AWG20 Distance between RBMP and PC30 Max 000 m / 3.28 ft PC30 Interface RS232 max 5 m / 6,4 ft. Serial printer Software PC con Windows 98/2000/XP/VISTA The new automatic cashiers with touchscreen The PSC6000 and PSC600 have been designed to work with the Came Ps Token car park systems. They work with coins, banknotes and the PSC6000 also works with credit cards. Subscribers are managed through transponder passes. The functions: Multi-language menu with 6 languages Coin and banknote reader that can be programmed to the denomination in the installation country. Information messages during payment: ticket amount amount needed change. Optional GSM diagnostics with real-time control of the system status. Prepared for interphone connections with HELP button. Subscription management with transponder passes which can be directly recharged at the automatic cashier. Advertising or service message space on the monitor for the client. RS232 max 5 m / 6,4 ft. Shielded twisted pair 2 x 0,5mm² 2 x AWG20 PSI6 Auxiliary cashier control Shielded twisted pair 2 x 0,5mm² 2 x AWG20 Max.distance between PS6-PSC3 000 m / 3.28 ft PSI0 Auxiliary control device e.g. Traffic lights Magnetic loops Signals Lights Sensors (max. 8 units) 5 x,5 mm² 5 x AWG5 PSC Auxiliary cashier with Ticket barcode reader (max. 6 units) PSINS FREE/FULL sign RS232 max 5 m / 6,4 ft. 4 x,5 mm² 4 x AWG5 Serial printer PSSRV RED/GREEN traffic light The system handles up to 6 traffic lights or signs that can be managed Either by an RBMP unit or by the PS0 card. PSE4000 Entrance unit (max. 6 units) PSU4000 Exit unit (max. 6 units) PSC4000 Automatic cashier (max. 8 units) PSC PSC600 Automatic cashier (max. 4 units) The auxiliary PSC cashier This is a special unit for creating a number of control and payment points, without the need of a PC connection. It is extremely useful at supermarket tills, for example, or other businesses where customer loyalty is increased by offering total or partial parking subscriptions. Shielded twisted pair 2 x 0,5mm² 2 x AWG20 Shielded twisted pair 2 x 0,5mm² 2 x AWG20 Shielded twisted pair 2 x 0,5mm² 2 x AWG20 Bipolare sshielded twisted pair 2 x 0,5mm² 2 x AWG20 Shielded twisted pair 2 x 0,5mm² 2 x AWG20 Next unit PSU4000 PSE4000 PSC4000 PSC6000 PSC600 Max. distance from RBMP and last station 0000 m. / 3.28 ft Parking systems and access control 5 x 0,5 mm² 5 x AWG20 MAGNETIC LOOP 5 x 0,5 mm² 5 x AWG20 Barrier Barrier

111 Credit Ps Easy Automatic parking Simplicity within reach. Ps Easy is the best solution for pay-to-park facilities using coins. Easy to use, it does not give change and gives safe, fast and simple management. Very easy to install it does not require any particular logistics or installation, and for regular parkers payment can be made through the transponder passes. Technical features Type IP Model Dimensions (B x H x P) mm Dimensions (B x H x P) in Power supply (V) Material / Colour PS SIMPLIFIED automatic cashier 335 x 500 x 452,5 3,8 x 59,05 x 7,8 230 A.C. 50/60 Hz Steel / RAL028 TST0 - Transponder cards ISO ISO V A.C.- 60 Hz PRODUCTS, PLEASE CHECK OUR PRICE LIST 230V A.C. simplified system for automatic parking - Parking systems and access control price list - 00PS5000 Galvanized and RAL 028 painted steel automatic cashier complete with coin payment system (Fixed toll - it doesn t give back change). Accessories 009SMA One-channel magnetic loop-detector sensor. 009SMA2 Bi-channel magnetic loop-detector sensor. Access control. The Ps easy can be combined with Came Rbm2 and Rbm84 access control systems, to allow an extension of the functionality of the parking system. Advantages of Ps Easy This simplified parking system is by far the best answer for fixed rates in a car park. It has been designed for connection with Came RBM2 or RBM84 access control systems, which extends its operations: counting free spaces, connection to detection coils and free/full up signs. Perfect integration. The PS5000 unit can be combined with the Gard automatic barriers, to give even greater efficiency and value to the service. Dimensions Magnetic coils, maximum reliability. The Gard barriers are combined with SMA and SMA2 metal detectors: the ideal solution for maximum safety when the boom is moving ,5 Coin Parking systems and access control Banknotes Simple and economic 500 Help PS5000 means simplicity and economic running: integrated with the Gard barriers, it controls the entire car park with no need for entry and exit units. PS5000 Dimensions in millimeters (25,4 mm = in)

112 Rbm2up to 500 users Access control SIMPLIFIED access control system for up to 500 users. RBM2 is designed for subscriber parking and is particularly suitable for sporting events, small private parking lots as well as many other applications. The RBM2 is the ideal solution for managing subscribed parking where parking passes are issued allowing access to the parking facility. Technical features Type RBM2 PC40 TSP00 LT00 Protection rating IP54 - IP54 - Power supply (V) 230 A.C. 50/60 Hz 24 D.C. from RBM2 from RBM2 from RBM2 Dimensions (mm) 320 x 240 x 45 7 x 75 x x 70 x x 28 x 27 Dimensions (in) 2,59 x 9,44 x 5,7 4,6 x 2,95 x,02 2,75 x 2,75 x 2,75 3,54 x, x 0,08 Operating temperature ( C/ F) / V A.C.- 60 Hz PRODUCTS, PLEASE CHECK OUR PRICE LIST 230V A.C. 230V A.C. control and management units - Parking systems and access control price list - 00RBM2 Control unit for transponder sensors, magnetic loops and card readers, complete with software. 00PC40 Interface to remotely connect to the PC (up to 000 m / 3.28 ft). Control accessories for proximity cards 00TSP00 Transponder reader. - Accessories price list - 00TST0 Proximity card - ISO format. TSP00 transponder card sensor. It is the ideal tool for access control. The card is practical and sturdy, it is impervious to sun rays and magnetic fields. Advantages of Rbm2 The system is suitable for managing up to max 500 member users. It is designed to be used with proximity or magnetic card sensors, it is supplied with its dedicated software, but also works when not permanently connected to a PC. 009PCT 009TAG Proximity key fob. Glass transponder bulb for TSP0 (It can be housed on TOP-432NA - TOP-434NA - TOP-862NA TOP-864NA - Atomo - Twin - Touch). The LT00 magnetic card sensor. It is a valid alternative, practical and functional, and is more cost effective, when a high number of cards are required. Control accessories and magnetic cards - Parking systems and access control price list - 00LT00 00TST02 Magnetic card reader. ISO format magnetic card. The PSSRV-PSINS traffic light and luminous sign. The natural complement for managing private parking, providing user information on space availability. Stand alone Limits to use Features RBM2 Max number of users 500 Dedicated software YES Use without PC YES (partial) Type of PC connection RS232 - RS485 Max distance between Rbm2 and PC 5 m / 6,4 ft without PC40 (RS232) m / 3.28 ft with PC40 (RS485) Max number of connectable sensors 2 inputs + 2 outputs (or 2 inputs/outputs) Relay outputs for automation control 2 (n.o. - n.c.) Connection for traffic light or sign (n.o. - n.c.) Auxiliary Memory card YES On board warning display YES Magnetic loop connections 2 On-board sensor YES (only for transponder cards) 230V A.C. 00LTT Reader support. Signalling accessories 00PSINS Two-sided FULL-FREE luminous sign. 00PSSRV Red-green traffic light (ø 200 mm / 7,87 in). Parking systems and access control RBM2 can work without a PC. Thanks to its sensor for inserting transponder cards on the control board, the system can be configured by inserting user cards even without a PC.

113 Rbm2up to 500 users The standard installation Connection diagram An example, ever more common these days, is to manage gyms or sports facilities, where users access the facility using a single, customised card that also works for additional services within the facilities. This application requires a simple yet highly capable system, both in terms of users as well as entrances (services) to be managed. RBM2 lets you manage subscribed membership status clients in a simple, quick way, using the dedicated software and with different membership modes that can be customised onto a single card. RBM2 Central station PC40 Interface Without PC40 max 5 m / 6,4 ft RS232 PC with Windows 98/2000/XP/VISTA Without PC40 max 000 m / 3.28 ft RS485 Dimensions 2 x 0,5 mm² / 2 x AWG20 max 50 m / 64 ft. TSP00 + or + TST0 PCT-TAG LT00 TST RBM Dimensions in millimeters (25,4 mm = in) PSSRV PSINS 2 x 0,5 mm² / 2 x AWG20 max 50 m / 64 ft. TSP00 + or + TST0 PCT-TAG LT00 TST02 The software The dedicated software features a light easy-to-use graphic interface. It runs on the Windows OS and does not require any special hardware. It may be configured according to system requirements, and it enables card memorization to store the parameters of each users. It also features a deductible credit access mode, where values may be adjusted for each single sensor. Also, the opening command of the access devices may come directly from PC if so required. 2 x 0,5 mm² / 2 x AWG20 max 50 m / 64 ft. + or + TSP00 TST0 PCT-TAG LT00 TST02 The functions: > Prepaid access. The user is deducted credit from the card at every use. Credits must be assigned at the time the card is added to the system and each sensor may be associated with a different credit value. > Prepaid time The user s credits are deducted credits from the card based on the amount of time spent within the facility. > Card blocker At any time the card s operation may be blocked within the system. > New User At any time a new user may be added to the system s membership population. > Antipassback This prevents more than one user from using the same card at the same time. > Antipassback timer This function blocks the use of the card, for an adjustable time-frame, after entry. With this function, upon exit, the card is normally cleared. 2 x 0,5 mm² / 2 x AWG20 max 50 m / 64 ft. + or + TSP00 TST0 PCT-TAG LT00 TST02 Parking systems and access control Parking function 4 x,5 mm² / 4 x AWG20 or 5 x,5 mm² / 5 x AWG20 RBM2 can also be used to control an area of private, apartment block or company parking lots, which are expressly reserved for members only. This application also includes the possibility of using outer signs to inform users about parking availability. The system can be coupled with any of Came s automated operators, such as the Gard, Gard4, Gard8 series barriers and the Cat series chain barriers. PSINS FREE/FULL sign PSSRV RED/GREEN traffic light

114 Rbm84 up to 5,500 users Access control Evolved control of movements. Rbm84 features a global access control of the area where it is applied. It adapts perfectly to the different passage selection needs as it integrates with numerous, even radio-based, access control systems. It is also equipped with an easy and intuitive software for customisable management of functions and users. Technical features Type RBM84 PC30 TSP00 LT00 Protection rating IP54 - IP54 - Power supply (V) 230 A.C. 50/60 Hz 2 A.C. feeder from R700 from R700 Dimensions (mm) 320 x 240 x 45 7 x 75 x x 70 x x 28 x 27 Operating temp. ( C) V A.C.- 60 Hz PRODUCTS, PLEASE CHECK OUR PRICE LIST 230V A.C. 230V A.C. control and management units - Parking systems and access control price list - 00RBM84 Radio control unit for transponder sensor, magnetic loops and card readers, complete with software. 00PC30 Interface for Rbm84 control unit management via PC, complete with 2V - 800mA feeder and connection cable. 00REM Unit with built-in radio decoder for Rbm84 expansion. A powerful microprocessor. The RBM84 is managed by a dedicated microprocessor which memorises the data of each user, and through real-time software, processes the assigned permissions, for access to the controlled area. Advantages of Rbm84 The system features an evolved control of up to 5,500 users by means of transponder cards, proximity cards, keypads and transmitters. The dedicated software registers user traffic and manages any customised clearances, depending on how each single user has been programmed. Control accessories for proximity cards 00TSP00 Transponder sensor. Dedicated software. It can control up to 60 Rem units, 28 operators, 24 command devices, 28 digital inputs and no less than 5,500 users. 00WA0 Home automation transponder sensor with built-in 433,92 MHz stand-alone transmitter (max 200 users). The highest possible level of integration. The 28 digital inputs via REM modules allow for a high number of auxiliary sensors to be connected for managing transits. Also by modem Limits to use Features RBM84 Max number of users 5,500 Dedicated software YES Use without PC YES Programming without PC NO Type of PC connection RS232 Max distance between RBM84 and PC 000 m / 3.28 ft with PC30 (RS485) Max number of connectable sensors 24 (Max. configuration with 60 REM) Relay outputs for automation control 28 (Max. configuration with 60 REM) Digital inputs 28 Connection for traffic light or sign YES Magnetic loop connections YES 230V A.C. Control accessories and transponder cards - Accessories price list - 00TST0 009PCT 009TAG Proximity card - ISO format. Proximity key fob. Glass transponder bulb for TSP0 (It can be housed on TOP-432NA - TOP-434NA - TOP-862NA TOP-864NA - Atomo - Twin - Touch). Parking systems and access control Connection to the PC can be done, up to a maximum,000 metres away, or through a modem of GSM. Thus, the software lets you operate, from a remote location, to the area which requires access control.

115 20 2 Rbm84 up to 5,500 users Control accessories and magnetic cards - Parking systems and access control price list - 00LT00 Magnetic card reader. 433,92 MHz transmitters - Accessories price list - 00TAM-432SA Bi-channel multi-user transmitter. 6,777,26 combinations with self-learning function. 00TST02 ISO format magnetic card. 00LTT Reader support. 00T432 Bi-channel multi-user transmitter. 6,777,26 combinations. 00T434 4-channel multi-user transmitter. 6,777,26 combinations. Additional accessories 00R800 Access control management and decoder card with S S S7000 digital selectors. 00T438 8-channel multi-user transmitter. 6,777,26 combinations. 00R700 Access control management and decoder card with TSP00 - LT ,92 MHz rolling code transmitters 00R50N Radio module (to combine with AF43S). 00AT0 One-channel rolling code transmitter. 4,294,967,896 combinations. - Accessories price list - 00AT02 Bi-channel rolling code transmitter. 4,294,967,896 combinations. 00S5000 Galvanized and painted steel surface-mounted keypad with illuminated frontal panel. 6,777,26 combinations. 00AT04 4-channel rolling code transmitter. 4,294,967,896 combinations. 00S6000 Flush-mounted keypad.,679,66 combinations. 433,92 MHz transmitters with KEY CODE 00S7000 Surface-mounted keypad.,679,66 combinations. 00TWIN2 2 channel multi-user transmitter 4,294,967,896 combinations with KEY CODE. (Twin transmitters can be used only with standard coding, compatible with the Tam series). 00TWIN4 4 channel multi-user transmitter 4,294,967,896 combinations with KEY CODE. (Twin transmitters can be used only with standard coding, compatible with the Tam series). Signalling Accessories - Parking systems and access control price list - 00PSINS Two-sided FULL-FREE luminous sign. Accessories 00TOP-A433N Antenna. 00PSSRV Red-green traffic light (ø 200 mm / 7,87 in). 00TOP-RG58 Antenna cable. Selectors - Accessories price list - 009SMA One-channel magnetic loop-detector sensor. 00P3V Package of n. 2 3V D.C. CR206 lithium batteries (for Atomo and Twin series). 009SMA2 Bi-channel magnetic loop-detector sensor. 00P3VB Package of n. 2 3V D.C. CR620 lithium batteries (for TAM-432SA). Parking systems and access control 00CSS Natural anodized aluminium post for SET-I - SET-K - TSP0. H = m / 3,28 ft. 433,92 MHz receivers 00CSSN Black anodized aluminium post for SET-I - SET-K - TSP0. H = m / 3,28 ft. 00AF43S Plug-in radio frequency card. 00AF43TW Plug-in radio frequency card (for TWIN2 and TWIN4).

116 22 23 Rbm84 up to 5,500 users The standard installation Connection diagram It is ideal for many types of applications and is specifically designed for facilities with large numbers of users that require the integration of several control devices (transmitters, coded keypads, cards, etc.) and where it is essential to have real-time data available for all the users in the controlled area. The RBM84 is a product that brings together high levels of practical flexibility and the latest manufacturing technologies available on the market today. The configuration modes and relative applications are varied and diversified depending on the specific operational needs. Types of controls used Atomo Tam Twin TSP00 TST0 Transponder PCT TAG Transponder LT00 TST02 Magnetic strip WA0 Transponder sensor with built-in radio Serie S Code selector Transmitters sensor and card keyfob card and sensor transmitter and TAG for transmitters Dimensions x,5 mm² 5 x AWG20 4 x 0,5 mm² + 4 x 0,5 mm² - 2 max 50 m 4 x AWG x AWG20-2 max 64 ft. for two transponder sensors 3 x,5 mm² 3 x AWG20 REM 240 RBM PSSRV PSINS Dimensions in millimeters (25,4 mm = in) RBM84 Control unit REM The software Shielded bipolar 2 x 0,5mm² 5 x,5 mm² 5 x AWG20 4 x,5 mm² 4 x AWG20 The dedicated software features a light, easy-to-use graphic interface. It runs on the Windows OS and does not require any special hardware. The functions: > Prepaid access > Prepaid time > Selected times > Card blocker from PC > Card insertion from PC > Parking function > Event printing > Anti-passback at entrance/exit > Antipassback timer > Flow history > Instant event visualization > Direct automation system command > Differentiated user control (through groups) > Opening and/or closing of facilities on pre-set dates > Automatic opening of facilities at pre-set times > Total block of the system from PC > Software access password > Synchronization of the state of the facilities Shielded bipolar 2 x 0,5mm² / 2 x AWG20 max 000 m / 3.28 ft PC30 Interface Shielded bipolar 2 x 0,5mm² / 2 x AWG20 REM (max 60 units) Max distance between RBM84 and last REM unit: 000 m / 3.28 ft PC with Windows 98/2000/XP/VISTA PSINS FREE/FULL sign 2 x 0,5 mm² 2 x AWG20 PSSRV RED/GREEN traffic light TWISTER TWISTER Parking systems and access control RS232 max 5 m / 6,4 ft. 2 x 0,5 mm² / 2 x AWG20 Barrier or other operator

117 24 25 Bridge Tripod turnstile Total safety, reduced dimensions. Bridge, the sharp and silent turnstile is ideal for controlling entrances and exits in small and medium sized sports centres, supermarkets and businesses. By taking up little room it works perfectly even when space is a problem, and so is suited for multiple access control. Technical features Type PSAP0A PSAP0O PSAP07 Power supply (V) (50/60Hz) V A.C. Protection rating (IP) Current draw (ma) Weight (Kg/lb) 40 / / / 88 Operating temperature ( C/ F) / / / V A.C.- 60 Hz PRODUCTS, PLEASE CHECK OUR PRICE LIST 24V D.C. Mechanical tripod turnstile - Parking systems and access control price list - 00PSAP0A 00PSAP0O Monodirectional mechanical anticlockwise turnstile complete with hydraulic damper. Painted steel structure. Monodirectional mechanical clockwise turnstile complete with hydraulic damper. Painted steel structure. Electromechanical tripod turnstile 00PSAP07 24V D.C. electromechanical, bidirectional turnstile complete with control board and hydraulic damper. Automatic tripod release during blackouts. Additional accessories for mechanical and electromehcanical tripod turnstiles. 00PSOPSC0 Antipanic rods with pressure joints. Colour: Legs and cover in metallic grey, textured white case, and stainless steel rods. Electronics and lock. The top cover, which is fitted with a key lock, can also take electronic control devices. Advantages of Bridge It comes in three different models, all fitted with hydraulic brakes, and easily fits into any setting. Its careful styling in terms of aesthetics, shape and rounded corners, make it stand out from the rest. Its galvanised, sheet metal body make Bridge a particularly sturdy product to resist vandalism and tampering; its special, epoxy powder varnish-coating protects it from environmental agents. 00PSOPCN0 00PSOPGO 00PSOPGOX Mechanical counter. AISI 304 steel channeler H 00cm complete with metal flange riser and plastic flange cover. AISI 304 steel channeler H 00 cm complete with metal flange riser and plastic flange cover. Additional accessories for electromechanical tripod turnstiles. 00PSCSCR04 Remote control console for up to 4 through-ways. 00PSOPCN03 Electronic counter Proximity sensor. When placing the order, the customer can request that the Bridge turnstile is supplied prepared for fitting the Came proximity sensor. 24V only Dimensions ø PSOPSCA 00PSOPSF0 00PSPEART Overclimbing system with detection sensors and alarm and cover pressure detection sensor. High visibility, bidirectional LED traffic light. Ramp with anti-corodal outer structure and brown aluminium plate stepping deck. For matching to Top barriers. NOTES: To couple with access control systems see RBM84 on p. 208 Parking systems and access control Its 24V power rating makes for easier installation and also guarantees enhanced safety for users Dimensions in millimeters (25,4 mm = in)

118 26 27 Twister Electro-mechanical turnstile Functional and practical passage selection. Twister is Came s new turnstile for transit selection in areas with high-flow volumes. Made of stainless steel it is ideal for train stations and ports, underground stations, sports centres and any setting that requires selection of people-transit flows to optimise entry and exit operations. Twister also seamlessly integrates with Came s access control systems. Technical features Type Power supply (V) PSBPS07 24V D.C. Protection rating (IP) 44 Current draw (ma) 233 Weight (Kg) 60 Operating temperature ( C/ F) / V A.C.- 60 Hz PRODUCTS, PLEASE CHECK OUR PRICE LIST Electromechanical tripod turnstile - Parking systems and access control price list - 24V D.C. 00PSBPS07 24V D.C. bidirectional mechanical turnstile made of AISI 304 stainless steel with scotch-brite finish, complete with control board and hydraulic damper. Automatic tripod release in case of blackouts. Additional accessories for electromechanical tripod turnstiles. 00PSOPSC0 Antipanic rods with pressure joints. 00PSOPGO AISI 304 steel channeler H 00cm complete with metal flange riser and plastic flange cover. The body. Entirely made of AISI 304 INOX steel with a scotch-brite finish, it is fitted with a removable upper panel featuring a key lock. The internal mechanism. It is fitted with a hydraulic damper, control logic and automatic tripod release in case of power outages. Advantages of Twister Twister is Came s study and functional solution to all your transit control and selection needs. It can be installed anywhere, in high-volume flow sites such as stadiums, terminals, underground stations, public buildings and sports centres. It s controlled by a built-in, control board. Twister is perfectly compatible with Came s RBM84 state-of- the-art access control systems. The practical display on the top of the structure can be used as an electronic meter or a clock. 00PSOPGOX 00PSCSCR04 Complementary accessories for electromechanical tripod turnstiles. 00OPSCBP 00PSPEBUL AISI 304 steel channeler H 00 cm complete with metal flange riser and plastic flange cover. Remote control console for up to 4 through-ways. Overclimbing system with detection sensors and alarm and cover pressure detection sensor. Ramp with anticorodal outer structure and brown aluminium plate stepping deck. For matching with Top barriers. NOTES: To couple with access control systems see RBM84 on p. 208 Built-in traffic light. There is a built-in traffic light on the top of the Twister structure. The two arrows show the passing direction. Access can be controlled by selecting a function on the control panel, for passage with a badge or by command for just authorised people. Ideal for access control Twister can be perfectly integrated with the RBM84 access control system, to obtain real control of transit flows into and out of the areas where it is employed. Dimensions ø Parking systems and access control 95 Dimensions in millimeters (25,4 mm = in)

119 28 29 Guardian High security turnstile For large passage ways. Guardian is the perfect solution when security at large passage ways, even unmanned ones, is needed to regulate high volumes of people transit. Designed to also work outdoors, Guardian is employed at airports, sea ports, large business facilities, underground stations, train stations and stadiums. Technical features Type PSHPS07 PSHPSD7 PSHPS4S PSHPS4D PSHPSVP PSHPS0 Power supply (V) 24V D.C. 24V D.C. 24V D.C. 24V D.C. - - Protection rating (IP) Current draw (ma) Weight (Kg/lb) 400 / / / / / / 880 Operating temperature ( C/ F) / V A.C.- 60 Hz PRODUCTS, PLEASE CHECK OUR PRICE LIST 24V D.C. Full-height turnstile - Parking systems and access control price list - 00PSHPS07 Single bidirectional electromechanical turnstile, full height in three sections at 20, 24V D.C., galvanised and painted steel structure, complete with control board and hydraulic damper, bright led signal lights on both sides. 24V D.C. feeder. 00PSHPSD7 Double bidirectional electromechanical turnstile, full height in three sections at 20, 24V D.C., galvanised and painted steel structure, complete with control board and hydraulic damper, bright led signal lights on both sides. 24V D.C. feeder. 00PSHPS4S Single bidirectional electromechanical turnstile, full height in 4 sections at 90, galvanised and painted steel structure, complete with control board and hydraulic damper, bright led signal lights on both sides. 24V D.C. feeder. 00PSHPS4D Double bidirectional electromechanical turnstile, full height in 4 sections at 90, galvanised and painted steel structure, complete with control board and hydraulic damper, bright led signal lights on both sides. 24V D.C. feeder. Movement control. Guardian is fitted with a hydraulic damper. Perfect integration. Guardian can easily be integrated with Came s access control systems. Advantages of Guardian Guardian is the full-height, high performance turnstile. It is perfectly suited when security is essential. Its sturdy structure and pleasing design make it, on one hand, a sure deterrent against any criminal intent, and on the other, provide the user with total protection. Its durability and reliability are guaranteed even when employed outdoors, thanks to its galvanised steel body and special epoxy varnish coating, which protects it from any corrosive elements. 00PSHPSVP 00PSHPS0 On request the customer can personalise the painting from the RAL range of colours. In this case the delivery term is extended by 5 days. Monodirectional full-height mechanical turnstile, galvanised and varnished steel body with hydraulic damper. NOTES: To couple with access control systems see RBM84 on p. 208 On request the turnstile can be made in AISI 304 steel. Dimensions Traffic Light. Guardian features an integrated traffic light. 4 SECTIONS GUARDIAN 4 SECTIONS DOUBLE GUARDIAN V only Dimensions 250 DOUBLE GUARDIAN Parking systems and access control Its 24V power rating makes for easier installation and also guarantees enhanced safety for users Dimensions in millimeters (25,4 mm = in) Dimensions in millimeters (25,4 mm = in)

120 Wing Motorised swing gate turnstile Elegant quality. Harmonious, elegant, silent and quick Wing features numerous qualities! It fits perfectly in even the most prestigious settings such as hotels, business facilities, casinos, showrooms, and fitness/ wellness centres. It is designed to ease passage for physically challenged people. Technical features Type PSEPCSS00 PSEPCSD00 PSEPCSS00CT PSEPCSD00CT Power supply (V) (50/60Hz) 24V D.C. 24V D.C. 24V D.C. 24V D.C. Protection rating (IP) Current draw (A) 2,5 2,5 2,5 2,5 Weight (Kg/lb) 40 / / / / 88 Operating temperature ( C/ F) / / / / V A.C.- 60 Hz PRODUCTS, PLEASE CHECK OUR PRICE LIST 24V D.C. Motorised swing-leaf gate - Parking systems and access control price list - 00PSEPCSS00 24V D.C. motorised, bidirectional swing-leaf gate complete with control board and push-to-open antipanic system. Plexiglass swing-leaf. 00PSEPCSD00 24V D.C. motorised, bidirectional double swing-leaf gate complete with control board and push-to-open antipanic system. Plexiglass finish swing-leaf. 00PSEPCSS00CT 24V D.C. motorised, bidirectional single swing-leaf gate complete with control board and push-to-open antipanic system. Tempered glass finish swing-leaf. 00PSEPCSD00CT 24V D.C. motorised, bidirectional double swing-leaf gate complete with control board and push-to-open antipanic system. Tempered glass finish swing-leaf. Double version. Wing is also available in the double version for extra wide passage ways. Flow management. To better manage flows you can integrate Wing with the modular post and rail system. Advantages of Wing Wing is the bidirectional, motorised swing gate, featuring an AISI 304 Inox steel structure with IROKO wooden cover and a 0 mm thick, transparent, polycarbonate swing-leaf. It s extremely versatile in that the leaf s design may be customised to your liking, while the materials used to make it suitable for every situation. Wing is fitted with a timed closure and a push-to-open antipanic system. For those wider passage ways. It s also available in double configuration, employable at wider passage ways. Additional accessories 00PSCSCR04 Complementary accessories 00PSOPAL0 00PSOPAL06 00PSOPEPCDIS Remote control console for up to 4 through-ways. 24V D.C., 2.5A switching feeder, complete with IP65 class casing for one turnstile. 24V D.C., 6.5A switching feeder, complete with IP65 class casing for two turnstiles. Complementary accessories. Gate leaf for the physically challenged. Leaf width: 900 mm 00PSOPEPCDISCT Tempered glass gate leaf for the physically challenged. Leaf width: 900 mm NOTES: To couple with access control systems see RBM84 on p. 208 Perfect integration. Opens via command device, and can be integrated with Came s access control systems. It allows you to clear only authorised personnel to restricted areas. Dimensions Parking systems and access control 24V only 900 Its 24V power rating makes for easier installation and also guarantees enhanced safety for users. 750 ø 70 Dimensions in millimeters (25,4 mm = in)

121 Saloon Motorised swing gate turnstile Easy passage. Saloon is a motorised swing gate turnstile featuring compact design which swings both ways, depending on which direction it is approached from. It is perfect for shopping malls, supermarkets, fitness/wellness centres and swimming pool facilities. It is designed to ease passage of physically challenged persons. Technical features Type PSEP0S00 PSEPSS00 Power supply (V) (50/60Hz) 24V D.C. 24V D.C. Protection rating (IP) Current draw (A) 2,5 / 5 2,5 / 5 Weight (Kg/lb) 55 / 0 55 / 0 Operating temperature ( C/ F) / / V A.C.- 60 Hz PRODUCTS, PLEASE CHECK OUR PRICE LIST Motorised swing gate turnstile - Parking systems and access control price list - 24V D.C. 00PSEP0S00 24V D.C. AISI 304 painted stainless steel single motorised, bidirectional swing-leaf gate turnstile complete with control board and push-to-open antipanic system. 00PSEPSS00 24V D.C. AISI 304 stainless steel single motorised, bidirectional swing-leaf gate turnstile with right-hand post, complete with control board and push-to-open antipanic system. Accessories 00PSOPSF0 High-visibility, bidirectional LED traffic light. 00PSOPAL0 24V D.C., 2.5A switching feeder, complete with IP65 class case for one turnstile Total safety. In the event of a power outage, the antipanic device allows for it to be manually opened in both directions. Impulse based command. It can be activated via cards, key fobs, buttons or photocells. Advantages of Saloon Saloon comes in two versions: one with steel, varnished body and the other special AISI 304 stainless steel version, also for outdoor applications. It is designed to harmoniously fit with a modular post and rail system, and also comes in the double swing leaf version, to let you manage wider passage ways. 00PSOPAL06 00PSEPTRF 00PSEPTRFX 00PSMCECH 24V D.C., 6.5A switching feeder, complete with IP65 class case for two turnstiles. Barrier formed of: vertical element in AISI304 stainless steel, galvanised iron coupling flange and chrome finish flange cover, 2 horizontal MT elements, 4 chrome finish plastic sleeves with built-in photocells. Barrier formed of: vertical element in AISI304 stainless steel, AISI304 stainless steel coupling flange and flange cover, 2 horizontal MT elements, 4 AISI304 stainless steel sleeves with built-in photocells. Echelon communication module for double barriers. 00PSMLANT Change leaf length. Access control. It can be perfectly integrated with the RBM84 access control system to handle up to 5,500 people. Dimensions Parking systems and access control 24V only Its 24V power rating makes for easier installation and also guarantees enhanced safety for users Dimensions in millimeters (25,4 mm = in)

122 Saloon Configurations Photocell s beam line PSEP0S00 - PSEPSS00 Operation Saloon is a bidirectional through-way that works with clearing signals in both directions. Its control electronics open the gate-leaf in the chosen direction on a time-by-time basis. The clearance signal, which is received by a card reading device or other device, activates the motor in the respective direction of rotation. The leaf turns 90 at a pre-set speed, unless it runs into an obstacle, (e.g. a person standing in the passage). In this case, the control electronics deactivate the motor and activate an acoustic alarm. Once the obstacle is removed, the leaf automatically completes its full turn. When the leaf is open, the control electronics wait, for the users to transit through, for a preset time, after which it closes. The control electronics can receive signals from a photocell, which detects user passages, closing the leaf before the waiting time has elapsed. Saloon is fitted with an antipanic device: if users push the leaf with a strength greater than 8 N, it turns to open while the acoustic alarm is activated. If the machine is powered (in a non emergency situation) the control electronics will automatically make the leaf in return to the normal working position. Parking systems and access control

123 Compass Mechanical turnstile Ease of movement. Compass is the simple, ideal, cost-effective solution to efficiently and in an orderly manner, pilot people flows in shopping malls of any size, regardless of whether they are single stores or hypermarkets. It is typically employed in swimming pool facilities, sports centres, wellness and fitness centres, amusement parks, etc.. Technical features Type PSSPCWO PSSPCCW PSSPFMCWO PSSPFMCCW Power supply (V) Current draw (A) Weight (Kg/lb) 8 / 40 8 / 40 8 / 40 8 / 40 Operating temperature ( C/ F) / / / / V A.C.- 60 Hz PRODUCTS, PLEASE CHECK OUR PRICE LIST Turnstiles - Parking systems and access control price list - 00PSSPCWO 00PSSPCCW Mobile mechanical turnstile with right-hand post. H 00 cm / 39,37 in. Mobile mechanical turnstile with left-hand post. H 00 cm / 39,37 in. 00PSSPFMCWO Mobile mechanical turnstile with right-hand post. H 00 cm / 39,37 in. 00PSSPFMCCW Mobile mechanical turnstile with left-hand post. H 00 cm / 39,37 in. Additional accessories 00PSOPGO AISI 304 stainless steel channeler H 00 cm complete with riser with metal flange and plastic flange cover. Three different openings. Available in three different types of openings: clockwise, counter-clockwise and bidirectional. Advantages of Compass Mechanical four-arm turnstile, lets one person through at the time in either direction. Featuring an AISI 304 stainless steel structure which makes Compass suitable even for outdoor applications. 00PSOPGOX AISI 304 stainless steel channeler H 00 cm, complete with riser and stainless steel flange and flange-cover. Inox details. Stainless steel fixing flange and cover. Dimensions Flow management. For enhanced flow management Compass can be integrated with the modular post and rail system. Compass is fitted with an antipanic system Parking systems and access control 200 Dimensions in millimeters in = 25,4 mm

124 Flag Mechanical swing barrier The polyvalent solution. Flag is the mechanical push-to-open, automatic gravity-closing flag barrier. It is commonly employed at swimming pool facilities, sport centres, fitness/ wellness centres, point of sale, safety exits, shopping malls and supermarkets. It is designed to ease passage of physically challenged people. Technical features Type PSBPCWO PSBPCCW PSBPOO Power supply (V) Current draw (A) Weight (Kg/lb) 0 / 22 0 / 22 0 / 22 Operating temperature ( C/ F) / / / V A.C.- 60 Hz PRODUCTS, PLEASE CHECK OUR PRICE LIST Mechanical Swing barrier - Parking systems and access control price list - 00PSBPCWO Mechanical swing barrier with right-hand post. H 00 cm / 39,37 in. 00PSBPCCW Mechanical swing barrier with left-hand post. H 00 cm / 39,37 in. 00PSBPOO Mechanical bidirectional swing barrier. H 00 cm / 39,37 in. Additional accessories 00PSOPGO AISI 304 stainless steel channeler H 00 cm / 39,37 in complete with riser and metal flange plus plastic flange-cover. 00PSOPGOX AISI 304 stainless steel channeler H 00 cm / 39,37 complete with riser and stainless steel flange plus flange-cover. Opening. There are three types of openings available: clockwise, counter-clockwise and bidirectional. Advantages of Flag Flag is ideal where ever the flow direction of people needs to be piloted for security/safety and hygienic reasons. It is perfect if used as a service passage at points of sale and as a through-way for safety exits. 00PSOPBPSC 00PSMLANT Key lock. Change leaf length. Double mode Flag. Two swing barriers can be installed opposite each other to define a wide, monodirectional through way of up to 80 cm. Parking systems and access control

125 Accessories Post and Rail barriers Exitpass The solution for coupling with turnstiles and swing barriers, to guarantee total security of your facilities. It features an antipanic handle with AISI 304 stainless steel structure. Exitpass post and rail barrier - Parking systems and access control price list - 00PSUS20D 00PSUS20S Post and rail barrier with AISI 304 stainless steel antipanic push handle. Right-hand post. L 20 cm / 47,24 in - H 00 cm / 39,37 in. Post and rail barrier with AISI 304 stainless steel antipanic push handle. Left-hand post. L 20 cm / 47,24 in - H 00 cm / 39,37 in. 00PSUS090D 00PSUS090S 00PSUS060D 00PSUS060S Post and rail barrier with AISI 304 stainless steel antipanic push handle. Right-hand post. L 90 cm / 35,43 in - H 00 cm / 39,37 in. Post and rail barrier with AISI 304 stainless steel antipanic push handle. Left-hand post. L 90 cm / 35,43 in - H 00 cm / 39,37 in. Post and rail barrier with AISI 304 stainless steel antipanic push handle. Right-hand post. L 60 cm / 23,62 in - H 00 cm / 39,37 in. Post and rail barrier with AISI 304 stainless steel antipanic push handle. Left-hand post. L 60 cm / 23,62 in - H 00 cm / 39,37 in. Horizontal elements for cart barriers 00PSTPC00 00PSTPC50 Monodirectional post and rail barrier for shopping cart passage with 2 small arches. L 00 cm / 39,37 in - H 00 cm / 39,37 in. Monodirectional post and rail barrier for shopping cart passage with 3 small arches. L 50 cm / 59,05 in - H 00 cm / 39,37 in. Shopping cart barriers. The solution for shopping malls of any size, from small shops to hypermarkets. Modular post and rail barriers An AISI 304 polished stainless steel modular post and rail system. Easy to set up, they are extremely useful when couples with either turnstiles or swing barriers, either alone and functioning as people flow channellers or to limit areas. 00PSTPC200 Modular barriers Vertical elements for modular barriers 00PSTRV Monodirectional post and rail barrier for shopping cart passage with 4small arches. L 200 cm / 78,74 in - H 00 cm / 39,37 in. Galvanised stainless steel riser with chromed plastic fixing flange and flange-cover. Non-perforated. Top post and rail barriers. The Top post and rail barrier is a natural closing complement for a turnstile system. 00PSTRV2F 00PSTRV4F90 00PSTRV4F80 00PSTRV6F Galvanised stainless steel riser with chromed plastic fixing flange and flange cover. With 2 holes. H 00 cm / 39,37 in. Galvanised stainless steel riser with chromed plastic fixing flange and flange cover. With 2+2 holes in 90 configuration. H 00 cm / 39,37 in. Galvanised stainless steel riser with chromed plastic fixing flange and flange cover. With 2+2 holes in 80 configuration. H 00 cm / 39,37 in. Galvanised stainless steel riser with chromed plastic fixing flange and flange cover. With 6 holes. H 00 cm / 39,37 in. Smart fences post and rail barrier. The elegant complement for turnstiles and swing barriers. 00PSTRV8F 00PSTRVX 00PSTRVX2F 00PSTRVX4F90 Galvanised stainless steel riser with chromed plastic fixing flange and flange cover. With 8 holes. H 00 cm / 39,37 in. AISI 304 stainless steel riser, fixing flange and flange cover. H 00 cm / 39,37 in. AISI 304 stainless steel riser, fixing flange and flange cover. With 2 holes. H 00 cm / 39,37 in. AISI 304 stainless steel riser, fixing flange and flange cover. Parking systems and access control 00PSTRVX4F80 Riser with stainless steel fixing flange and flange cover. With 2+2 holes in 80 configuration. H 00 cm / 39,37 in. 00PSTRVX6F 00PSTRVX8F AISI 304 stainless steel riser, fixing flange and flange cover. With 6 holes. H 00 cm / 39,37 in. AISI 304 stainless steel riser, fixing flange and flange cover. With 8 holes. H 00 cm / 39,37 in.

126 Accessories Horizontal elements for modular barriers - Parking systems and access control price list - 00PSTRT050 00PSTRT00 00PSTRT50 00PSTRT200 00PSTRT250 00PSTRT300 Horizontal to stainless steel barriers AISI 304. Ø 40 mm /,57 in - mm / 0,04 in thick - L 50 cm / 9,68 in. Horizontal tube to stainless steel barriers AISI 304. Ø 40 mm /,57 in - mm / 0,04 in thick - L 00 cm / 39,37 in. Horizontal tube to stainless steel barriers AISI 304. Ø 40 mm /,57 in - mm / 0,04 in thick - L 50 cm / 59,05 in. Horizontal tube to stainless steel barriers AISI 304. Ø 40 mm /,57 in - mm / 0,04 in thick - L 200 cm / 78,74 in. Horizontal tube to stainless steel barriers AISI 304. Ø 40 mm /,57 in - mm / 0,04 in thick - L 250 cm / 98,42 in. Horizontal tube to stainless steel barriers AISI 304. Ø 40 mm /,57 in - mm / 0,04 in thick - L 300 cm / 8, in. 00PSTRM00 Chromed plastic joint complete with fixing screws. 00PSTRM003 AISI 304 stainless steel joint complete with fixing screws. 00PSTRM004 AISI 304 stainless steel wall-mounting joint complete with fixing screws. Top post and rail barriers 00PSTRFPE Ramp with anticorodal outer structure and brown aluminium plate stepping deck. 00PSTRFPA 00PSTRFPEN 00PSTRFPAN AISI 304 post and rail to fix to the ramp and 6 mm / 0,24 in thick polycarbonate panel. H 90 cm / 35,43 in. AISI 304 Post and rail barrier to fix to the floor and 6 mm / 0,24 in thick without polycarbonate panel. H 90 cm / 35,43 in. AISI 304 post and rail barrier to fix to the floor without polycarbonate panel. H 90 cm / 35,43 in. Smart post and rail barriers 00PSTRV80 00PSTRSFPL60875 AISI 304 stainless steel riser. H 90 cm / 35,43 in - Ø 80 mm / 3,4 in. 6 mm / 0,24 in thick transparent polycarbonate panel: 800 x 750 mm / 3,4 x 29,43 in. 00PSTRV802F 00PSTRV804F090 00PSTRV804F80 AISI304 stainless steel post with 2 clamps. H 90 cm Ø 80 mm AISI304 stainless steel post with clamps at 90 H 90 cm AISI304 stainless steel post with clamps at 80 H 90 cm Ø 80 mm Parking systems and access control 00PSTRV806F AISI304 stainless steel post with 6 clamps. H 90 cm Ø 80 mm 00PSTRV808F 00PSMTP AISI304 stainless steel post with 8 clamps. H 90 cm Ø 80 mm Change the cut of the polycarbonate panel A world of safe automation

127 Complete system kits A world of safe automation Complete system kits

128 The range The models The advantage The best of Came technology The main advantages of Came s Complete System kits include quick and proper installation, reliability over time, plus the convenience of its all-in-one packing. These solutions have been designed to fully meet the installation and usage requirements of swing and sliding gates, overhead garage and sectional doors. Therefore the Complete Systems are the ideal solution to satisfy many of today s installation requirements. The table sums up the range of complete systems, and their features, making the right choice simple and fast. EN TESTED Solution Products that are always compliant with European Standards, featuring solutions conceived to be installed anywhere, requiring no modifications to the existing door or gate, while guaranteeing the safety that comes with a product engineered according to the strict European Standards. Use RESIDENTIAL APARTMENT BLOCKS INDUSTRIAL INTENSIVE USE CONVENIENT ALL-IN-ONE packages Series Model Performances Bx-243 U965 Sliding gates 300 Kg/660 lb YES Bx-243 U965 Sliding gates 300 Kg/660 lb YES Bx-74 U294 Sliding gates 400 Kg/880 lb Sliding gates 400 Kg/880 lb Bx-74 U295 Sliding gates 400 Kg/880 lb Sliding gates 400 Kg/880 lb Ati U724 Swing gates 3 m/0 ft Swing gates 3 m/0 ft Swing gates 3 m/0 ft YES Ati U725 Swing gates 3 m/0 ft Swing gates 3 m/0 ft Swing gates 3 m/0 ft YES Krono U48 Swing gates 3 m/0 ft per gate-leaf Swing gates 3 m/0 ft per gate-leaf Swing gates 3 m/0 ft per gate-leaf Krono U482 Swing gates 3 m/0 ft per gate-leaf Swing gates 3 m/0 ft per gate-leaf Swing gates 3 m/0 ft per gate-leaf Flex U8600 Swing gates,6 m/5,2 ft per gate-leaf YES Flex U8722 Swing gates,6 m/5,2 ft per gate-leaf YES Fast U895 Swing gates 2,3 m/7,5 ft per gate-leaf Swing gates 2,3 m/7,5 ft per gate-leaf Swing gates 2,3 m/7,5 ft per gate-leaf YES Fast U888 Swing gates 2,3 m/7,5 ft per gate-leaf Swing gates 2,3 m/7,5 ft per gate-leaf Swing gates 2,3 m/7,5 ft per gate-leaf YES Ferni U263 Swing gates 4 m/3 ft per gate-leaf Swing gates 4 m/3 ft per gate-leaf Swing gates 4 m/3 ft per gate-leaf YES Ferni U264 Swing gates 4 m/3 ft per gate-leaf Swing gates 4 m/3 ft per gate-leaf Swing gates 4 m/3 ft per gate-leaf YES Frog-J U35 Swing gates,8 m/5,9 ft per gate-leaf YES Frog-J U332 Swing gates,8 m/5,9 ft per gate-leaf YES Emega U5074 Sectional and overhead Sectional and overhead YES Emega Ver Ver Ver Ver U5075 U4483 U4484 U450 U45 garage doors up to 4 m²/50 ft² garage doors up to 4 m²/50 ft² Sectional and overhead Sectional and overhead YES garage doors up to 4 m²/50 ft² garage doors up to 4 m²/50 ft² Sectional and overhead Sectional and overhead YES garage doors garage doors Sectional and overhead Sectional and overhead YES garage doors garage doors Sectional and overhead Sectional and overhead YES garage doors garage doors Sectional and overhead Sectional and overhead YES garage doors garage doors Radio Complete system Series Model Frequency (MHz) Top 433,92 Tra03 433,92 433,92 433,92 Top 433,92 Tra08 433,92 433,92 433,92 Tam 433,92 Tra0 433,92 433,92 433,92 Command Complete system Series Model Frequency (MHz) Z 230V Tra04 433,92 433,92 433,92 230V A.C 24V D.C The reduced sizes of the packages make for easy shipping and handling. RELIABILITY Came s most widely sold solutions for every type of application. INTENSIVE service Certain models are suited for intensive use, which is typical in multi-user settings, such as condominiums. QUICK AND EASY installation Le soluzioni sono studiate per essere sempre facilmente installabili, senza bisogno di opere murarie o modifiche al serramento. Even during power outages Certain models run on 24V of continuous current, so that the door or gate will always work even when the main power is out. Fully equipped with all the accessories Came s complete systems come fully equipped with all of the command and safety accessories. Complete system kits

129 Sliding gates Sliding gates 00U965 BX U965 BX-243 Complete system kit for sliding gates of up to 300 Kg / 660 lb and 24V D.C. motor Complete system kit for sliding gates of up to 300 Kg / 660 lb and 24V D.C. motor The complete kit The complete kit Complete system with 24V D.C. operator for sliding gates of up to 300 Kg / 660 lb - Operators price list - Q.ty Complete system with 24V D.C. operator for sliding gates of up to 300 Kg / 660 lb - Operators price list - Q.ty 00BX-243 Automation system complete with control board, radio decoder, encoder-based movement control and obstacle detection devices. Plus, mechanical endstops for sliding gates of up to 300 kg and 8.5 m. 00BX-243 Automation system complete with control board, radio decoder, encoder-based movement control and obstacle detection devices. Plus, mechanical endstops for sliding gates of up to 300 kg and 8.5 m. 00AF43S MHz plug-in radio frequency card. 00AF43S MHz plug-in radio frequency card 00TOP-432NA Bi-channel multi-user transmitter. 4,096 combinations with self-learning. 00TOP-432NA Bi-channel multi-user transmitter. 4,096 combinations with self-learning. 00DIR0 Pair of photocells. Range: 0 m. 00TOP-A433N MHz antenna. 00KIARO24N Warning flashing light. 00TOP-RG58 Antenna cable. m 5 00SET-J Surface mounted key switch selector aluminium-alloy case, protective door for lock and cylinder. 00DOC-E Pair of photocells. Range: 8 m. 00KIARO24N Warning flashing light. Complete system kits NOTE: POSSIBILITY TO CUSTOMIZE KIT Please note that BX-243 kit can be offered in different and customized versions. Kindly forward your request to the Export Commercial Dept., which will verify possibility to fulfil your requirement and confirm to you by return new reference, price and minimum required quantity. NOTE: POSSIBILITY TO CUSTOMIZE KIT Please note that BX-243 kit can be offered in different and customized versions. Kindly forward your request to the Export Commercial Dept., which will verify possibility to fulfil your requirement and confirm to you by return new reference, price and minimum required quantity.

130 Sliding gates Sliding gates 00U294 BX-74 00U295 BX-74 Complete system kit for sliding gates of up to 400 Kg / 880 lb Complete system kit for sliding gates of up to 400 Kg / 880 lb The complete kit The complete kit Complete system kit for sliding gates of up to 400 Kg / 880 lb with 230V A.C. motor. - Operators price list - Q.ty Complete system kit for sliding gates of up to 400 Kg / 880 lb with 230V A.C. motor. - Operators price list - Q.ty 00BX-74 Automation system complete with control board, radio decoder, encoder-based movement control and obstacle detection devices. Plus, mechanical endstops for sliding gates of up to 400 kg. 00BX-74 Automation system complete with control board, radio decoder, encoder-based movement control and obstacle detection devices. Plus, mechanical endstops for sliding gates of up to 400 kg. 00AF43S MHz plug-in radio frequency card. 00AF43S MHz plug-in radio frequency card. 00TOP-432NA Bi-channel multi-user transmitter. 4,096 combinations with self-learning. 00TOP-432NA Bi-channel multi-user transmitter. 4,096 combinations with self-learning. 00DIR0 Pair of photocells. Range: 0 m. 00TOP-A433N MHz antenna. 00KIARON Warning flashing light. 00TOP-RG58 Antenna cable. m 5 00SET-J Surface mounted key switch selector aluminium-alloy case, protective door for lock and cylinder. 00DOC-E Pair of photocells. Range: 8 m. 00KIARON Warning flashing light. Complete system kits NOTE: POSSIBILITY TO CUSTOMIZE KIT Please note that BX-74 kit can be offered in different and customized versions. Kindly forward your request to the Export Commercial Dept., which will verify possibility to fulfil your requirement and confirm to you by return new reference, price and minimum required quantity. NOTE: POSSIBILITY TO CUSTOMIZE KIT Please note that BX-74 kit can be offered in different and customized versions. Kindly forward your request to the Export Commercial Dept., which will verify possibility to fulfil your requirement and confirm to you by return new reference, price and minimum required quantity.

131 Swing gates Swing gates 00U724 Ati 00U725 Ati Complete system kit for 2-leaf swing gates of up to 3 m per gate-leaf with 24V D.C. motor Complete system kit for 2-leaf swing gates of up to 3 m per gate-leaf with 24V D.C. motor The complete kit The complete kit Complete system wit 24V D.C. operator for swing gates of up to 3 m per gate-leaf - Operators price list - Q.ty Complete system with 24V D.C. operator for swing gates of up to 3 m per gate-leaf - Operators price list - Q.ty 00A3024N Self-locking operator for gate leaves of up to 3 m. (opening time 90 : adjustable) 2 00A3024N Self-locking operator for gate leaves of up to 3 m. (opening time 90 : adjustable) 2 002ZL80 Control panel for two-leaf swing gates with built-in radio decoder. 002ZL80 Control panel for two-leaf swing gates with built-in radio decoder. 00AF43S Plug-in radio frequency card. 00AF43S Plug-in radio frequency card. 00TOP-432NA Bi-channel multi-user transmitter. 4,096 combinations with self-learning. 00TOP-432NA Bi-channel multi-user transmitter. 4,096 combinations with self-learning. 00DIR0 Coppia di fotocellule a raggio infrarosso sincronizzato per montaggio esterno con portata 0 m. 00TOP-A433N MHz antenna. 00KIARO24N Warning flashing light. 00TOP-RG58 Antenna cable. m 5 00SET-J Surface mounted key switch selector aluminium-alloy case, protective door for lock and cylinder. 00DOC-E Pair of photocells. Range: 8 m. 00KIARO24N Warning flashing light. NOTE: POSSIBILITY TO CUSTOMIZE KIT Please note that ATI kit can be offered in different and customized versions with different accessories and/or different operator models and/or different voltage (230V). Kindly forward your request to the Export Commercial Dept., which will verify possibility to fulfil your requirement and confirm to you by return new reference, price and minimum required quantity. NOTE: POSSIBILITY TO CUSTOMIZE KIT Please note that ATI kit can be offered in different and customized versions with different accessories and/or different operator models and/or different voltage (230V). Kindly forward your request to the Export Commercial Dept., which will verify possibility to fulfil your requirement and confirm to you by return new reference, price and minimum required quantity. Complete system kits

132 Swing gates Swing gates 00U48 Krono 00U482 Krono Complete system kit for -leaf swing gates of up to 3 m per gate-leaf with 230V A.C. motor Complete system kit for -leaf swing gates of up to 3 m per gate-leaf with 230V A.C. motor The complete kit The complete kit Complete system with 230V A.C. operator for swing gates of up to 3 m per gate leaf - Operators price list - Q.ty Complete system with 230V A.C. for swing gates of up to 3 m per gate-leaf - Operators price list - Q.ty 00KR30D Right-hand self-locking operator with built-in gate-leaf stop microswitches, for leaves of up to 3 m. 00KR30D Right-hand self-locking operator with built-in gate-leaf stop microswitches, for leaves of up to 3 m. 00KR30S Left-hand self-locking operator with built-in gate-leaf stop microswitches, for leaves of up to 3 m. 00KR30S Left-hand self-locking operator with built-in gate-leaf stop microswitches, for leaves of up to 3 m. 00ZA3N Multifunction control panel with built-in radior decoder. 002ZA3N Multifunction control panel with built-in radior decoder. 00AF43S Plug-in radio frequency card. 00AF43S Plug-in radio frequency card. 00TOP-432NA Bi-channel multi-user transmitter. 4,096 combinations with self-learning. 00TOP-432NA Bi-channel multi-user transmitter. 4,096 combinations with self-learning. 00DIR0 Pair of photocells. Range: 0 m. 00TOP-A433N MHz antenna. 00KIARON Warning flashing light. 00TOP-RG58 Antenna cable. m 5 00SET-J Surface mounted key switch selector aluminium-alloy case, protective door for lock and cylinder. 00DOC-E Pair of photocells. Range: 8 m. 00KIARON Warning flashing light. Complete system kits NOTE: POSSIBILITY TO CUSTOMIZE KIT Please note that KRONO kit can be offered in different and customized versions. Kindly forward your request to the Export Commercial Dept., which will verify possibility to fulfil your requirement and confirm to you by return new reference, price and minimum required quantity. NOTE: POSSIBILITY TO CUSTOMIZE KIT Please note that KRONO kit can be offered in different and customized versions. Kindly forward your request to the Export Commercial Dept., which will verify possibility to fulfil your requirement and confirm to you by return new reference, price and minimum required quantity.

133 Swing gates Swing gates 00U8600 Flex 00U8722 Flex Complete system kit for -leaf swing gates of up to.6 m with 24V D.C. motor Complete system kit for 2-leaf swing gates of up to.6 m per gate-leaf with 24V D.C. motor The complete kit The complete kit Complete system with 24V D.C. operator for swing gates - Operators price list - Q.ty Complete system with 24V D.C. operator for swing gates - Operators price list - Q.ty 00F500 Reversible operator with articulated transmission arm. 00F500 Reversible operator with articulated transmission arm ZL60N Control panel for one-leaf swing gates with built-in radio decoder and amperometric obstacle detection device. 002ZL50N Control panel for two-leaf swing gates with built-in radio decoder for Flex series. 00S000 Mono-channel control board for S S S7000 ( memorisable code). 00AF43S Plug-in radio frequency card. 00S7000 Surface mounted keypad selector with,679,66 combinations. 00TOP-432NA Bi-channel multi-user transmitter. 4,096 combinations with self-learning. 00TOP-A433N MHz antenna. 00TOP-RG58 Antenna cable. m 5 00SET-J Surface mounted key switch selector aluminium-alloy case, protective door for lock and cylinder. 00DOC-E Pair of photocells. Range: 8 m. 00LOCK8 Electric lock. 00KIARO24N Warning flashing light. Complete system kits NOTE: POSSIBILITY TO CUSTOMIZE KIT Please note that FLEX kit can be offered in different and customized versions. Kindly forward your request to the Export Commercial Dept., which will verify possibility to fulfil your requirement and confirm to you by return new reference, price and minimum required quantity. NOTE: POSSIBILITY TO CUSTOMIZE KIT Please note that FLEX kit can be offered in different and customized versions. Kindly forward your request to the Export Commercial Dept., which will verify possibility to fulfil your requirement and confirm to you by return new reference, price and minimum required quantity.

134 Swing gates Swing gates 00U895 Fast 00U888 Fast Complete system kit for 2-leaf swing gates of up to 2.3 m per gate-leaf with 24V D.C. motor Complete system kit for 2-leaf swing gates of up to 2.3 m per gate-leaf with 24V D.C. motor The complete kit The complete kit Complete system with 24V D.C. operator for swing gates of up to 2.3 m per gate-leaf - Operators price list - Q.ty Complete system with 24V D.C. operator for swing gates of up to 2.3 m per gate-leaf - Operators price list - Q.ty 00F7024N Self-locking operator complete with articulated transmission arm. 2 00F7024N Self-locking operator complete with articulated transmission arm ZL80 Control panel for two-leaf swing gates with built-in radio decoder. 002ZL80 Control panel for two-leaf swing gates with built-in radio decoder. 00AF43S Plug-in radio frequency card. 00AF43S Plug-in radio frequency card. 00TOP-432NA Bi-channel multi-user transmitter. 4,096 combinations with self-learning. 00TOP-432NA Bi-channel multi-user transmitter. 4,096 combinations with self-learning. 00DIR0 Pair of photocells. Range: 0 m. 00TOP-A433N MHz antenna. 00KIARO24N Warning flashing light. 00TOP-RG58 Antenna cable. m 5 00SET-J Surface mounted key switch selector aluminium-alloy case, protective door for lock and cylinder. 00DOC-E Pair of photocells. Range: 8 m. 00KIARO24N Warning flashing light. NOTE: POSSIBILITY TO CUSTOMIZE KIT Please note that FAST kit can be offered in different and customized versions with different accessories and/or different operator models and/or different voltage (230V). Kindly forward your request to the Export Commercial Dept., which will verify possibility to fulfil your requirement and confirm to you by return new reference, price and minimum required quantity. NOTE: POSSIBILITY TO CUSTOMIZE KIT Please note that FAST kit can be offered in different and customized versions with different accessories and/or different operator models and/or different voltage (230V). Kindly forward your request to the Export Commercial Dept., which will verify possibility to fulfil your requirement and confirm to you by return new reference, price and minimum required quantity. Complete system kits

135 Swing gates Swing gates 00U263 Ferni 00U264 Ferni Complete system kit for 2-leaf swing gates of up to 4 m per gate-leaf with 24V D.C. motor Complete system kit for 2-leaf swing gates of up to 4 m per gate-leaf with 24V D.C. motor The complete kit The complete kit Complete system with 24V D.C. operator for swing gates of up to 4 m per gate-leaf - Operators price list - Q.ty Complete system with 24V D.C. operator for swing gates of up to 4 m per gate-leaf - Operators price list - Q.ty 00F024 Self-locking operator complete with articulated transmission arm. 2 00F024 Self-locking operator complete with articulated transmission arm ZL9N Control panel for two-leaf swing gates with built-in radio decoder. 002ZL9N Control panel for two-leaf swing gates with built-in radio decoder. 00AF43S Plug-in radio frequency card. 00AF43S Plug-in radio frequency card. 00TOP-432NA Bi-channel multi-user transmitter. 4,096 combinations with self-learning. 00TOP-432NA Bi-channel multi-user transmitter. 4,096 combinations with self-learning. 00DIR0 Pair of photocells. Range: 0 m. 00TOP-A433N MHz antenna. 00KIARO24N Warning flashing light. 00TOP-RG58 Antenna cable. m 5 00SET-J Surface mounted key switch selector aluminium-alloy case, protective door for lock and cylinder. 00DOC-E Pair of photocells. Range: 8 m. 00KIARO24N Warning flashing light. NOTE: POSSIBILITY TO CUSTOMIZE KIT Please note that FERNI kit can be offered in different and customized versions with different accessories and/or different operator models and/or different voltage (230V). Kindly forward your request to the Export Commercial Dept., which will verify possibility to fulfil your requirement and confirm to you by return new reference, price and minimum required quantity. NOTE: POSSIBILITY TO CUSTOMIZE KIT Please note that FERNI kit can be offered in different and customized versions: different accessories and/or different operator models and/or different voltage (230V). Kindly forward your request to the Export Commercial Dept., which will verify possibility to fulfil your requirement and confirm to you by return new reference, price and minimum required quantity. Complete system kits

136 Swing gates Swing gates 00U35 Frog-J 00U332 Frog-J Complete system kit for 2-leaf swing gates of up to.8 m per gate-leaf with 24V D.C. motor Complete system kit for 2-leaf swing gates of up to.8 m per gate-leaf with 24V D.C. motor The complete kit The complete kit Complete system with 24V D.C. operator for swing gates of up to.8 m per gate-leaf - Operators price list - Q.ty Complete system with 24V D.C. operator for swing gates of up to.8 m per gate-leaf - Operators price list - Q.ty 00FROG-J Operator with encoder. 2 00FROG-J Operator with encoder. 2 00FROG-JC Foundation case. 2 00FROG-JC Foundation case. 2 00A467 Release group with customized key. 2 00A467 Release group with customized key ZL90 Control panel for two-leaf swing gates with built-in radio decoder. 002ZL90 Control panel for two-leaf swing gates with built-in radio decoder. 00AF43S Plug-in radio frequency card. 00AF43S Plug-in radio frequency card. 00TOP-432NA Bi-channel multi-user transmitter. 4,096 combinations with self-learning. 00TOP-432NA Bi-channel multi-user transmitter. 4,096 combinations with self-learning. 00DIR0 Pair of photocells. Range: 0 m. 00TOP-A433N MHz antenna. 00KIARO24N Warning flashing light. 00TOP-RG58 Antenna cable. m 5 00SET-J Surface mounted key switch selector aluminium-alloy case, protective door for lock and cylinder. 00DOC-E Pair of photocells. Range: 8 m. 00KIARO24N Warning flashing light. Complete system kits NOTE: POSSIBILITY TO CUSTOMIZE KIT Please note that FROG-J kit can be offered in different and customized versions. Kindly forward your request to the Export Commercial Dept., which will verify possibility to fulfil your requirement and confirm to you by return new reference, price and minimum required quantity. NOTE: POSSIBILITY TO CUSTOMIZE KIT Please note that FROG-J kit can be offered in different and customized versions. Kindly forward your request to the Export Commercial Dept., which will verify possibility to fulfil your requirement and confirm to you by return new reference, price and minimum required quantity.

137 Overhead garage doors Overhead garage doors 00U5074 Emega 00U5075 Emega Complete system kit for overhead garage doors up to 4 m 2 Complete system kit for overhead garage doors up to 4 m 2 The complete kit The complete kit Complete system with 24V D.C. operator for counteweighted and spring-loaded overhead garage doors - Operators price list - Q.ty Complete system with 24V D.C. operator for counteweighted and spring-loaded overhead garage doors - Operators price list - Q.ty 00E024 Self-locking operator for doors of up to 4 m². 00E024 Self-locking operator for doors of up to 4 m². 002ZL70N Control panel for overhead garage doors with one operator and with built-in radio decoder. 002ZL70N Control panel for overhead garage doors with one operator and with built-in radio decoder. 00E78A Accessories to assemble the lateral transmission. 2 00E78A Accessories to assemble the lateral transmission. 2 00E785A Pair of straight telescopic arms with 40 x 0 mm rectangular shaft. 00E785A Pair of straight telescopic arms with 40 x 0 mm rectangular shaft. 00AF43S Plug-in radio frequency card. 00AF43S Plug-in radio frequency card. 00TAM-432SA Bi-channel multi-user transmitter. 6,777,26 combinations with self-learning. 00TAM-432SA Bi-channel multi-user transmitter. 6,777,26 combinations with self-learning. 00DIR0 Pair of photocells. Range: 0 m. 00TOP-A433N MHz antenna. 00KIARO24N Warning flashing light. 00TOP-RG58 Antenna cable. m 5 00SET-J Surface mounted key switch selector aluminium-alloy case, protective door for lock and cylinder. 00DOC-E Pair of photocells. Range: 8 m. 00KIARO24N Warning flashing light. NOTE: POSSIBILITY TO CUSTOMIZE KIT Please note that EMEGA kit can be offered in different and customized versions with different accessories and/or different operator models and/or different voltage (230V). Kindly forward your request to the Export Commercial Dept., which will verify possibility to fulfil your requirement and confirm to you by return new reference, price and minimum required quantity. NOTE: POSSIBILITY TO CUSTOMIZE KIT Please note that EMEGA kit can be offered in different and customized versions: different accessories and/or different operator models and/or different voltage (230V). Kindly forward your request to the Export Commercial Dept., which will verify possibility to fulfil your requirement and confirm to you by return new reference, price and minimum required quantity. Complete system kits

138 Sectional and overhead garage doors Sectional and overhead garage doors 00U4483 Ver 00U4484 Ver Complete system kit for sectional and overhead garage doors with 24V D.C. motor Complete system kit for sectional and overhead garage doors with 24V D.C. motor The complete kit The complete kit Complete system with 24V D.C. operator for sectional and overhead garage doors - Operators price list - Q.ty Complete system with 24V D.C. operator for sectional and overhead garage doors - Operators price list - Q.ty 00V900E Complete automation system with encoder-based control panel, for overhead counterweighted and spring-loaded doors and sectional doors (Traction force: 500N). 00V900E Complete automation system with encoder-based control panel, for overhead counterweighted and spring-loaded doors and sectional doors (Traction force: 500N). 00V0679 Chain guide L = 3.02 *Max door height: BC = 2.4 m BM = 2.25 m STA = 2. m STB = 2.2 m. 00V0679 Chain guide L = 3.02 *Max door height: BC = 2.4 m BM = 2.25 m STA = 2. m STB = 2.2 m 00AF43S Plug-in radio frequency card. 00AF43S Plug-in radio frequency card. 00TAM-432SA Bi-channel multi-user transmitter. 6,777,26 combinations with self-learning. 2 00TAM-432SA Bi-channel multi-user transmitter. 6,777,26 combinations with self-learning. 2 00DIR0 Pair of photocells. Range: 0 m. 00TOP-A433N MHz antenna. 00KIARO24N Warning flashing light. 00TOP-RG58 Antenna cable. m 5 00SET-J Surface mounted key switch selector aluminium-alloy case, protective door for lock and cylinder. 00DOC-E Pair of photocells. Range: 8 m. 00KIARO24N Warning flashing light. H H TYPE A guide SINGLE TYPE B guide DOUBLE H H TYPE A guide SINGLE TYPE B guide DOUBLE MODEL U450 Overhead counterweighted or spring-loaded extended or partially extended doors YES with art. 00V20 Overhead Spring-loaded Extended doors YES Sectional Doors YES NOTES: * BC=Counter-weighted-Overhead BM=Spring-loaded Overhead STA=Type A Sectional STB=Type B Sectional MODEL Overhead Spring-loaded Extended doors Sectional Doors U45 YES YES NOTES: * BC=Counter-weighted-Overhead BM=Spring-loaded Overhead STA=Type A Sectional STB=Type B Sectional Complete system kits NOTE: POSSIBILITY TO CUSTOMIZE KIT Please note that V900E kit can be offered in different and customized versions. Kindly forward your request to the Export Commercial Dept., which will verify possibility to fulfil your requirement and confirm to you by return new reference, price and minimum required quantity. NOTE: POSSIBILITY TO CUSTOMIZE KIT Please note that the V900E kit can be offered in different and customized versions. Kindly forward your request to the Export Commercial Dept., which will verify possibility to fulfil your requirement and confirm to you by return new reference, price and minimum required quantity.

139 Sectional and overhead garage doors Sectional and overhead garage doors 00U450 Ver 00U45 Ver Complete system kit for sectional and overhead garage doors with 24V D.C. motor Complete system kit for sectional and overhead garage doors with 24V D.C. motor The complete kit The complete kit Complete system with 24V D.C. operator for sectional and overhead garage doors - Operators price list - Q.ty Complete system with 24V D.C. operator for sectional and overhead garage doors - Operators price list - Q.ty 00V700E Complete automation system with encoder-based control panel, for overhead counterweighted and spring-loaded doors and sectional doors (Traction force: 850N). 00V700E Complete automation system with encoder-based control panel, for overhead counterweighted and spring-loaded doors and sectional doors (Traction force: 850N). 00V0679 Chain guide L = 3.02 *Max door height: BC = 2.4 m BM = 2.25 m STA = 2. m STB = 2.2 m. 00V0679 Chain guide L = 3.02 *Max door height: BC = 2.4 m BM = 2.25 m STA = 2. m STB = 2.2 m 00AF43S Plug-in radio frequency card. 00AF43S Plug-in radio frequency card. 00TAM-432SA Bi-channel multi-user transmitter. 6,777,26 combinations with self-learning. 2 00TAM-432SA Bi-channel multi-user transmitter. 6,777,26 combinations with self-learning. 2 00DIR0 Pair of photocells. Range: 0 m. 00TOP-A433N MHz antenna. 00KIARO24N Warning flashing light. 00TOP-RG58 Antenna cable. m 5 00SET-J Surface mounted key switch selector aluminium-alloy case, protective door for lock and cylinder. 00DOC-E Pair of photocells. Range: 8 m. 00KIARO24N Warning flashing light. Complete system kits NOTE: POSSIBILITY TO CUSTOMIZE KIT Please note that V700E kit be offered in different and customized versions. Kindly forward your request to the Export Commercial Dept., which will verify possibility to fulfil your requirement and confirm to you by return new reference, price and minimum required quantity. NOTE: POSSIBILITY TO CUSTOMIZE KIT Please note that V700E kit can be offered in different and customized versions. Kindly forward your request to the Export Commercial Dept., which will verify possibility to fulfil your requirement and confirm to you by return new reference, price and minimum required quantity.

140 Radio command Rolling shutter command Complete radio systems Tra Complete system for rolling shutters with 230V A.C. motor Tra The complete kits The complete kits Tra03 Complete MHz radio system for 2-24V A.C. - D.C. universal use - Operators price list - 00RE432 IP54, 2-24V A.C. - D.C. bi-channel receiver. Q.ty Tra04 Complete MHz command system for universal use - Operators price list - 002ZR24 Control panel with built-in radior decoder. Q.ty 00TOP-432NA Bi-channel multi-user transmitter. 4,096 combinations with self-learning. 2 00AF43S Plug-in radio frequency card. 00TOP-A433N MHz antenna. 00TOP-432NA Bi-channel multi-user transmitter. 4,096 combinations with self-learning. 00TOP-RG58 Antenna cable. m 5 Tra08 Complete MHz radio system for 230V A.C. universal use - Operators price list - 00RBE42 230V A.C. IP54 surface mounted 4-channel radio module. Q.ty 00AF43S Plug-in radio frequency card. 00TOP-434NA 4-channel multi-user transmitter. 4,096 combinationswith self-learning feature. 2 00TOP-A433N MHz antenna. 00TOP-RG58 Antenna cable. m 5 Tra MHz multi-user radio system up to 999 codes V A.C.-D.C. 00RBE4MT - Operators price list V A.C. - D.C. IP54 surface mounted 4-channel multi-user receiver to store up to 999 codes (users). Q.ty 00TAM-432SA Bi-channel multi-user transmitter. 6,777,26 combinations with self-learning. 2 00TOP-A433N MHz antenna. Complete system kits 00TOP-RG58 Antenna cable. m 5

141 Came, a whole other world The choice of quality, the value of respect. All the production and management systems undergo constant meticulous controls and Came has its own Integrated Quality Management system that is certified to the international UNI EN ISO 900:2000 standards, and their Environment Management System that is certified to the international UNI EN ISO 400:996 standard. An integrated quality and environment system that comes from our desire to remain true to our basic Came philosophy: research for maximum customer safety, environment protection and respect for the workers and the countries where we work. From local to global An economic scenario of internationalisation and outsourcing that is wider and wider, and where Came has chosen to maintain all its production procedures and structures in Italy, developing a strong International sales network that can satisfy the specific needs of any market. Local awareness that has global ambitions: invest in the automation system for all-round development to become a global player in the world market in the next years.

142 An answer to every need A range that has no competitors New models, new technology, new automation systems to give unbeatable reliability and safety. Came is the brand with most ideas and solutions which are all gathered together in this general catalogue, where you will find the answer for any sort of need, even the most complex. Exclusive Patents Each Came installation is made with specifically original, exclusive products. The new patents simplify the work of the professionals, guaranteeing uniqueness in the offer and reliability of service. Came Exclusive Patent Came is versatile There is no single solution for all installations. This is the philosophy that has led us to constantly increase our technological solutions and produce a complete range of automation systems and accessories. Versatility means: to be an efficient solution provider, ready to give a prompt and personalised answer to our customers requests.

143 On the side of the Professionals The challenges of the future We are guided by our extensive experience to serve the future, driven by our innovative spirit and our belief that we must continue growing and improving. This is how we can understand and, often, anticipate our clients needs. Professional figures with expertise in different fields, innovative ideas, cutting-edge technology have all led Came to stand out in the global market, together with their unique ability: when each goal is reached they can already see the starting point for the next one. Certain of giving all After each installation Came will give the customer all the assistance that may be needed, with our expert technicians available for any requirement. Committed to the present Battery powered wireless product Came has been operating since 972 and has 3 branches and 350 exclusive distributors spread around the globe, and is now the world leader in automations and access control systems for doors and gates. Excellent installation quality, efficient service, expertise and professionalism: these are the reasons for the company s continuous international growth and the mainstays for our mission, which remains unchanged: produce safe, functional and simple systems. For more than thirty years totally committed dedication that has been awarded by the great success of our products.

144 Modern technology to serve you The advantages Devices that conform to current standards to guarantee totally safe installations. Constant functions even in blackout, thanks to the built-in batteries either inside the operator or the control panel. Improved door or gate movement that is calibrated to the effective needs of the installation and the user. Effective motion control, through an integrated electronic obstacle detection system against any possible interference during operation. Managing the deceleration stages for silent, safe movement. Boost the system performance levels to the max in terms of intensity of use, which is a key factor in condominiums, industrial or public settings. 24 volts automation system 24V D.C. powered product, which can be connected to the auxiliary battery for emergency opening. 24 volts technology is a fundamental part of Came history. We firmly believe in this construction choice and produce automation systems that offer something extra: high performance DC devices that conform to current standards and give all the practicality and safety that is guaranteed by the Came brand.